them into forraign Lands Let all the world judge Vers 20. And when they entred unto the heathen whither they went they profaned my holy Name When the Jews came amongst the Heathen they profaned his holy name which is done two wayes either formaliter when mens own words or actions are profane prostituting the name of God to dishonour or occasionaliter when occasion is given to others by their words and actions to profane the holy Name of God as David by his sinfull action with Bathsheba gave occasion to the enemies of God to blaspheme 2 Sam 12.14 And this was the case here for the Babylonians said These are the people of the Lord and are gone forth out of his Land The Jews being under sad judgements of God should have learned righteousnesse but they being neither affected with the honour of God care of their salvation nor with fear of offending the heathens persevered in their wicked wayes and idolatrous practices Ezek 20.32 whereupon the Heathens said These are the people of the Lord. They boast of their God to be a holy omnipotent and faithfull God but you may know what their God is by their unholy practices had he been omnipotent as they say he would have kept them out of our hands but he could not which shews our gods are stronger than he or if he could he would not he was not faithfull unto his people as our gods are unto us They are gone forth out of his Land whereas we abide in ours had their God been such as ours are he would have protected them and prevented their casting out of his Land First Observe The wicked wayes of men especially those of bloud and idolatry are loathsome unto God Their way was before me as the uncleannesse of a removed woman that is extream loathsome All sin is defiling and so loathsome abominable unto God who is holy yea holinesse it self but murther and idolatry are most hatefull and most loathsome unto him Psal 5.6 The bloudy man is abhor'd of God and he lets him not live out halfe his dayes Psal 55.23 Jer 44.4 The Lord calls idolatry An abominable thing which he hates he hates and loaths it infinitely Secondly Observe Men by their own sinfull doings do bring evills mischief and destruction upon themselves When the house of Israel dwelt in their own Land they defiled it by their own way and by their doings wherefore I poured my fury upon them Had they not sinned nor walked in evil wayes they had not met with fury but because their wayes were wicked bloudy and idolatrous therefore they had fury and fury poured out abundantly their own evil doings brought destruction upon them Prov 11.5 The wicked shall fall by his own wickednesse Jer 2.19 Thine own wickednesse shall correct thee Jerusalems own sin was her ruine And David tells us how God will deal with wicked men Psal 94.23 He shall bring upon them their own iniquity and shall cut them off in their wickednesse It s ill work wicked ones are about they make Fetters for their own feet and build houses for to fall upon their own heads so mischievous is the nature of sin that it damnifies and destroyes the parents of it Thirdly Observe What judgements soever God brings upon sinners he is just and righteous in so doing God poured fury upon them he drave them out of their own Countrey he scattered them up and down among heathens whose language they understood not who were bitter and harsh towards them and all this was not more no not so much as their sins deserved According to their way and their doings I judged them saith the Lord I did them no wrong they had not any cause to complain of me the fault was their own Whatever Gods proceedings are with any Nation Family or Person he is righteous for Psaâ— 145.17 The Lord is righteous in all his wayes and holy in all his works there is no spot cleaves to his hand or any action thereof Fourthly Observe Its a grievous provoking thing when Gods people who professe his truth and worship give occasion to the enemies thereof to blaspheme and speak reproachfully The Jews being among the Babylonians spake and did such things as gave occasion to them to blaspheme When they entered unto the heathen they profaned my holy name This was a great grief and provocation of God that his people being afflicted for their sins yet should carry it so sinfully as to give them advantage of dishonouring God his Truths Worship and Servants Isa 52.5 God complains that his name was blasphemed continually every day The Babylonians watched the Jews and catched all advantages to profane the name of the Lord this was their daily language These are the people of the Lord and are gone forth out of his Land he could not or would not keep them out of our hands he is a weak unfaithfull unholy God and his people are like unto him When David gave occasion to the enemies of the Lord to blaspheme it brought forth sad effects or rather had sad consequents the death of the child and sword at his dore for ever 2 Sam 12. Those therefore who professe the true Religion should be exceeding carefull whereever they be come that they walk answerable to the Religion they profess that they avoid all sin and do good that so the name of God may be glorified and not profaned or blasphemed Fifthly Observe Heathens and heathenish spirits are glad of occasions and advantages against the true God his wayes and people The Babylonians said These are the people of the Lord and are gone forth out of his Land They were glad they had matter to insult and blaspheme what 's your God better then ours ye do the things we do and what is his Land better then this Land have not we Corn Wine and Oyl Milk and Honey as well and as much as you had in that Land why is Canaan so cryed up and Jerusalem so magnified our Assyria and our City Babylon are as good as excellent as they yea far beyond them Verses 21 22 23 24. But I had pity for mine holy Name which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen whither they went Therefore say unto the house of Israel Thus saith the Lord God I do not this for your sakes O house of Israel but for mine holy Names sake which ye have profaned among the heathen whither ye went And I will sanctifie my great Name which was profaned among the heathen which ye have profaned in the midst of them and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord saith the Lord God when I shall be sanctified in you before their eyes For I will take you from among the heathen and gather you out of all Countreys and will bring you into your own Land THese verses contain the ground of the Jews restauration which is the fourth general part of the Chapter they being in captivity and sinning there greatly they caused the name
Will his Attributes his Works his Word are his Name All these set out God make him known and so are his name even the name of his holinesse or his holy name There is no name under Heaven like unto the Lords it s an holy name and so glorious a great name and so dreadful We should sanctifie the name of God which is done by believing Num. 20.12 When Moses and Aaron did not believe God they did not sanctifie his name but when men believe Gods Word then they sanctifie his name It s done also by fearing to displease him Isa 8.13 Isa 29.23 It s done also by acknowledging his name to be holy Math 6.9 when men praise him Secondly Observe The profaning of Gods holy name as it is a trouble unto him so it sticks and abides upon him Other provocations passe away but this settles upon his spirit see here what hold it took vers 20. They profaned my holy Name and vers 21. The house of Israel profaned my holy name among the heathen vers 22. Mine holy name which ye have profaned among the heathen Thrice the Lord mentions their profaning of his name yea in the next verse as if he could not shake this act of theirs out of his mind he mentions it twice more My name which was profaned which ye have profaned Gods name being holy is dear unto him and the profaning of it makes deep impressions in his heart Thirdly Observe Temporall mercies are not merited at Gods hands by men I do not this for your sakes O house of Israel What was it God did not for their sakes viz deliver them from their Babylonish bondage and bring them into their own Countrey these were temporal mercies and though there were Godly men amongst them as Ezekiel Daniel Mordecai Ezra Nehemiah and others yet with all their prayers fastings suffering and holinesse they did not merit these outward mercies liberty safety plenty possessions are not the merit or purchase of the creature but the gift of God 1 Tim 6.17 He giveth us all things richly to enjoy Have men more or lesse of these outward things they are upon free gift not any defert and if we deserve not temporal things much lesse do or can we deserve spiritual and eternal things which are of a transcendent nature if we do not deserve an outward deliverance an earthly Canaan how shall we deserve a spiritual deliverance an Heavenly Canaan all things of that nature are free gifts Luke 12.32 Rom 6.23 Fourthly Observe The good God doth unto his Church be it temporal or spiritual is for his own sake What I do saith God I do it for mine holy names sake there is nothing to move me but my own name that is holy great and glorious and I will for my names sake do much for my Church and People That they were preserved in Babylon was for his holy names sake that they were brought out of Babylon was for his holy names sake that they were replanted in Canaan was for his holy names sake that they had a Temple Sacrifices Priests Prophets Ordinances again was for his names sake when they were neer to destruction often in former dayes God wrought for his names sake Ezek 20. so Isa 48.8 9. It s not for the enemies sake that God doth preserve or deliver his people nor for their sakes their prayers tears faith obedience holinesse that he doth great things for them bestow great mercies upon them but it is for his own names sake For mans sake God cursed the earth Gen 8.21 but it s for his names sake that he blesseth it the choicest mercies Gods people have are for his names sake they have pardon of sin for his names sake Psal 25.11 1 John 2.12 Purging of sin for his names sake Psal 79.9 Leading in the paths of righteousnesse for his names sake Psal 23.3 Quickning of their dead and dull hearts for his names sake Psa 143.11 Though his people much offend him yet he forsakes them not for his great names sake 1 Sam 12.22 The Lord doth all freely and for the honour of his name let us then say with the Prophet Whatever we have not unto us O Lord not unto us but to thy name be the glory Not unto us who are thy creatures not unto us who are Tools in thy hand but to thy name which is the ground root and spring of all our mercies be the glory all the glory and that everlastingly Fifthly Observe God will not suffer his holy and great name alwayes to lye under aspersions and reproaches of men I will sanctifie my holy and great name which was profaned among the heathen even in the midst of them He will vindicate his honour and glory Great men when their names are blemished do stand upon it and will vindicate them with much cost and labour so God when wicked ones have profaned his name and darkned the glory thereof will stand upon it and do that which shall clear his name before all his enemies Goliah for many dayes defyed the God of Israel and the Armies of Israel but not long after the Lord vindicated his holy and great name by stirring up and strengthning of David to take off his head 1 Sam 17.45 51. When the King of Assyria and Rabshakeh blasphemed the name of God as they did Isa chap. 36. 37. did not the Lord quickly send an Angel and destroy their great Army of one hundred fourscore and five thousand and so by this stroke of his made his holy and great name glorious and dreadful He will scatter the smoak and venemous vapours that ascend from the tongues and lives of profane persons to hinder the beams of his glorious name from shining as the wind scatters clouds from before the Sun and as by destruction of his enemies so by delivering of his servants Sixthly Observe When God doth great things for his people and they honour his name for them then very heathens will be convinced acknowledge God and give glory to his name The heathen shall know that I am the Lord when I shall be sanctified in you that is in your deliverance before their eyes then you will magnifie my name and they will magnifie my name which hath been profaned then they will see and say that I am another kind of God then their idol gods are that I am omnipotent faithfull holy wise Psal 126.2 When the Lord turn'd the captivity of his people as they said The Lord hath done great things for us so the heathens said The Lord hath done great things for them So much of God appear'd in taking them out of Babylon that Jewish and Babylonish Tongues were constrained to speak out the power truth and goodnesse of God Seventhly Observe Things difficult and in the eye of man impossible are facile to and feasible by the power of God The Jews were among the heathens who by their Laws power and vigilancy kept them in great bondage they were scattered into
soundly salted with Gospel-truths shall never perish Vres 26. They shall consecrate themselves The Hebrew is They shall fill their hands Some by hands understand the sides of the Altar because Jad signifies both a hand and a side others take hands for the hands of the Priests which should be fill'd with Sacrifices that is with sacrificing-work and so prefigured the full imployments the Gospel-Ministers should have But the Hebrew word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sometimes signifies to consecrate as learn'd Hebricians observe Exod. 28.41 Thou shalt anoint them and consecrate them the Hebrew is thou shalt fill their hand so Exod. 29.9 Nu◠3.3 1 King 13.33 Judg. 17.5 In these places the Hebrew is fill'd the hand which notes consecration according to the Hebrew dialect and so it imports the Ministers consecrating and dedicating themselves unto the work of Christ under the Gospel The 27. verse speaks of the daily sacrifices and work of the Altar One Sacrifice or other was to be offered daily Two Lambs one in the morning another in the evening were to be offered daily Exod. 29.38 39. these were for the Burnt-offering vers 42. Besides which here is mention of a Peace-offering of which they were neither to eat the fat nor the bloud Levit. 3.17 signifying that those who are at peace with God through Christ ought neither to be carnal nor cruel but to mortifie their carnal lusts and to be meek as Christ was The daily sacrificing of the Priests here shew'd the daily and constant work of the Ministers under the Gospel Preaching Administring of Sacraments Praying and Praysing of God is to be their daily work which being done according to rule and in the name of Christ makes them and the people accepted Vers 28. It shall be upon the eighth day Here is foretold saith Master Shepheard the continuance of the Sabbath in gospel-Gospel-days The eighth day from the Creation being the first of our Redemption Noah is call'd the eighth 2 Pet. 2.5 who was the first in regard of his years and dignity of person and first entred into the Ark Gen. 7.7 And so the Lord's day may be the eighth in one sense and the first in another The EXPOSITION continued upon the Remaining Chapters of EZEKIEL CHAP. XLIV Vers 1 2 3. 1. Then he brought me back the way of the gate of the outward Sanctuary which looketh toward the East and it was shut 2. Then said the Lord unto me This gate shall be shut it shall not be opened and no man shall enter in by it because the Lord the God of Israel hath entred in by it therefore it shall be shut 3. It is for the Prince the Prince he shall sit in it to eat bread before the Lord he shall enter in by the way of the Porch of that Gate and shall go out by the way of the same THIS Chapter treats of the Priests and divers Ordinances concerning them 1. Sundry things are presented to Ezekiel touching the Priests 1. The priviledge of the High-priest in the three first verses 2. A reproof of the Priests for their profaness and neglect from the beginning of the 4. vers to the 9. 3. The exclusion of some and deposing of others from the Priest's office from the 9. to the 15. 4. What Priests God will accept of vers 15 16. 2. The Ordinances which concern the Priests are laid down from the 17. vers to the end Vers 1. Then he brought me c. The Prophet having seen the Altar for Burnt Sin and Peace-offerings with the Ordinances thereof is brought back to the East-gate or Gate of the outward Sanctuary that which separated the Priest's Court from the peoples or the outmost Gate of all We must follow Christ which way so ever he leads us be it backward or forward he hath something to reveal unto us which will be for our use Vers 1 2. It was shut What Gate so ever this was it was shut and therefore shut because the Lord had entred in by it and no man might but the Prince only Some take Prince literally for the governour of the people but the best Expositors take it for the High-priest who was preferr'd above and so Prince of all the rest For in this Chapter he speaks of the orders of the Priests This Prince or High-priest was a type of Christ The High-priest was to be without blemish anointed with holy oyle to be covered with clean linnen and cloathed gloriously on him was a plate ingraven with holiness to the Lord he had the Vrim and Thummim he bare the names of the 12. Tribes of Israel upon his Breast and Shoulders as appears Levit. 22.13 Exod. 29.7 Exod. 28.2 42.36 30.9 So Christ our High-priest was without blemish Heb. 7.26 Anointed with the Spirit Isa 61.1 He was holy glorious yea Holiness altogether Luk. 1.35 Mark 1.24 He had all perfection Col 1.19 Chap. 2.3 He bears all Israel in his Breast and on his Shoulders Isa 40.11 Heb. 7.25 What is meant by the Gate shut is necessary to inquire It was not the Womb of the Virgin which was shut up after the birth of Christ as Popish Interpreters expound it Some of the Antients make it to be Heavenly mysteries which none know but 〈…〉 the Father and the Son Some make it the Scripture or Book sealed with seven seals Rev. 5.1 which none could open but Christ This Gate shut rather notes the Gate or Entrance into heaven which Adam by his fall had shut so that no man whatsoever being sinful could open it or enter onely Jesus Christ our High-priest hath opened it and entred Heb. 4.14 We have a great High-priest who is passed into the heavens He hath broken all the bars locks and bolts which kept it shut and hath opened the same so that now sinners may have access to God The High-priest once in a year entred into the Most Holy place the door opened to none but him this typified Christ's opening of heaven and entrance in thither as is clearly exprest Heb. 9 7 8 11 12 24. The Tabernacle and Temple were representations of heaven and so was this Vision of Ezekiel and as the Gate here was shut so was the Gate of heaven till the Lord Christ the Arch-bishop of our souls opened the same and entred No man hath ascended up to heaven but he that came down from heaven even the Son of Man which is in heaven Job 3.13 No man ever by his own virtue or power ascended up to heaven but Christ Henoch and Elijah neither ascended nor entred by their own strength grace or goodness Christ's merits were the Key which opened heaven for them and others Christ is the door and the way and no man comes to the father but by him Job 14.6 It 's by Christ alone that we come to the knowledge and fruition of the Father he reveals him and his mysteries and brings us unto the injoyment of him Quest If Christ have entred in by this Gate why is
in the fifteenth day of the month shall he do the like in the feast of the seven days according to the Sin-offering according to the Burnt-offering and according to the Meat-offering and according to the Oyle Passing over the feast of Pentecost without any mention thereof he comes to the feast of Tabernacles which was to begin The fifteenth day of the seventh month Levit. 23.34 And as it was in the feast of the Passover so it must be here but it was not so in the time of Moses Levit. 23.39 40. This feast of Tabernacles or Booths cannot be understood literally for there is a Prophesie in Zach. 14.16 That those left of the Nations which came against Jerusalem should come to worship the King the Lord of Hosts and to keep the feast of Tabernacles which in the litteral sense was peculiar to the Jews It figures out therefore the gathering of the elect into particular Churches in this world into which they should come and in which they should have fellowship with the Saints and partake of the grace of God By these feasts and sacrifices also we are minded of the spiritual joy the Saints have in their communion together under the Gospel and spiritual-sacrifices they offer up to God by Christ The primitive Christians continued daily with one accord in the Temple and breaking bread from house to house did eat their meat with gladness and singleness of heart praising God Act. 2.46 47. CHAP. XLVI Verse 1. Thus saith the Lord God The gate of the inner Court that looketh toward the East shall he shut the six working days but on the Sabbath it shall be opened and in the days of the new-moon it shall be opened 2. And the Prince shall enter by the way of the porch of that gate without and shall stand by the post of the gate and the Priest shall prepare his burnt-offering and his peace offering and he shall worship at the threshold of the gate Then he shall go forth but the gate shall not be shut untill the evening 3. Likewise the people of the Land shall worship at the door of this gate before the Lord in the Sabbaths and in the New-Moons 4. And the burnt-offering that the Prince shall offer unto the Lord in the Sabbath day shall be six Lambs without blemish and a Ram without blemish 5. And the meat-offering shall be an Ephah for a Ram and the meat-offering for the Lambs as he shall be able to give and an hin of oyl to an Ephah 6. And in the days of the New-Moon it shall be a young Bullock without blemish and six Lambs and a Ram and they shall be without blemish 7. And he shall prepare a meat-offering an Ephah for a Bullock and an Ephah for a Ram and for the Lambs according as his hand shall attain unto and an hin of oyl to an Ephah 8. And when the Prince shall enter he shall go in by the way of the porch of that gate and he shall go forth by the way thereof THis fourty sixth Chapter contains 1. Ordinances about several gates the Prince and Peoples going in and out by them with their Oblations and Worship from the beginning to Verse 16. 2. Certain Laws are laid down concerning the Princes gifts unto his Sons and Servants in the 16 17 and 18 Verses 3. A description of the Courts and places where the Priests and Levites were to boil and prepare the Sacrifices from the beginning of Verse 19. to the end of the Chapter The first Verse speaks of the East-gate in the inner Court that was the gate next to the Temple By this gate the glory of the Lord came into the Temple Chap. 43.1 2 4. and it was to be kept shut all the six working days and onely to be opened on Sabbaths and New-Moons In Chap. 44. we have the reason why it was to be kept shut ver 2. Thus saith the Lord This gate shall be shut it shall not be opened and no man shall enter in by it because the Lord the God of Israel hath entred by it therefore it shall be shut That is for the Prince c. and here it is The Prince shall enter by the way c. The things here required are not to be found in the Mosaical Law they represented things under the Gospel that Jewish Worship should go down when Christ appeared in the flesh The shutting of the gate the six working days tells us that on those days we are to follow our callings and earn our daily bread Christianity doth not open a door to idleness We command and exhort saith Paul that with quietness men work and eat their own bread 2 Thess 3.12 Under Moses God allowed them six days to work Exod. 20.9 and the same allowance they have under the Gospel Luke 13.14 Some pervert Gods Order and make all days alike either all working days or all Sabbaths resting days but God hath distinguished them As there be working days wherein we must not rest so there be Sabbaths wherein we must not Work The opening of the gate on Sabbath days and New-Moons signifies unto us that the gate of Heaven is open unto us when we have solemn and publique Meetings on the Lords day and other special occasions to worship God When all the Disciples were gat together to serve and seek God then came a sound from Heaven and the Spirit fell upon them like fiery tongues Acts 2. So when Peter preached unto the great multitude the gate of Heaven was opened and power came down from above to convert three thousand ver 41. So when there was a solemn Meeting in the Centurions house the Word being preached by Peter the gate of Heaven was opened and the Holy Ghost fell on all that heard the Word Acts 10.44 Such times are times of grace and mercy God opens Heaven and gives out blessings These six days may denote the term of mans life here which is a time of labour and sorrow Job 5.7 and 14.1 He tumbles or is tumbled up and down from condition to condition and hath no rest but at the end of his life Heaven gate is opened and he hath a Sabbath an eternal rest where is no labour sin nor sorrowing Heb. 4.9 10. Then the gate of the inner Court is opened unto him and then he shall see as he is seen and know as he is known 1 John 3.2 1 Cor. 13.12 Here we see and know little and that little darkly as in a glass but then shall we see clearly and know perfectly the mysteries of this and other Visions and things The second Verse tells us of the Prince his entring by the way of the porch and standing by the post of the gate where he was to worship but come into the Court he might not If we understand this of the Secular Prince four things are here considerable 1. That the Prince must not enter into the inner Court he must not meddle with the Priestly Office or things of
before the Lord from one New-moon to another and from one Sabbath to another intimating thereby that God in times of the Gospel would accept of true and spiritual Worship performed in the name of Christ in all places and at all times as he did the Jewish VVorship at Jerusalem and on the Solemn Feast days Or these New-moon days and Sacrifices may point out the renewing of the Church and the joy thereupon The Church after Christs time was oft in the wane in a suffering and declining condition but when it hath rest edification comfort and multiplication Acts 9.31 then its New-moon with it and in a short time it becomes fair as the Moon Cant. 6.10 and shall be fill'd with light and joy as saith Isaiah Chap. 60.20 The eighth Verse is an Ordinance about the Princes going in by the porch of the gate and going out by the same way There were divers gates to enter into the inner Court by the North-gate the South-gate as well as the East-gate and this gate was both for the Prince and the Priests to go in and out at Hence two things are observable 1. That Princes are to walk according to Divine Appointment especially in matters of VVorship they must look unto God who hath prescribed the way they should walk in it had been sinful for them to have gone to the North-gate or South-gate and worshipped their Princes must not do ought of their own wills in the things of God It might seem a bondage to be tied up to the East-gate onely and never to have ingress and egress at the other but however Princes themselves must be subject to the Ordinances of Heaven 2. That Princes and Priests Magistrates and Ministers should mutually minde and care for the things of God countenance and encourage one another therein and each put to their helping hand to preserve the purity and power of Religion VVhen the Pavers go one way and the true Ministers of God another way Religion doth not shine when Josiah and the Priests went together hand in hand one way then there was great Reformation in Israel the VVorship of God was pure and Religion did flourish Supposing this Prince to be the Lord Christ whose ingress and egress was at the same gate then it notes his coming from Heaven and returning thither again according to that of John 6.62 and 3.31 and 16.28 Acts 1.11 Verse 9 10 11 12 13 14 15. But when the people of the land shall come before the Lord in the solemn Feasts he that entreth in by the way of the North-gate to worship shall go out by the way of the South-gate and he that entreth by the way of the South-gate shall go forth by the way of the North-gate he shall not return by the way of the gate whereby he came in but shall go forth over against it And the Prince in the midst of them when they go in shall go in and when they go forth shall go forth And in the Feasts and Solemnities the meat-offering shall be an Ephah to a Bullock and an Ephah to a Ram and to the Lambs as he is able to give and an hin of oyl to an Ephah Now when the Prince shall prepare a voluntary burnt-offering or peace-offering voluntarily unto the Lord one shall then open the gate unto him that looketh towards the East and he shall prepare his burnt-offering â—nd his peace-offerings as he did on the Sabbath day Then he shall go forth and after his going forth one shall shut the gate Thou shalt daily prepare a burnt-offering unto the Lord of a Lamb of the first year without blemish thou shalt prepare it every morning or as the Hebrew morning by morning And thou shalt prepare a meat-offering for it every morning the sixth part of an Ephah and the third part of an hin of oyl to temper with the fine flower a meat-offering continually by a perpetual Ordinance unto the Lord. Thus shall they prepare the Lamb and the meat-offering and the oyl every morning for a continual burnt-offering THe ninth Verse contains an Ordinance concerning the peoples coming to and departing from the publique Worship they must not come to the East-gate but the side-gates the North and South they might and this order they were to observe viz. to go out at that gate was over against the gate they came in at he that entred by the North-gate must go out by the South-gate and he that entred by the South-gate must go out by the North-gate Hence observe 1. The Lord expects not onely Prince and Priests to worship him in a publique way but the people also When the people of the land shall come before the Lord in the solemn Feasts God looks not for great ones learned ones rich ones but all sorts and all of all sorts to come before him to acknowledge him to be their God Creâ—tor and Law-giver he is honored by the worship of the meaner if sincere as well as by the worship of â—â—e Prince or Priest he is no respecter of persons 2. That the way of Gods servants is a strait and right-forth way There is no crookedness in it Isa 26.7 the way of the just is uprightness there is no turning aside to the temptation of Satan to the beggarly elements of the world to the inticing delights of the flesh or any vanity whatsoever That soul that is in Gods way must not look back to Sodom as Lots wife did and suffer for it but it must go forward Matthew being called from the receit of Custom into the way of Christ Mat. 9.9 might not return but follow Christ For whosoever puts his hand to the plough and looks back is not fit for the Kingdom of God Luke 9.62 Such an one must not look back to his old courses customs company principles or errours but leaving them must go strait on in the way of God from darkness to light from imperfection to perfection Those that come to be the Lords servants must continue in his service and perfect holiness in his fear 2 Cor. 7.1 Heb. 12.1 2 3. Phil. 3.13 14. 3. The shortness of mans life is here represented unto us he enters into the world goes on a little way and then goes out of it again So that mans life is quasi transitus quidam a porta una ad alteram they came in at a North-gate went on a little while and a little way and then went out at a South-gate c. it s no long passage from the doors of the womb to the gates of death Psal 103.15 16 Job 14.1 2. The tenth Verse is an Ordinance for the Prince shewing when he is to come to the publique Worship and when he is to depart from it When the people go in at the gate appointed for them then must he go in at the gate appointed for him and so when they go out he must go out Those words In the midst of them are not to be taken as if the Prince
went in the midst of the people to the Sanctuary but they denote that he went at that time and when come thither he was there with them or among them or at the East-gate which is between the Nortâ— and South 1. Here we may see Princes are bound to be present at the publique Worship of God and not onely to be present but to be present at the beginning and to stay till the end thereof They may not come and go at their own pleasure but at Gods appointment The presence of great persons at the Worship of God is of much concernment and hath great influence into the people it encourages them to come to hear to stay when greater then themselves do so people are led much by example of Superiors therefore Kings and Judges are commanded to serve the Lord with fear and to kiss the Son Psal 2. 2. Here we are informed taking the Prince for Christ that he is in the Assemblies of his people when the Saints meet together to worship the Lord he is in the midst of them He made a precious promise when he was here on earth and makes it good daily though he be in Heaven it s that Mat. 18.20 Where two or three are gathered together in my name I am there in the midst of them to observe to reward and punish The Church is call'd Christ 1 Cor. 12.12 and Christ is said to sing praise unto God in the midst of the Church Heb. 2.12 He being King of Saints loves to be with and among them he was in the midst of the 144000 Rev. 14.1 The eleventh Verse treateth of the Meat-offering which was to be at Feasts and Solemnities directing the particulars and quantities In Moses time the tenth part of an Ephah of flower and the fourth part of an hin of oyl was required Numb 28.5 Exod. 29.40 but here it s otherwise an whole Ephah of meal or flower is appointed to a Bullock an whole Ephah to a Ram and an whole hin of oyl to each onely the Lambs flewer or oyl to be offered was left to liberty or ability This may teach us that seeing our light and mercies are greater under the Gospel then theirs was under the Law therefore our obedience and service to the Lord should exceed theirs if they gave him but the tenth part of an Ephah we ought to give him an whole Ephah if they gave him the fourth part of an hin we must give him an whole hin The more God communicates to us the greater returns should be to him The twelfth Verse mindes us of the Princes Freewil-offerings Besides what was enjoyned he might voluntarily prepare a Burnt-offering or a Peace-offering at his pleasure and at his coming one was to open the East-gate unto him and at his going forth one was to shut the gate God looks for more from Princes and great ones then what is ordinary then what is commanded he looks for voluntary Sacrifices Freewil-offerings at their hands It s said of Josiah that he gave three thousand Bullocks three thousand Lambs and Kids for Passover-offerings and all of the Kings substance and that the Princes gave willingly 2 Chron. 35.7 8. so free and bountiful they were that the Lord took notice of it and hath recorded it in his Word that there was no Passover like to that kept in Israel from the days of Samuel the Prophet neither did all the Kings of Israel keep such a Passover as Josiah Vers 18. We may interpret this Verse of Christ and so it presents to us not onely that Christ hath freely and voluntarily offered up himself a Sacrifice to God for us Hebr. 9.14 and 10.9 10. but that he is the substance and quintessence of all Sacrifices and that the Father hath opened the gate of Heaven unto him and that by vertue of his merits and intercession the door of Reconciliation stands open unto us continually but should he leave Heaven that door should be shut No Patriarch no Prophet no Apostle no Martyr no Saint no Angel ever had this honor to have the door of Mercy and Grace opened and shut at their pleasure This is an honor peculiar to Christ The thirteenth fourteenth and fifteenth Verses declare what the daily Sacrifices should be every morning viz. A Lamb of the first year without blemish for a Burnt-offering and a Meat-offering with it the sixth part of an Ephah and the third part of an hin of oyl The daily Sacrifice here differs from that in Numb 28.3 4 5 6. Moses requires two Lambs the tenth part of an Ephah of flower and the fourth part of an hin of oyl Ezekiel speaks but of one Lamb the sixth part of an Ephah of flower and the third part of an hin of oyl And here is no mention of the evening which alterations imports that Mosaical Rites and Sacrifices should expire and that notwithstanding God would have a daily Sacrifice in the days of Christ that he would be worshipped not onely on the Christian Sabbath but other days also as was fore-prophesied Psal 72.15 Prayer shall be made unto him continually and daily shall he be praised Verse 16 17 18. Thus saith the Lord God If the Prince give a gift unto any of his Sons the inheritance thereof shall be his Sons it shall be their possession by inheritance But if he give a gift of his inheritance to one of his servants then it shall be his to the year of liberty after it shall return to the Prince but his inheritance shall be his Sons for them Moreover the Prince shall not take of the peoples inheritance by oppression to thrust them out of their possessions but he shall give his Sons inheritance out of his own possession that my people be not scattered every man from his possession THese Verses contain Laws to direct the Princes bounty and to keep him from oppression 1. Here is a Law about giving to his Sons ver 16. What he gives them must be their inheritance and possession for ever 2. Here is a Law about giving to his servants ver 17. If the Prince give a gift to any of his servants or subjects of his inheritance it must not be theirs for ever but onely to the year of Liberty that was the year of Jubilee for among the Jews every fifty year was a year of Jubilee Levit. 215.10 Ye shall hallow the fiftieth year and proclaim liberty throughout all the land unto all the inhabitants thereof it shall be a Jubilee unto you and ye shall return every man unto his possession and ye shall return every man unto his family Whatsoever of mens possessions were sold or morgaged returned to the owners in the year of Jubilee see ver 13. and Levit. 28.25 and whatever the Prince here should give away to any but his own sons should return to him again at the year of Jubilee The Law to prevent oppression in the Prince is in ver 18. When Princes give gifts of inheritance to their sons
Tribes written upon them Rev. 21.12 3. It s discribed from the compass of it ver 35. It was round about eighteen thousand measures Take measures for Cubits and then it was not above six Miles in compass but if we take them for reeds as divers do then the compass of this City is thirty two miles and almost an half But far short of the compass of the new Jerulalem that great City which was fifteen th◠〈◊〉 miles about for so many miles do twelve thousand furlongs amount unto both the City which John saw measured and that Ezekiel saw measured were four square comely firm and durable the Court is four-square Ezek. 40.47 the holy oblation was so Ezek. 48.20 and so was the City 4. It s discribed from the name verse 35. The name of the City from that day shall be Jehovah Shammah The Lord is there From the day of its building and inhabitation it shall be called so Many Cities have had glorious and significant names as Nicopolis Tit. 3.12 which signifies the Victorious City Nazareth Luk. 4.16 notes sanctified or separated Bethsaida Mat. 11.21 the house of fruits or meats Bethlehem Luke 2.4 the house of bread Jerusalem the Vision of peace but they fall short of this name Jehovah Shammah Some make the meaning of these words the name of the City shall be The Lord is there to be this that God would be in the City not that the City was or shall be ever called so as it is said of Christ his name shall be called Wonderful Councellor the Mighty God the Everlasting Father the Prince of Peace he was so but not called by those names and so this City it shall have God in it there present yet not be so named but I see nothing hinders but it may both be so called and have God in it and because God is there therefore to be so called The name Jehovah is a glorious and fearful name Deut. 28.58 Junius hath the words thus nomen gloriosissimum summe reverendum istud that name most gloriously and highly to be reverenced Bernard calls it Nomen Majestatium a Majestical name Philo lib. 3. de vita Mosis saith quod si quis nomen Dei blasphemaverit hominum deorumque domino abusus fuerit vel nomen ejus intempestive protulerit noxam luat capite and presently after Quomodo meretur veniam qui 〈◊〉 abutitur sanctissimo dei nomine tantum ad explendum sermonem non aliter quam prophanis vocibus Some observe that the Jews after their return from Babylon had such high reverential thoughts of the Name Jehovah that they thought it not fit to be pronounced but used the name Adonai in the stead thereof least it should be prophaned This glorious majestical and most holy name is given to this City What is meant by this City is of concernment to know Some by it understand Jerusalem litterally as it was rebuilt by the Jews after their return together with the civil state in which the Prince governed by civil Laws just Weights and measures but such a City as is here described was never built by the Jews after their captivity To let that opinion pass some do make this City Ezekiel saw to be a moddle and platform of that City the Jews who should be called converted and brought to their own land again should build and inhabit but because the Jews return to their own land is denyed by some questioned by many and doubted by most whither ever a City as that here is held out viz. of thirty two miles compass shall be built by them it is safest to interpret this City typically and in this sense Interpreters are not all of a mind for some make it to be a representative of Heaven and the amplitude or graces thereof others make it to be a representation of the Church under the Gospel in the former times thereof especially yet short of that City the Heavenly Jerusalem which John saw Chap. 21. for though this City and that agree in some things yet they differ in many I shall shew you some difference between them 1. The gates of Ezekiels City had no Angels to keep it in but at the twelve gates of Johns City there were twelve Angels to keep them Rev. 21.12 2. In Ezekiels City there was a Temple but in Johns there is none Rev. 21.22 3. The materials of Ezekiels Cities were inferiour to those of Johns which were gold pearl and precious stones Rev. 21.18 to 22. 4. The Waters of this City came from under the Threshold of the Temple and from the Southside of the Altar but Johns City had a pure River of Water of life clear as chrystal which proceeded from the throne of God and of the lamb Rev. 22.1 5. Ezekiels City had all trees for meat and medicine on both sides of the banks of the River Johns had one by the tree of life which bears twelve manner of fruits Rev. 22.2 6. The light and glory of Ezekiels City fell short of that which Johns had Rev. 21.23 for it had no need of the Sun nor of the Moon to shine in it for the glory of God did lighten it and the Lamb is the light thereof 7. Ezekiels City was not half so great as Johns the one being onely eighteen thousand measures in compass and the other twelve thousand furlongs in length breadth and height Rev. 21.16 8. Johns City had a Wall of twelve foundations and in them the names of the twelve Apostles Ezekiels City had a Wall Chap. 40.5 but no names in it of Prophets or Apostles Now notwithstanding this City John saw the new Jerusalem exceeded that our prophet saw very much yet they both represent the Church of Christ here on earth and it will not be denyed but that they may in part represent it in Heaven By this City of Ezekiel I conceive is pointed out into us the glorious state of the Christian Church in the latter days it hath been a long time said to war under Antichrist and his instruments the breaches and ruines of it at this day are great and the face of such a City hardly visible but when the times of Antichrists destruction and the Jews conversion do come then shall this City be built then shall Sion be in her glory the Christian Church shall be then in a greater glory then formerly If the coming in of the Gentiles at first began the foundation of this City what will the fulness of the Gentiles be when that is come Rom. 11.25 but a glorious addition to this City and then when the fulness of the Jews shall be added to the Christian Church to this City what will that be but life from the dead vers 15. The perfecting of this City wherein shall be a Temple suitable which John minds us of Rev. 11.1 Where the Temple Altar and Worshippers are measured and its observable where there is mention of measuring and so building a Temple respect is had
l 27 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 64 l 6 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 l 11 r. deprive p 6â— l 10 r. are p 71 l 23 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 72 l 3 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Caas p 77 l 26 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 89 in marg r. Rab. Salom p 100 l 14 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 112 l 16 r lammaveth p 117 l 10 r in question l 12 d. in l 17 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 118 l 1 r. Chapherz p 130 marg r. consequitur p 134 l 18 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 149 marg r. Rivet p 161 l 24 r. Agaf l 29 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 176 l 7 r. Ils chanson l 9 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 167 l 18 r. sicut l 11 r. chalaf p 179 l 12 r. chelef l 15 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 180 l 16 r. avez l 18 r. neither p 181 l 21 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 182 l 24 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 185 l 7 r came p 225 l 18 r. tugida p ibid marg imbuerentur p 227 l 23 r. servum p 229 l 3◠〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 232 mâ—rg praedit p 235 l 17 r. series l. 10 11 r. â—e doth sometime signifie p 253 l 29 r. Oecolampadius p 263 marg superari p 218 l 22 r. Cannibals p 280 l 5 r differ as much from each other p 330 l 26 put comma after there p 336 l 13 r Adamantine p 340 l 18 r. sequax in marg for auts r. facile p 343 l 15 r. Polanus p 364 l 16 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 369 l 34 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 376 l 10 d. that l 11 d. and p 381 l 15 r ver 25. p 385 l 22 r. Christianity p 390 l 17 r. words p 427 r. of these and other things must be said Lord thou knowest p 431 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 438 l 6 Ezra p 439 l 4 r. said p 464 l 3 r stands p 465 l 24 r. Canaan p 478 l 17 r. Mat. 19.28 p 483 l 1 r. perhaps l 6 r. pintus p 491 l 21 r susâ— p 492 l 8 r. magen I ultâ—r Gomerites p 499 l 13 r. novissimo l 15 r. Mariana p 204 l 28 r. Manuaises p 210 l 27 r. Apharsâ—thchâ—tes p 215 l 27 r. look ar l 28 d. in lat â—b r some at Jer. 1.14 p 232 l 29 r. been p 234 l 20 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 237 l 8 r. senarium p 340 l 10 r. hecharutz Joel 3.19 l 18 r. seven p 250 l 27 r. Tzitun p 251 l 15 r. for by â— vâ—z p 258 l 3 r. for l 5 r. mounted p 264 l 10 r. baalvonam p 270 l 27 r. to be led p 279 l 18 r. Ezek 34 25 p 282 l 1 r. Haffen l 29 r. Jeholakâ—n p 283 l 2 r. so l 21 r. of the p 284 l 26 27 r. City p 295 l 26 r. expressionâ— p 307 l 21 r. in the p 308 l 6 r. Rev. 16. p 315 l 21 r. one p 316 l 8 r. probable p 318 l 21 r. resecta p 320 l 21 r. Shâ—ttim p 321 l 25 r. destroy Pag 326 l. 17 r. the outer p. 328 l. 19 r. infallible p. 325 l 1 r. bride p. 336 l. 27 r. bickneh hammiddah p. 345 l. 24 25 r. we cy p. 351 l. 14 r. lead p. 351 352 353 c. for carkeises r. carcases p. 353 l. 13 r. Ezek. 48. last p. 354 l. 8 dele or l. 9 r. Jehoiachin l. 16 r. pegarim p. 361 in marg exuendus l 4. Junius p. 363 l. 21 r. chok p. 364 l. 4 r. That p. 367 l 13 r. holy p. 370 l. 18 r. by it some l. 33 r. made p. 371 l. 31 r. this Altar p. 372 r. this Alt. l. 11 r. Harâ—â—l p. 375 l. 4 r. sâ—crifices l. 6 r. that validity p 385 l. 27 r. your p. 388 l. 31 r. the Lord p. 389 l. 26 r. lowest p 388. l 3. r. Lev 10.12 p 393 r one of the musts p 394 l 6 r. military p 396 l 23 r. their p 399 l 2 r. thine p 405 l 31 r. those p 418 l 1 r. 1 Joh. 2.1 p 419 l 12 r. corruption p 535 l 3 r in part p 536 l 12 r. there dele comma after worshipped p 540 l 20 21 r. to a bullock l 20 dâ—le and l 22 r. with the Lâ—mbs l 25 r. werâ— p 541 l 19 r. would p 546 l 4 d. â— l 5 r. Sanctâ—uâ— p 550 l 2 which suits with l 4 r. fruimur l 12 vehicalum p 552 l 5 r. quencheth l 26 dele Mâ—t. p 558 l 14 r. proceed p 559 l 16 r. on p 560 l 9 r. riches both p 564 l 33 r. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 p 567 l 22 r. Arias p 581 l 2 r. Hamath l 6 r. Hauran l 19 r Kadeth l 24 r. Sanctius p 582 l 16 r. came p 583 l 30 put comma after the fâ—rst in p 586 l 15 16. r. Ephraim l 23 r. distribution and so elsewheâ—e p 590 l 1 r. he shall p 596 l 27 r. but even p 600 l 10. r. Hafenrefferus l 22 r. greatest p 603 l. 12 r. only l 13 r bear p 607 l 31 r. he will There is likewise in Press the Second part of that practical peice of Divinity called The Christian mans Calling by Mr. George Swinnock containing Dealings with all men in all conditions whether inprosperite or adversity in all companies good or bad in solitariness on the Week day from morning to night in visiting the sick upon a dying-bed AN EXPOSITION Upon more Chapters of EZEKIEL CHAP. XXX 1. The word of the Lord came again unto me saying 2. Son of man prophesie and say Thus saith the Lord God Howl ye wo worth the day 3. For the day is near even the day of the Lord is near a cloudy day it shall be the time of the heathen 4. And the sword shall come upon Egypt and great pain shall be in Ethiopia when the slain shall fall in Egypt and they shall take away her multitude her foundations shall be broken down 5. Ethiopia Libya Lydia all the mingled people Chub and the men of the Land that is in league shall fall with them by the sword THIS Chapter is a continuance of the former prophesie and hath two generall parts in it The 1. is concerning the destruction of Egypt and those that were confederate with her to the 20. vers 2. Is concerning Pharoah King of Egypt and Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon from the 20. vers to the end In these Verses we have 1. The Authority of the prophesie it 's divine from the Lord ver 1 2. 2. The thing imposed upon Egypt Howling vers 2. 3. The Reasons thereof vers 3 4 5. Vers 1. The Word of the Lord came again unto me This Preface is to
many Chapters before it adds weight to the prophesie making those concern'd to mind it more seriously When the Lord speaketh who can but prophesie Amos 3.8 And who can but mind what is prophesied Vers 2. Son of Man prophesie The immortall God speaks to a mortall man honours him with Divine Revelations and that he might not be exalted therewith he minds him of his meannesse and mortality saying Son of Man prophesie Prophesying was not at the will of man but when the Spirit mov'd them to it 2 Pet. 1.21 Thus saith the Lord God What the Prophets gave forth as Prophets was not from their own hearts and heads some humane thing but it was altogether Divine from Jehovah Adonai whose Being is of himself and hath Dominion over all What they and the Apostles writ was the word of God and so ought to be esteemed and received 1 Thess 2.13 Howl ye He speaks to the Egyptians and others upon whom sad judgments were coming he calls to them to lay to heart and lament for the evils were at hand The Hebrew Jalal hath agreement with Alal which signifies in nihilum redigerâ— to reduce a thing to nothing because when men do mourn and lament greatly it wastes and consumes them so as it well nigh brings them to nothing Woe worth the day The words may be read Ah the day alas for the day as Joel 1.15 Or O the woe of the day an unhappy day wherein thy Cities shall be made heaps man and beast destroyed all laid waste and desolate The French is malediction sur ta journee a curse be upon that day Vers 3. The day is near even the day of the Lord is near Day here is put not for a day in strictnesse of sense but for the time wherein those judgements should befall Egypt and other parts and it s call'd the day of the Lord because of his special manifestation of himself When God doth either in mercy or judgement declare himself Emphatically that is said to be the day of the Lord. Other dayes are his dayes but such in a special manner The duplication of the day here is to make the deeper impression both upon the Jews who rested too much upon Egypt and also upon the Egyptians who were secure and feared not he tells them of the nearnesse of it that they may be awakened that they might the more fully be awakened he tells them what kind of day it will be A cloudy Day The Hebrew is Dies Nubis a Day of a Cloud there will no Sun shine that day a black thick dark cloud will arise that day and make a terrible tempest Gods judgements are likened unto clouds and rain for the sadnesse and terriblenesse of them Psal 11.6 He shall rain snares fire and brimstone and an horrible tempest The French is iour tenebreux It shall be the time of the Heathen Heathen may be taken either for the Babylonians who should come and conquer Egypt and then do what they pleased therein and so it should be their day or for the Egyptians and the Nations adhering to them and so it should be their day to be spoiled and suffer grievous things it was a time of undoing these and a time of making the other God had appointed that time for them both Vers 4. The sword shall come upon Egypt The Chaldean Army shall come and make warâ—e upon the Egyptians and they shall be under all the miseries and mischiefs which attend warre and they are many And great pain shall be in Ethiopia The word for pain in Hebrew is Chalchalah which Montanus renders Vacillatio shaking the Septuagint 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 trouble or perturbation the Vulgar pavor fear others dolor magnus great grief which the word imports for it s from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 parturire to bring forth notes such grief and pain as women have when they are in travail When the King of Babylon came into Egypt Ethiopia was in travail When the slain shall fall in Egypt It were better rendred when the wounded shall fall men slain are fallen men wounded are ready to fall or falling The Hebrew word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chalal signifies one wounded and so the French hath it qui seront naurez tomberont en Egipt And her foundations shall be broken down By Foundationâ— Cityes Towers Forts Castles any strong holds may be understood Some make the foundations of Egypt to be their riches forces and confederates but the first sense of the Word is more Genuine because he speaks of breaking down which is proper to the one and not the other Vers 5. Ethiopia In Hebrew Chus so call'd from Chus the Son of Cham Gen. 10.6 who first inhabited that part of Africa and from him the people were called Cussites from the Grecians it received the name of Ethiopia which is from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to burn and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the countenance because the heat of the Sunne there is such as it scorcheth the faces of the people This Country is judged to be as large as Germany France and Italy but not very populous because of the extream heat they circumcise their Males and Females baptizing the Males fourty dayes and the â—emales eighty dayes after their Circumcision and they rebaptize themselves in Lakes and Ponds every year on the day called Epiphany Heylin in his Microcosm because they conceive that the Lord Christ was baptized by John in Jordan that very day But whether this was the Ethiopia Nebuchadnezzar should spoil some question because it is said chap. 29.10 That Egypt should be made desolate from the Tower of Syene unto the border of Ethiopia that is to the Asian Ethiopia Syene was at the front of the African Ethiopia and whether Nebuchadnezzar entred that Ethiopia is doubtful In locum Quistonpius is peremptory in it and saith he never passed beyond Syâ—ne into it Lybia In Hebrew Phut from Phut the son of Cham Vid. suum in Gen. 10.6 Gen. 10.6 and the inhabitants thereof were at first called Phuthaei or Phuttians and afterward Lybians the Country being named Lybia from Lybs a King of Mauritania or from Lybs the Southwind which gently breatheth there or from Lybia a Queen thereof it 's now call'd Sorra which signifies a Desert because its a Country full of sandy Deserts And Varro will have it called Lybia Heylin in Microcos quasi 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 because it wants raine Heretofore all Africa was called Phut afterwards only the Western Parts of Africa as Mauritania and Tingitana Shindler Martinius where the Kingdome of Fez or Lybia now is Lydia The Hebrew is Lud from Lud the Son of Shem Gen. 10.22 as some will have it or from Ludim the Son of Mizraim as others affirme This Lydia was a Region of Asia the less formerly called Maeonia in it were those famous Cities Philadelphia Sardis Pergamus Thyatira and Laodicea Alapide would not have it to be this Lydia
Heylin ubi ante because those Lydians were too farre off to be helpfull to the Egyptians he therefore makes it to be Lydda Acts 9.32 where Peter heal'd Aeneas This City was in the Tribe of Ephraim near unto Joppa It was therefore taken by Nebuchadnezzar before when he took Jerusalem and made the whole Land Tributary unto him The distance of Lydia was not such as to hinder the Egyptians from confederating with them they were on the one side of the Mediterranean Sea and the Lydians on the other And all the mingled people Montanus saith All the Vulgar The Hebrew is Col haeref which Junius Piscator and Others render tota miscellanea turba all the mixt Company that is those that came from other Parts to be milltes conducti to serve the Egyptians for pay When Wars are among Nations strangers will flock out of all Parts unto them to be their Auxilaries Some make them the Arabians Chub. This word is no where else in holy Writ Symmachus thought it to be Arabia but Interpreters by it understand the Cubaeans people in the inward Lybia near unto the River Nigris where Ptolomy in his Geography places the City Cuphe The Men of the Land that is in League The Hebrew is Filii terrae foederis the Sons of the Land of League Piscator translates the words thus Qui degunt in terra confederata those who live in a Land confederate that is these were confederate with the Egyptians Some put these words upon the Nations which had engaged themselves to help the Egyptians Others more probably put them upon Judaea which was the Land in League with God for God promised it to Abraham and his Posterity whereupon the Jewes were cal'd the Children of the Covenant Acts 2.25 And the Septuagint here have it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Sons of my Testament or Covenant The Jewes were in League with the Egyptians and after the destruction of Jerusalem Gedaliah being treacherously slain by Ishmael and others Johanan carryeth the Jewes the Sons of the Land in League into Egypt where they suffered by Nebuchadnezzar what the Egyptians did Jer. 43. and 44. Chapters Some fell by the sword some were carryed Captive First Observe After dayes of mirth come dayes of sorrow Egypt had seen many dayes of prosperity and rejoycing and now howle ye woe worth the day Her Summer was over and Winter coming upon her black cloudy stormy terrible days were at hand As there is a change in things so in times Eccles 3.4 There is a time to weep and a time to laugh a time to mourn and a time to dance These succeed each other and neither keeps possession long mirth and jollity is thrust out of doors after a few dayes by its contrary Babylon had her dayes of delight she was given to pleasure Isa 47.8 but suddenly there was a change Jer. 51.8 Babylon is suddenly fallen and destroyed Howle for her Secondly Observe The approaching of those dayes wherein God will visit and punish sinners is just cause of mourning Howle for the day of the Lord is near a cloudy day The Judgments of God were at hand ready to take hold of the Egyptians therefore they had sufficient cause to howle Isa 13.6 Howl ye for the day of the Lord is at hand It shall come as a destruction from the Almighty It s spoken of the Babylonians who thought themselves safe strong having subdued most Nations but they must howl for that the day of the Lord drew near it should be a day for destruction and not an ordinary destruction but as a destruction from the Almighty it should be such a destruction as should proclaim to the world that the hand of God was eminently in it Joel 2.1 Let all the inhabitants of the land tremble for the day of the Lord comes for it is nigh at hand The time of Nebuchadnezzar's coming to execute the judgements of God upon Jerusalem and Judaea drew nigh and thereupon the Prophet calls upon all the inhabitants of the land to tremble to repent and mourn there is great and just cause so to do at such times because thereby judgements may be averted delayed mitigated or sanctified unto us Thirdly Observe God hath his times to visit heathens it shall be the time of the heathens If heathens do God any service he hath a time to reward them as he did Nebuchadnezzar by giving him the spoil of Egypt if heathens do provoke him by their pride idolatry profaneness oppression of his people or any other way he hath his time and day to punish them Jer. 46.8 9 10. Egypt riseth up like a flood and his waters are moved like the rivers and he saith I will go up and cover the earth I will destroy the City that was Carchemish by the river Euphrates and the inhabitants thereof Come up ye horses and rage ye chariots and let the mighty men come forth the Ethiopians and the Lybians that handle the shield and the Lydians that handle and bend the Bow For this is the day of the Lord God of Hosts a day of vengeance that he may avenge him of his adversaries The Egyptians Ethiopians Lybians and Lydians were all heathens and God had his day to visit them when they went to Euphrates to fight the Babylonians he made the Babylonish sword drunk with their blood Not long after God had a day for the Babylonians Jer. 50.27 Slay all her bullocks let them go down to the slaughter wâ— unto them for their day is come the time of their visitation The Princes Nobles great Ones who were the Bullocks of Babylon had their day of slaughter Fourthly Observe Where publike judgements come they are troublesome to neighbor Nations The sword shall come upon Egypt and great pain shall be in Ethiopia The evil of the sword was not confined within the Egyptian borders it reached to the Ethiopians and others they were filled with fear they were in pain as a woman in travail when evil borders upon us some evil or mischief is to be feared from thence Aliquid mali propter vicitâ—m malum if our neighbors house be on fire we may fear some sparks of that fire may fall on ours The wars of England have made the Nations about us to be in pain Fifthly Observe Wars lay all waste the sword makes no difference between things or persons The sword shall come upon Egypt and her foundations shall be broken down and the men of the land that is in league shall fall with them by the sword As the sword spared no City Towers Castles so no persons even those Jews that fled to Egypt for safety should not escape what Jews what mingled people it found in Egypt they all suffered alike the sword pittyed spared none Vers 6 7 8 9. Thus saith the Lord they also that uphold Egypt shall fall and the pride of her power shall come down from the Tower of Syene shall they fall in it by the
hands of the wicked The Lord gives he doth not sell The word for selling is Macar which signifies to give to deliver as well as to sell and the Septuagint saith 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will give the land those who sell do deliver what they sell into the hands of others and this is attributed to God metaphorically for that he disposed of the land of Egypt to others that is the Chaldeans who are called wicked the Vulgar hath it in manus pessimorum into the hands of the worst I will make the land waste and all that is therein Egypt was a land abounding with men horse charets wealth Cities and all desirable things but God would make it desolate and all the fulnesse of it so the words are in Hebrew for all that is therein it had a fulnesse of all things and by the hand of the Chaldean it was emptied who in the next words are called strangers because they were such to the Egyptians I the Lord have spoken it These words are a ratification of what is threatned Ezekiel hath not spoken a vision of his own or from his own spirit but what is said is the word of the eternal God I the Lord have spoken it I have determined it shall be so and nothing shall lett it Observe First God hath wayes to empty lands of their mâ—â—titude and fullnesse Egypt had her multitude of men of beasts of Cities of riches she had her fulnesse of all things and God had an Army a multitude of Souldiers to plunder and spoil her to empty her of all her multitudes and fulnesses Jerusalem had its multitudes and fulness but Nubuchadnezzar emtyed her and made her like an empty vessel Jer 51.34 Babylon had her multitudes and fulness of Treasure Jer. 51.13 and God had Fanners to fan her ver 2. and empty her land those Fanners were the Medes and Persians who scattered the Babylonians and made a Prey of their Treasures Secondly observe When God will execute severe Judgments he makes use of suitable Instruments He intended utter destruction to Egypt and the terrible of the Nations were brought to destroy it Nebuchadnezzar had men out of many Nations and the terrible ones of those Nations by the secret hand of God were brought to lay Egypt waste They roared like Lyons Isa 5.29 They were cruel and without mercie Jer. 6.23 They hanged Princes by their hands Lament 5.12 And here they fil'd the Land with the slain Thirdly observe Gods designs shall go on whatever lies in the way to hinder He was resolved upon the destruction of Egypt the Rivers of it lay in the way so that an Army could not get over Nilus that great river if gotten over it could not march and do the work appointed for the multitude of little Rivers were in the land shall these hinder the designe of God No he will dry up the Rivers to make way unto his designs the Babylonians shall pass over and pierce through the whole land When the Israelites were at the Red Sea that lay as an impediment unto Gods design which was to carry them to Canaan but did it hinder the same No speak to the Children of Israel that they go forward what go forward and be drowned in the Sea No because they had not Faith to go upon the waters therefore he divides the waters and makes a dry path for them through the midst of the deeps Exod 14. There were Mountains in the way hindering the building of the Temple but one great mountain above all the rest Zech. 4.7 Who art thou O great mountain whether it were the Persian Monarchy or Satan and all the enemies of the Jewes God made it a plain before Zerubbabel and notwithstanding all enemies and opposition he carried on the work of God Things may be too hard for men impossible for them but nothing is too hard for or impossible to the Lord. He enabled Nebuchadnezzar to take Tyrus to destroy Egypt all the Rivers thereof shall not hinder it God will dry them up rather then his designe shall faile Psal 74.15 Thou dryest up mighty rivers God hath divided Seas plained Mountains and dryed up Rivers in our days to make way for his designs and in due time he will dry up the great River Euphrates to make way for the Kings of the East Rev. 16.12 Fourthly observe All Lands are the Lords and he may dispose of them to whom he will even to the wicked he sold he gave the land of Egypt into the hands of the Babylonians who were wicked yea the worst of men Ezek. 7.24 Kingdoms are not such excellent things as we imagine were they so they would not be given to Gods enemies That Kingdom is of great worth which God gives to his children Luke 12.32 Vers 13 14 15 16 17 18 19. Thus saith the Lord God I will also destroy the Idols and I will cause their Images to cease out of Noph and there shall be no more a Prince of the land of Egypt and I will put a fear in the land of Egypt And I will make Pathros desolate and will set fire in Zoan and will execute Judgments in No. And I will poure my fury upon Sin the strâ—â—gth of Egypt and I will cut off the multitude of No. And I will set fire in Egypt Sin shall have great pain and No shall be rent asunder and Noph shall have distresses daily The young men of Aven and of Phibeseth shall fall by the sword and these cities shall go into captivity At Tehaphnehes also the day shall be darkened when I shall break there the yoaks of Egypt and the pomp of her strength shall cease in her as for her a cloud shall cover her and her daughters shall go into Captivity Thus will I execute Judgments in Egypt and they shall know that I am the Lord. HAving formerly threatned destruction to Egypt and her Cities in general the Prophet descends now to particulars in the 13 14 15 16 17 and 18 vers and then in the 19. verse shews what is the end of God in his exercising judgments viz. That they may know him to be the Lord. I will destroy the Idols Egypt was the most idolatrous Land of any and God would now destroy the Idols out of it The word for Idols is gillulim which Piscator renders stercora dung filth so the word signifies and their Idols were dunghil filthy Gods fitter to be trodden under foot by Man and Beast then to be worshipped I will cause their Images to cease Elilim Images from Elil nihilum for an Image or Idol is res nihili a thing of no account 1 Cor. 8.4 It cannot profit therefore Isai 2.20 They shall cast away their Idols as useless things and God would make them to cease Out of Noph This Noph was a great city in Egypt very populous and famous for the Pyramids and Monuments of Kings who leaving Thebes made that the Royal City Isai 19.13 The Princes of Noph thither many
some its call'd pubastum These Cities shall go into Captivity The Inhabitants of them shall be taken and carried away by Nebuchadnezzar and his forces viz. The Citizens of Aven and Phibeseth Vers 18. At Tehaphnehes also the day shall be darkened Some make this City to be the same with Zoan or Tanis In Jeremiah its call'd Tahpanhes Chap. 44. 1. in it dwelt many of the Fugitive Jews its thought to be so call'd from Tahpenes the Queen Wife of Pharaoh 1 Kin. 11.19 In Isa 30.4 It s nam'd Hanes on Chanes in Jerem. 43.7 Tahpanthes so it s in the Hebrew and it was a Royal City ver 9. Pharaohs house was there It s by some Expositors said to be Daphnae or Daphnis which was in ostio Nili Pelusiano of his Judgment was Junius in his notes on Jer. 30.4 but in this place he makes Tehaphnehes to be in the remotest part of Egypt Southward above Syene where Nilus makes an Island call'd Tacompso or Cacompso by Herodotus Now there should the day be darkned that is turned into night by reason of mourning and sadness all their mirth should be taken away Fears Sorrows Distresses should come as thick Clouds upon them and darken all When I shall break there the yoaks of Egypt The Egyptians held them there in great subjection rul'd over them Tyrannically they made them serve like Beasts with yokes on their necks and burdens on their backs God would set them at liberty and put yokes upon the Egyptians own necks Junius thinks there were some works or chains in those parts to keep out the Ethiopians from making incursions into Aegypt Lavater reads the words vectes Aegypti the Bars of Egypt The people thereupon were put to great Taxes and hard Services which were Yoaks Some read the Scepters of Egypt the word Mototh is rendred by some Scepters by others loca nigra vectes where there be Scepters Power there will be heavy and burthensome things such Lawes Decrees Orders Taxes Services imposed upon the people as that they may well be call'd Yoaks Bonds Barrs Le ts to their Liberty and Comfort these Yoaks would God break and remove from their necks and backs And the pomp of her strength shall cease in her The Hebrew is the pride of her strength Egypt had strong Cities strong Garrisons which made her proud confident The Septuag is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the injury or violence of her power and strength she abused her strength in oppressing others and God would put an end unto it he would destroy it and she should no more glorie in her strong Holds or in her Multitudes of men As for her a cloud shall cover her Here is a Nominative case absolute in the Hebrew 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hi ipsa which is rendred as for her that is Tehaphnehes a cloud shall cover her Nebuchadnezzars Army which brought a cloud of fears a cloud of sorrows a cloud of perplexities a cloud of reproach Such a cloud was upon Worcester And her Daughters shall go into captivity By Daughters we may understand the women of Tehaphnehes who properly were the Daughters thereof or the little Towns thereabouts each were under the protection and power of Tehaphnehes and so were her Daughters metaphorically The Inhabitants of them should be carried away into Babylon Vers 19. Thus will I execute Judgments in Egypt Egypt was full of Sin and God fill'd it with his Judgments from one end to the other he said he would cut off man and beast break down her Foundations dry up the Rivers lay all waste fill the land with the slain send Multitudes into Captivity and thus will I execute Judgment in Egypt First observe Idols and Idolatrous worship are so far from benefiting a State as that they provoke God to ruine them and the State with them Egypt had many Idolls many Images in most Cities they were set up and worshipped this caused God to destroy them and Egypt with them I will destroy the Idols and will cause their Images to cease out of Noph and I will set fire in Egypt Idolatry is a Sin robs God of his Glory and so provokes him to fury to take vengeance on Idols and Idolatrous Kingdoms Jer. 46.25 I will punish the multitude of No and Pharaoh and Egypt with their Gods and their Kings The Kings set up their Idol Gods they commanded and countenanced the worshipping of them therefore they should be punished together Idolatry is very destructive it was the destruction of the ten Tribes 2 King 17.7 and you may see how Judah suffered for this Sin 2 Chron. 28.2 Ahaz made Moulâ—en Images for Baalim and burnt incense to Idols but what was the issue thereof ver 5. The King of Syria smote him and carried away a great multitude of them Captives Pekah also the Son of Remaliah slew in Judah 120000. in one day which were all valiant men because they had forsaken the Lord God of their Fathers they fell to Idolatry ver 6. Besides the loss of those men 200000. women sons and daughters were carried away captive ver 8. O what spoil was Judah brought unto for its abominable Idolatry Secondly observe God may and can deprive Lands of their Princes at his pleasure There shall be no more a Prince of the Land of Egypt Pâ—inces have their Patents and Power from God Prov. 8.16 By me Princes rule and Nobles even all the Judges of the earth It s God sets them up and he may and doth pull them down as he sees cause he set up Saul and he rejected him 1 Sam. 15.23 he planted Zedekiah and pull'd him up Ezek. 17.8 9. He cuts off the spirit of Princes he is terrible to the Kings of the earth Psal 76.12 He cuts them off as suddenly as easily as the Vine-dresser doth branches off the Vine he is terrible unto them 2 Chron. 22.21 he sent an Angel and cut off all the mighty men of valour and the Leaders and Captains in the Camp of the King of Assyria The Angel made terrible work among them in one night God is King of Kings and in the day of his wrath he strikes through them and deprives their Land of them He can say to any Land as he did to Egypt there shall be no more a Prince there Thirdly Observe There is nothing can secure a wicked Prince and Nation from the judgements of God Egypt and her King had many Cities Strong Cities populous Cities wealthy Cities Men of wisdom and might in them yet these could not keep off the Sword and Fire I will make Pathros desolate I will set fire in Zoan I will execute judgments in No and poure my fury upon Sin Noph shall have distress the men of Aven and Phibeseth shall fall by the Sword and a Cloud shall cover Tehaphnehes Men might run from one City to another but Gods judgments would out-run them if they escaped one Judgment another would overtake them Fourthly observe God hath his times to take off the heavy
Burdens Tributes and Taxes are laid upon people by oppressing Princes and Rulers when I shall break there the Yoaks of Egypt The Rulers of Egypt decreed unrighteous things opprest the men of Tehaphnehes suckt their blood by hard Rates and Taxes burdened them with difficult and dangerous Services and made them groan under their Yoaks as they did so do the Princes and Rulers of most Nations in the world but as they have their times to make and increase such yoaks upon the people so God hath his time to take them off Levit. 26.13 I have broken the bands of your yoak and made you to go upright The Jews were under the Egyptian Yoak a long time but at last he break the bands of the Yoak those Laws Decrees that kept them in Egypt held them to hard labor causing them to stoop and made them free so that they could go upright Bondage makes men to bow but Liberty to go upright Heavy burdens upon people make them sigh presse them down to the Earth and when they are eased they rejoyce and look up It s God breaks the Yoaks off whoever puts them on Isa 10.27 It shall come to pass in that day that his burden shall be taken away from off thy shoulders and his Yoak from off thy neck and the Yoak shall be destroyed because of the anointing The King of Assyriâ—s Burdens and Yokes lay heavy and hard upon the Jewish State but for Hezekiahs sake or rather Christs who is called the anointing he would break the Yoaks and take off the Burdens Fifthly observe God makes some Nations exemplarie with his judgments Thus will I execute Judgments in Egypt thus as becomes me a provoked God thus as an Idolatrous profane guilty Nation deserves thus as themselves and all Nations round about shall know that I am the Lord they shall see that in my Judgements which shall convince them that no hand but mine could do such things take such Strong Holds ruine so many Cities and lay waste such a land as Egypt was Some Lands are Theaters of Gods severe Judgements we have been made Monuments of Gods choice Mercies wonderfull Deliverances Let us fear the Lord and his Goodness least he turn our Mercies into Judgments Vers 20 21 22 23 24 25 26. And it came to pass in the Eleventh year in the First Month in the Seventh day of the Month that the word of the Lord came unto me saying Son of man I have broken the Arm of Pharaoh King of Egypt and loe it shall not be bound up to be healed to put a Roler to binde it to make it strong to hold the Sword Therefore thus saith the Lord God behold I am against Pharaoh King of Egypt and will break his Arms the strong and that which was broken and I will cause the Sword to fall out of his hand And I will scatter the Egyptians among the Nations and will disperse them through the Countrys And I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon and put my Sword in his hand but I will break Pharaohs Arms and he shall groan before him with the groaning of a deadly wounded man But I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon and the Arms of Pharaoh shall fall down and they shall know that I am the Lord when I shall put my sword into the hand of the King of Babylon and he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt And I will scatter the Egyptians among the Nations and disperse them among the countries and they shall know that I am the Lord. THese seven Verses are the second general part of the Chapter and Treat of two great Kings Pharaoh King of Egypt and Nebuchadnezzar King of Babylon Concerning Pharaoh two things are threatned against him First Diminution of his power vers 21 22 24. Secondly Dispersion of his people vers 23.26 Concerning Nebuchadnezzar he is the instrument God will use and promiseth to strengthen in doing his work vers 24 25. and both these are illustrated from the Chronologie of this Prophesie Vers 20. In the Eleventh year in the First month the seventh day of the month That was in the Eleventh year of Jehoiakins Captivity the First month and the seventh day Ezekiel had this Prophesie given in it was three months and two days before the takeing of Jerusalem Jer. 52.5 6. for it was taken the Eleventh year the Fourth Month and the ninth day This Prophesie though it be set after that in chap. 29.17 yet was sixteen year before it The Penmen of the Scriptures do not exactly observe the order where every thing should come in among the Psalms you have the third Psalm which was made at that time when David fled from Absolom set before the 34 51 56 57 59 60. and others which were made before that as appears by their Titles Vers 21. I have broken the Arm of Pharaoh King of Egypt By Arme the forces and power Pharaoh had are intended Vatablus saith the Preter Tense is here put for the Future Tense I have broken that is I will break but Pharaoh had his arme broken before when the Babylonian forces beat him and his Army by the River Euphrates in Charchemish which was in the fourth year of Jehoiakim Jer 46.2 And at that time he took from him all that he had between Nilus and Euphrates 2 Kings 24.7 which was the breaking of his Arme and such a breaking as it could not be cured But notwithstanding this breaking Pharaoh got up forces again and when Nebuchadnezzar besieged Jerusalem he came forth out of Egypt whereupon Nebuchadnezzar raised his Siege went to meet Pharaoh and caused him to retreat Jer. 37.5 7. as having a broken arm and not being able to encounter with him And loe it shall not be bound up to be healed c. That wound and loss which Pharaoh received by overthrow of his army he never could cure and recover neither his own people nor his Confederates could set him into his former condition he is here resembled to a broken Arme which cannot be bound up or if bound up not be healed so as to be usefull any more Pharaoh could never recover his strength and greatness again Vers 22. Behold I am against Pharaoh King of Egypt Here is the cause of Pharaohs breakings his not binding up and healing the Lord was against him not only the Babylonians and Cyreneans were his enemies but the Lord himself when he breaks in pieces who shall bind up when he wounds who shall heal when he is an Enemie who can stand before him The Loâ—d makes himself Author of all the Judgements fell upon Pharaoh And will break his Arms the strong and that which was broken Pharaohs Arms were Egypt and those Territories he had from Egypt to Euphrates His Arme was broken already by the Babylonians as you have it before One Arm yet remain'd and that is call'd a strong one viz. Egypt with all her strength This Arm God break by the
Cyreneans against whom Pharaoh led out an Army which they overthrew and the Civil Wars amongst them after that Victory they were so consum'd and weakened Chap. 29.4 vid. Juni that they had not hearts nor means to defend themselves against Nebuchadnezzar when he invaded them I will cause the Sword to fall out of his hand When an Arm is broken the hand is disabled from holding any thing so Pharaoh having his arms broken Syria and Egypt the Sword should fall out of his hand he should not be able any more to make war he should neither have forces in the one Kingdom or the other to do him service or thus if he did get up some forces and ingage with the Babylonians God would so order things that the Egyptians should be overcome throw down their Arms cry for quarter or fly for safety Vers 23. And I will scatter the Egyptians among the Nations The Hebrew word for to scatter is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 puts which signifies confringi cum dispersione to be broken and dispersed he spake before of the breaking Pharaohs forces and now saith they should be scattered some running one way some another some carried into one part of Babylon some into another And disperse them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Sarah which is the Hebrew word signifies to disperse by breaking in pieces and also by fanning The Septuagint hath it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will fan them And so Lavater Piscator and the vulgar render the word God would fan them as chaffe out of the Land of Egypt and drive them from country to country as the wind drives chaffe from place to place Vers 24. And I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon Chizzikti Montanus renders it comfortabo I will comfort Vatablus noborabo I will make strong Jun. and Pisca confirmabo I will confirm the French fortifiray I will fortifie The Septuag 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will harden The word Chazak saith Kirker signifies properly firmam apprehensionem such a taking hold of a man as thereby to confirm his Spirits and to strengthen him God would take hold of Nebuchadnezzar and his forces so as to add spirit courage and strength unto them he would be on their side and make them victorious He was against Pharaoh brake his Arms weakened him but he would be with Nebuchadnezzar uphold him and make his Arms strong And put my Sword in his hand I will furnish him with all military instruments and sufficiency of power to execute my judgments upon Egypt and upon Pharaoh King thereof God would make the Sword fall out of his hand but he would put one into Nebuchadnezzars hand But I will break Pharaohs Arms. Let them be strong and brawnie I will break them as wood bones earthen vessels are wont to be broken he is proud confident and thinks himself able to withstand the King of Babylon but by him will I break all his forces and so breake them that He shall groan before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded man The Hebrew runs thus He shall cry with Cries being deadly wounded before him Piscator looking to the former words I will break Pharaohs Arms renders them thus that he may groan before him as a man groans being deadly wounded When a man is Chalal thrust through or deadly wounded he fetcheth deep sighs and groans and Pharaoh should be so afflicted with the King of Babylons prevailing against him that he should greatly mourn and groan Noak notes such crying sighing groaning as men make when they are wounded unto death Vers 25. But I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon and the Arms of Pharaoh shall fall down c. In this verse and the last there is little but what was said before the Prophet repeats the same things that so he might awaken the Egyptians to consider what dreadful desolations were coming upon them and beat off the Jews from seeking help at their hands whose destruction was so certainly determined by the Lord. And he shall stretch it out upon the Land of Egypt This stretching out may either refer to the stroke as when men will strike strong and deadly stroaks they stretch out their arms that the stroke may be with more force upon the partie to be smitten or it may note the extent of the Sword it should be stretched out upon the whole Land of Egypt Wars should consume the whole Nation First observe Men in affliction strictly observe how the time passes away they mind the years months and days Ezekiel was a Captive in Babylon and he kept account of the time in the Eleventh year the first month and seventh day of it that was of their Captivity he slipt not a day but observed it and what fell out then the word of the Lord came unto him Afflictions make good Chronologers Secondly observe The Lord makes good his word he had said by the mouth of David Psal 37.17 The arms of the wicked shall be broken and here he saith I have broken the Arms of Pharaoh King of Egypt he was a wicked King and God broke his Arms. Kings who have great forces great wealth numerous Cities and strong Navies if they be wicked they and all they have are no more to God then one single man whose Arms God can easily break for he hath a mighty Arm Psal 89.13 And when he makes it bare then it breaks Kings and Kingdoms Arms and Armies in pieces it was his Arm that brake the Babylonian Persian Grecian and Roman Empires which were all wicked He break the Arm of Moab Jer. 48.25 He will break the Arm of Antichrist and of all the Princes of the Earth which help him Thirdly observe God sometimes so wounds Princes and States as that their wounds are incurable I have broken the Arm of Pharaoh and loe it shall not be bound up to be healed all the State-Chyrurgeons and Physitians could not set the bone again and heal the wound much art and industry was used many plaisters applyed but all to no purpose for God had said it shall not be healed Jer. 46.11 In vain shall they use many Medicines for they shall not be cured it s spoken of this Pharaoh and the wound he had received If God deny once to cure the wounds he makes those wounds prove deadly not all the Balm in Gilead will cure them not all the wisdom riches strength of Egypt could make Pharaoh whole again If the Lord himself do not binde up when he breaks heal where he wounds nothing but death and dissolution follows Fourthly observe It s a dreadful thing to have the Lord declare himself to be an enemie to a King to a State to any Behold I am against Pharaoh therefore what was broken could not be healed and what was whole should be broken he should be more and more disabled his Princes became fools his wise Councellors brutish a perverse and seducing Spirit was in the midst of them and
Egypt was as women fearfull and weak like women Isai 19.11 12 13 14 15 16. God being against Pharaoh all his Councels Enterprizes were blasted all his forces broken all his Cities made desolate and all his people consum'd or carried into Captivity better he had had all the Princes of the world against him then God for whomsoever he is against must be ruin'd Fifthly observe The flourishing and perishing of Kings Kingdoms and Armies is from the Lord. I will strengthen the Arms of the King of Babylon and put my Sword in his hand but I will break Pharaohs Arms and they shall fall down One of these great Kings should prosper his Kingdom flourish his forces stand and conquer the other should perish his Kingdom be laid waste and all his forces broken and scattered What King State or Army soever God is with he will strengthen uphold what King State or Army soever he is against he will break ruine and bring to nothing whatever their Strength Wealth or Councels are Sixthly observe Tyrannical wicked Kings oft come to very sad ends he shall groan before him with the groanings of a deadly wounded man Herodotus saith he was strangled by the Egyptians which had revolted from him to Amasis The Holy Scripture tells you what ends Adonibezek Athaliah Jezebel Ahab and Senacherib came unto Pilate who put Christ to death was deposed banished and at last slew himself at Lyons in France Of Thirty two Emperors who persecuted the Christians scarce any of them dyed a natural death some were poysoned some kill'd by the Soldiers some sentenc'd by the Senate and some slew themselves Galerius had such a Loathsome disease as that he could not indure the stink of it but slew himself to avoid it Vid. Fox Act. Mon. vol. 1. pag. 40 41. Seventhly observe God is the Author of Wars he sets one Tyrant against another and gives Commission how far they shall proceed I will put my Sword into the hand of the King of Babylon and he shall stretch it out upon the land of Egypt Nebuchadnezzar was a great Tyrant and God set him upon Pharaoh another great Tyrant and ordered him how far he should go even over all Egypt Tyrants cannot stir till God move them the Sword is his if he will not put it into their hands they cannot take it up and when he hath put it into their hand they cannot go one foot further then he hath appointed them CHAP. XXXI Vers 1 2. And it came to pass in the Eleventh year in the Third month in the First day of the month that the word of the Lord came unto me saying Son of man speak unto Pharaoh King of Egypt and to his multitude Whom art thou like in thy greatness THis Chapter as the two former is a Prophesie against the King of Egypt and in it you have these parts First the Chronologie of the Prophesie ver 1. Secondly the occasion of it viz. His Pride and confidence in his greatness ver 2. Thirdly a confirmation of his ruine set out by an example a majori ad minus from the Third verse to the Eighteenth wherein is notably described the Glory of Assyria her sin and fall thereupon Fourthly the Application of all to Pharaoh vers 18. Vers 1. In the Eleventh year in the third month in the first day of the month The Prophet had not Prophesies given in every month it was a month and Twenty-four days from the last Prophesie to this which was one month and eight or nine days before the destruction of Jerusalem and in the Eleventh year of their Captivity the Third month and First day of the month The Hebrew for First day of the Month is una mensis one of the month is an Hebraisme common in the Scripture as in Gen. 1.5 The Evening and the Morning were one day so is the Hebrew that is the first day Luke 24.1 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 upon one of the week that is the First day of the week Vers 2. Speak unto Pharaoh King of Egypt and to his multitude Pharaoh was a great King and had a great Multitude of Men Horses and Chariots and conceited himself greater then he was but how great soever he were in realitie or conceit God orders a Prophet to speak to him and to demand a question of him The Prophet was in Babylon Pharaoh in Aegypt and how he could speak to him appears not It s impossible that he should undertake so long a journey as t is from Babylon to Egypt It s more consonant to truth that he pen'd this Prophesie and sent it unto him by one means or other Whom art thou like in thy greatness This was the Question Ezekiel must propound to him and it was an upbraiding question taxing him for his pride arrogancie and vain confidences He had like most Kings many Flatterers who flattered him into a conceit that he was greater then other Kings yea so great in power that he might incounter God himself The Lord therefore thought meet to take down his Spirit by this question Whom art thou like in thy greatness what like unto me thou art so far from that as that thou art not comparable to some mortal men What sayest thou to the King of Assyria art thou greater art thou stronger then he no he went far beyond thee in Power Dignitie and Greatness yet for his pride arrogancie and confidences in what he had he was utterly destroyed and thinkest thou who art inferior to stand and avoid the Judgements of God when they come thou deceivest thy self First observe Kings are prone to be lifted up with and confide in their greatness Pharaoh sweld with his honor and multitude puting too much confidence therein Chap. 29.3 he is call'd the great Dragon and he lay secure in the midst of his Rivers saying my River is mine own and I have made it for my self he was proud and confident thinking none greater then himself Nebuchadnezzar was lifted up with his greatness Dan. 4.30 so was Sennacherib Isa 37.11 12 13. And not only wicked Kings but good ones have been overtaken with this evill David numbers the people and was too proud of and confident in his Multitudes 1 Chron. 21. Princes have many things to puff up their Spirits but God knows how to bring them down Secondly observe God will have them told of their Sins and taxed for them Go speak unto Pharaoh and say whom art thou like in thy greatness Thou proud Tyrant thou shalt fall though thou be great strong there is a greater then thy self and one stronger then thou art who hath sent a Prophet to tell thee of thy pride and arrogancie and to foretell thee of thy destruction Kings are no more to God then the meanest peasants if they sin they shall hear of it and smart for it Vers 3 4 5 6 7 8 9. Behold the Assyrian was a Cedar in Lebanon with fair branches and with a shadowing shroud and of an high stature and
which signifies to make dark obscure black all the Trees in the Assyrian Empire or in that part of Lebanon which belonged thereunto I caused to be affected with the fall of this Cedar And all the Trees of the field fainted for him All other Kings saith Maldonate not only Kings but all sorts were involved in this common calamity they were so sensible of their sufferings thereby that they fainted the word for fainting is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which signifies to cover for grief and Metaphorically to faint When grief is great then it causeth deliquium animae Vers 16. I made the Nations to shake at the Sound of his fall When high and great Trees fall they make a great noise and so did this King when he fell his own Subjects and other Nations were much troubled at his fall When I cast him down to Hell with them that descend into the pit In ver 15. it s said he went down to the Grave or Hell and here that God cast him down to Hell it s the same word God brought him from his height to the state of the dead he made him like those that were in the pit And all the Trees of Eden the choice and best of Lebanon all that drink water shall be comforted in the nether parts of the earth Those Kings and others which were gone before into the pit he speaks of as living and watered Trees when they should see this great Cedar cut down and brought into the same condition with themselves they should be comforted in that state they were in that is the common condition of great and small The Hebrew for choice and best of Lebanon is the Election and goodness of Lebanon Vers 17. They also went down into Hell with him unto them that be slain with the sword Those Trees before mentioned their condition was like theirs who were slain with the sword and so was this Assyrians he was cut off from all his glory and greatnesse and laid amongst the slain And they that were his arm that dwelt under his shadow in the midst of the Heathen His Princes Nobles Councellours Souldiers and Confederates these suffered with him and had some comfort that they had him with them in the Grave or in Hell The Septuagint for those words were his arme read 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and his seed his posterity and friends were cut off with him First Observe The greatest Princes and Powers in the world have their day to leave their greatnesse and go down to the dust In the day when he went down to the Grave The King of Assyria had his day to come down from all his height and glory and to lye among the slain some dye natural some violent deaths be they great or small dye they must It s appointed unto men once to dye Heb 9.27 And as some have their day to grow high and great in the world so their day to descend into the Grave and be no more in the eye of God then a stinking carkasse Secondly Observe When great Monarchs and Princes are cut off the Lord fills all with mourning fainting and shaking When the Assyrian went down to the Grave the Lord caused a mourning made changes and alterations at Sea and Land He made Lebanon to put on black the Trees of the field to faint and Nations to quake at the sound of his fall so was it when the King of Tyrus was destroyed Ezek 26.15 16. ch 27.35 When the gods of the earth are slain and dye like men the earth and all other creatures have a kind of sense thereof and are affected at changes Thirdly Observe When great Oppressors and Tyrants fall it affords some kind of comfort to the dead All the Trees of Eden the choice and best of Lebanon all that drink water shall be comforted in the nether parts of the earth c. You have this livelyly set forth Isa 14.9 10. Hell from beneath is moved for thee to meet thee at thy coming it stirreth up the dead for thee even all the chief Ones of the Earth it hath raised up from the Thrones all the Kings of the Nations All they shall speak and say unto thee art thou also become weak as we art thou become like unto us Whether this was Senacherib Nebuchadnezzar or Belshazzar it matters not whoever he was he was a great Tyrannicall Prince and when he fell the dead rejoyced at it and comforted themselves that he was become like unto them Vers 18. To whom art thou thus like in glory and in greatnesse among the Trees of Eden yet shalt thou be brought down with the Trees of Eden unto the nether parts of the Earth thou shalt lye in the midst of the uncircumcised with them that be slain by the sword this is Pharoah and all his multitude saith the Lord God This verse is the Application of the former example unto Pharoah The Protasis was from the 3. verse hither and in this 18. is the Apodosis The same Question is put here to Pharoah whâ—ch was in the 2. vers To whom art thou like in glory and in greatnesse among the Trees of Eden Look about Pharoah thou seest that thou art not like to the Assyrian in Lebanon Well who among the Trees of Eden art thou like for glory and greatnesse it may be thou equallest some of them be it so yet thou must be brought down with them to the nether parts of the earth to the Grave or to Hell thou that art like them in sinning must be like them in suffering Thou shalt lye in the midst of the uncircumcised In Cha. 28.10 It was said of the Prince of Tyrus Thou shalt dye the death of the uncircumcised that was without any hope of eternall life and here it 's said of Pharoah Thou shalt lye in the midst of those that are uncircumcised that is He should lye in a hopelesse and perishing condition of soul and body for ever as those did who were not in Covenant with God This is Pharoah and all his multitude saith the Lord God This is his condition and the condition of his Princes Nobles and People whatsoever thoughts he or they may have of themselves this must be their end Observe God teaches men by the examples of others what they must look for Here by the Assyrian Cedar the Aegyptian Pharoah is taught what to expect He being like the Assyrian in his sins had no cause but to conclude that Assyrian judgements would befall him What was he for his pride and wickednesse driven out destroyed brought down to the Grave Hell and an everlasting suffering so must I my wayes being the same with his like sins call for like judgements As the Assyrian was set out for the instruction of Pharoah so God sets up Pharoah for the instruction of all Princes and People to the end of the world This is Pharoah and all his multitude CHAP. XXXII Vers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10. And it came
to pass in the Twelfth year in the Twelfth month in the First day of the month that the word of the Lord came unto me saying Son of man take up a lamentation for Pharoah King of Aegypt and say unto him Thou art like a young Lyon of the Nations and thou art as a Whale in the seas and thou camest forth with thy rivers and troubledst the waters with thy feet and fouledst their rivers Thus saith the Lord God I will therefore spread out my net over thee with a company of many people and they shall bring thee up in my net Then will I leave thee upon the Land I will cast thee forth upon the open field and will cause all the fowls of the Heavens to remain upon thee and I will fill the beasts of the whole earth with thee And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains and fill the valleys with thy height I will also water with thy blood the Land wherein thou swimmest even to the mountains and the rivers shall be full of thee And when I shall put thee out I will cover the Heaven and make the stars thereof dark I will cover the Sun with a cloud and the moon shall not give her Light All the bright lights of Heaven will I make dark over thee and set darknesse upon thy Land saith the Lord God I will also vex the hearts of many people when I shall bring thy destruction among the Nations into the Countreys which thou hast not known Yea I will make many people amazed at thee and their Kings shall be horribly afraid for thee when I shall brandish my sword before them and they shall tremble at every moment every man for his own life in the day of thy fall THis Chapter is of the nature of the three former and contains in it two Prophesies both of them against Pharoah and the Egyptians The 1. Is from the beginning to the 17. vers 2. From the 17. to the end of the Chapter In the first of these we have First The time of the prophesie vers 1. Secondly The Tyranny and cruelty of Pharoah vers 2. set out by way of lamentation Thirdly Gods judgements against him declared in an allegoricall way ver 3 4 5 6. Fourthly The events thereupon which are 1. Darkness vers 7 8. 2. Vexation vers 9. 3. Astonishment fear and trembling Vers 1. And it came to passe in the twelfth year in the twelâ—th month in the first day of the month This was not in the time of Zedekiah who reigned but eleven years It was in the twelfth year of Jehoiachims captivity the twelfth month and first day not long after the taking of Jerusalem and burning it with fire The Lord gave out this Prophesie then that the Jews might be taken off from trusting in the Egyptians having cause sufficient to believe that Ezekiels prophesies against them should be made good as well as Jeremies against themselves for it was the same Spirit which breathed in them both and that they might reap some comfort after their sufferings in considering God would deal so roundly with the Egyptians who had deceived them Vers 2. Take up a lamentation for Pharoah King of Egypt Take up a lamentable prophesie declare what sad things are coming upon Pharoah whether the Prophet were to lament for the destruction of Pharoah and the Egyptians is questionable for he and they had oppressed others deceived the Jewes and these judgements of God coming upon them for their wickedness were just and righteous and so matter of rejoycing yet because he was to utter dreadfull and lamentable things rejoycing became him not but he was to be affected sutable to the matter delivered Thou art like a young Lyon of the Nations Wherein Tyrannical Kings and Princes are like unto young Lyons hath been shewed in the 19. Chapter The meaning of these words is that look what a Lyon is among the beasts of the fields and woods viz terrible and cruel the same was Pharoah among the Nations Young Lyons are fierce and devoure their prey with greedinesse so are young Tyrants And thou art as a Whale in the Seas In the 29. ch ver 3. Pharoah is call'd Hattannim the Dragon or Crocodile here Cattannim as the Whale it s Tannim in both places and signifies a Dragon Whale or Sea-monster and such as a Whale is in the Seas viz troublesome dreadfull and devouring such was Pharoah on the deeps a Lyon at Land a Whale at Sea His Dominion was large and where-ever it was he minded the prey And thou camest forth with thy Rivers The Septuagint have it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which the Vulgar following render Ventelabas cornu in fluminibus tuis Thou didst horn it in thy Rivers the Whale spouts waters so out at her Nostrils that falling it makes a kind of horn and Pharoah digging or cutting Rivers out of Nilus they were winding like a Horn. Those are for this sense Devine Tagach in the Text from Nagach which is to strike with the Horn or Lascivire cornu and so Vatablus turns the word Lascivisti in fluminibus tuis thou hast tumbled up and down and sported thy self in thy Rivers and waters Others derive the word Tagach from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which is to come forth or cause to come forth thou didst invite other Nations to revolt from Nebuchadnezzar or thou didst come forth with thy people and trouble other Nations with invasions and wars And troubledst the waters with thy feet and fowledst their rivers He troubled all at home and all abroad as the Whale or Crocodile troubles the Seas and the Rivers and lets not the Fish be quiet any where they mud the Rivers make the waters boyle so did this Egyptian Pharoah he was like Nilus which had turbidas aquas troublesome waters He troubled the waters when he constrained the people to leave their own Land and to go up to Carchemish by Euphrates Jer. 46.2 and as they went they must needs fowl the Rivers make their comforts as dead and uselesse First Observe That times of publique calamities are specially to be noted Ezekiel sets down the year month and day when the Lord told him what dreadfull things should befall Pharoah and the Egyptians In the twelfth year the twelfth month the first day of the month he must take up a lameâ—tation Gods judgements sometimes are lasting and the duration of them cannot be known unlesse the beginning of them be taken notice of Secondly Observe Lamentations for the sins and destructions of others is from the Lord. Son of man take up a lamentation for Pharoah King of Egypt The Prophet took it not up of himself but at the command of the Lord. Chap. 19.1 God bid him take up a lamentation for the Princes of Israel Chap. 27.2 He is injoyn'd to take up a lamentation for Tyrus Chap 28.12 He must take up one for the King of Tyrus Lamentations for Princes and states are at Gods appointment Proâ—hets are
so orders his judgements that they shall affect others and be had in remembrance This is the lamentation wherewith they shall lament her the Daughters of the Nation shall lament for her Destruction of great Kings and Kingdomes have many thiags considerable in them there is much of Gods power justice and severity in the same which God will have to be observed and remembred in the world Ezek. 19.14 When God destroyed the Princes of Israel and laid the Land of Judah waste what then This is a lamentation and shall be for a lamentation Verses 17 18 19 20 21 22 23. It came to passe also in the twelfth year in the fifteenth day of the month that the word of the Lord came unto me saying Son of man wail for the multitude of Egypt and cast them down even her and the Daughters of the famous Nations unto the nether parts of the earth with them that go down into the pit Whom dost thou passe in beauty go down and he thou laid with the uncircumcised They shall fall in the midst of them that are slain by the sword she is delivered to the sword draw her and all her multitudes The strong among the mighty shall speak to him out of the midst of hell with them that help him they are gone down they lie uncircumcised slain by the sword Ashur is there and all her company his graves are about him all of them slain fallen by the sword Whose Graves are set in the sides of the pit and her company is round about her Grave all of them slain fallen by the sword which caused terrour in the land of the living AT this 17. verse begins the second prophesie and general part of the Chapter in which these things are considerable 1. The Time of this Prophesie vers 17. 2. The Funeral of Egypt with the solemnity thereof which is commanded declared and confirmed vers 18 19 20 21. and so on to the 31. 3. The Conclusion of the prophesie vers 31 32. Vers 17. In the twelfth year the fifteenth day of the mouth It was in the twelfth year of their captivity and the fifteenth day of the twelfth month as it is vers 1. fourteen dayes after the former prophesie and upon the third Sabbath as Junius observes then came this Prophesie unto Ezekiel Vers 18. Wayl for the multitude of Egypt The word Nahah to lament signifies internal grief The Prophet is bid not to feign a grief or a Funeral complaint but to be reall to mourn or to prophesie what mourning should be at the Funeral of Egypt Cast them down even her and the Daughters of the famous Nations The Prophet was to do this Prophetically as Jeremy was to root out pull down to destroy and cast down Jerem. 1.10 He prophesied such things and thereupon was said to do them and so Ezekiel was to prophesie the casting down of Egypt her King and People and the Daughters of famous Nations those that did confederate with her Cityes or People and because of this he is said to cast them down its Gods work to cast down to throw into the grave and pit but his Prophets declaring what shall be are said to do the same Vnto the nether parts of the Earth The Hebrew is El Erez tachtijoth in terram inferorum into the Land of hell or into the lowest part of the earth Vers 19. Whom dost thou passe in beauty Egypt thou thinkest thy self more beautiful than other Nations that thou hast some excellency beyond them suppose thou hadst that must not exempt thee from the common condition of Nations but thou hast not any beauty excellency beyond them nay thou art short of them therefore lay aside such thoughts they who were more beautiful and pleasant than thy self they are gone down into the pit therefore Go down and be thou laid with the uncircumcised Thou must not look for any priviledge above other Nations thou mayest conceit thy counterfeit circumcision will advantage thee Erant Egyptii circumcifi ut Herodotus in Euterpe docet Junius but thou art deceived away down to the Grave and lye with the uncircumcised thy portion must be with the profanest The word for be thou laid signifies to sleepe also and may be thus rendred sleep with the uncircumcised Vers 20. They shall fall in the midst of them that are slain by the sword They that were confederate with thee and thou with them shall fall by the Chaldaean sword which hath commission to cut you all off and to send you to the state of those that formerly were slain by the sword you think your self invulnerable but you shall find the points of the Chaldaeans swords be sharp and will enter She is delivered to the sword Egypt or the multitude of Egypt is delivered to the sword appointed to be slain The Hebrew may be rendred thus The sword is delivered or given viz into the hand of the Babylonian to destroy the Egyptian withall Draw her and all her multitude Draw her Egypt and her People into the grave The Babylonians slay her and hers the sword is in their hand and then drag them into the pit But these and the former words may be taken otherwise as to note out the stately Funeral of Egypt She is delivered to the Sword or the Sword is laid under her head or by her side to shew that she was warlike Draw her and all her multitude Let her body being put into a Chariot be drawn in pomp and state Vide-Junium like unto the bodies of great Ones First Observe God made known his mind to his Prophets by degrees something they had in one year given out somewhat in another year sometimes in one month sometimes in another God spake unto them Here in the twelfth year the fifteenth day of the month the word of the Lord came unto Ezekiel God had appeared to him the first day and again the fifteenth day Secondly Observe There be seasons to mourn in as well as to rejoyce in Son of man wail for the multitude of Egypt The providence of God doth not act constantly in one way but it makes changes and alterations which afford occasion to mourn and to laugh When God carryed the Jewes into Babylon there they hung up their Harps and wept Psal 137. and when he brought them back again it was with singing Isa 48.20 Thirdly Observe That at the appointment of God we may lament for the sins and juâ—gements of God upon the Churches enemies secret or open The Egyptians were never reall friends to the Jews but were their secret if not their open enemies and now when Gods hand was heavy upon them for their sins the Prophet is commanded to wail for them When the Churches enemies suffer we are to rejoyce but if God calls to mourning for their sufferings we must do it Fourthly Observe The greatest in the greatest Kingdomes have no cause to glory and lift up themselves above others seeing they must come to the common
is likelyest to make way for the message they bring of what kind soever Here the Prophet was to warn them to tell them of their sins and the danger of them and who would not receive an admonition from God when it comes in his name backed with his authority when God in it seeks our good the freedom of us from death and damnation the bringing of us unto glory and salvation and especially when the soul of the watchman lyeth at stake for the sinner if he do not admonish the sinner Can any sinner be so obstinate as not to consider relent and return when God shall send one in his name unto him and the Prophet shall say Sir I come from God unto you and my life is at stake for you if I tell you not of your sins I am a lost man give me leave therefore to deal plainly with you you are covetous unclean proud froward ignorant unbelieving having a form of Godl nesse without the power and unlesse you take another course and serve the living God otherwise the you do you will perish soul and body eternally but if yâ—u will hearken I will shew you the good and right way the way everlasting which will make you blessed for ever When a watchman comes and deals thus with a sinner hath he cause to be angry No he hath cause to fall down and say Of a truth God is in you and with you I thank you for your counsell and seasonable admonitions and through the grace of God I will improve them and turn to that God who is so gracious and would have sinners come to the knowledge of the truth and be saved Ninthly Observe The Lord knowes who are wicked When I say to the wicked man The world calls them wicked who are righteous and those righteous who are wicked but it is not so with the Lord he knows who is an hypocrite who is covetous who is a lyar a formalist an enemy to grace and holinesse Known unto the Lord are all his works Acts 15.18 And he knoweth who are his 2 Tim 2.19 and who are not his there is not one Goat in the world but the Lord knows him not a Wolfe or Lyon but he takes notice of them he knew the house of Israel better then Ezekiel who dwelt amongst them whom he said was wicked was so indeed It matters not much what the world saith of men it call'd Paul a Babler Acts 17.18 An Heretick Acts 24.14 A Pestilent Fellow vers 5. But what said God of him Acts 9.15 He is a chosen Vessel unto me to bear my name before the Gentiles and Kings and the children of Israel Jobs friends and the Devil said Job was an hypocrite but God said He was a perfect man fearing God and eschewing evill Job 1.1 That men are what God who cannot lye who cannot be deceived pronounces them to be if he in his word do call a â—an for an hypocrite an unbeliever covetous proud c. he is so Tenthly Observe The Power of life and death is in the hand of the Lord. When I say unto the wicked O wicked man thou shalt surely dye God hath authority over the lives of men and can pronounce a sentence of death upon them at his pleasure He Commission'd Saul to smite Amalek to slay man and woman infant and suckling Oxe and Sheep Camel and Asse 1 Sam. 15.3 Whâ—n Ahab let Benhadad go a man that God had appointed to destruction therefore saith he Thy life shall go for his and thy people for his people 1 Kings 20.42 The power of life and death God challengeth to himself Deut. 32.39 I kill and I make alive I wound I heal neither is there any that can deliver out of mine hand By this argument he proves himself to be God and it s none but God that kills or gives life Psal 68.20 Vnto God the Lord belong the issues from death The Hebrew is Lammaneth Totzaoth Exitus ad mortem the goings out to death its God that turns the key and le ts out the breath it s he puts a period to the life of the Creature would any live let them fear the Lord and depart from evill for The fear of the Lord prolongeth dayes Prov 10.27 Moses uses this argument to perswade them to love obey and cleave to the Lord He is thy life and length of thy dayes Deut. 30.20 Men have their lives from God and he draws the thread of them out to what length he please and therefore men should love fear obey and cleave to that God if they do not he will cut the thread of their lives asunder Prov. 10.27 The years of the wicked shall be shortned by one sicknesse judgement or other their dayes and years shall be shortned of what they might have been Eleventhly Observe Those watchmen that are unfaithfull in their places and do not tell the people of their sins and danger their account will be dreadful If thou doe not speak to warn the wicked from his way his bloud will I require at thy hand If a politicall watchman be unfaithful so that a man perish by the sword without warning his bloud lyeth upon the watchmans head and if the Ecclesiastical watchman be unfaithful and do not warn the wicked upon what pretence soever the bloud of that wicked man dying in his sins will be required of the watchman it lyes upon his head and he must answer for it the case of this latter watchman will be more dangerous then of the former because the one is to answer for the life of a man the other for the soul of a man which is of great price Let lazy sleepy perfidious watchmen look to it they suffer men to perish through their default and their bloud lives souls stand ingaged for the sâ—me Twelfthly Observe The failing of the watchman will not excuse or priviledge the wicked man If thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way that wicked man shall dye in his iniquity Though he be not told that he is in a wrong way though he pretend ignorance that will not serve turn he shall dye in his iniquity warn'd or unwarn'd the watchman hath not done his duty what then must this exempt the wicked man from punishment No he hath not done his duty he should have minded studyed the Law of God walked according to that and have made it a Lamp unto his feet and a light unto his paths Psal 119.105 But his neglect of his duty and ignorance rather will aggravate then extenuate his fault the Law was near unto him and he might have known what was forbidden and so have avoided the same Thirteenthly Observe Those that regard not the warning of the watchmen they bring certain destruction upon themselves Whosoever hears the sound of the Trumpet and takes not warning his bloud shall be upon his own head If the enemy cut off that man he himself is guilty of his own death not the political
watchman And so in the Church-State if the wicked man be warned of his way and turn not from it he shall dye in his iniquity his bloud lyes at his own dore upon his own head the watchman is free Fourteenthly Observe There is great necessity that the watchmen deal faithfully and tell the people of their danger and sin Their souls their bloud lye at stake upon it if they be not faithfull their lives their souls go for it Those watchmen that are silent are cruel bloudy and soul-murthering men they murther the souls of the people and their own souls also those that speak that cry aloud that tell the people throughly of their sins not fearing their frowns nor respecting their favours that so if it be possible they may save their souls these are the most faithful watchmen Many wonder that the spiritual watchmen are so zealous particular that they open the nature of sin so much threaten such terrible judgements of God against sinners and preach damnation unto them that they are so frequent in such wayes but cease to wonder their souls are in jeopardy if they do it not If a mans whole estate were in hazard if he did not tell such a man that he were a lyar a drunkard and would he forfeit his estate through silence No he would tell him of his sins again and again The watchmans soul lyeth at pawn and he forfeits that if he should not tell sinners of their sins and warn them to turn from them Hence was it that Paul said Necessity is laid upon me and we unto me if I preach not the Gospel 1 Cor. 9.16 he preached and warned sinners night and day Acts 20.31 Lastly Observe That the watchmen warning the people and the people taking warning they do both secure themselves If the watâ—hman Politicâ—l or Spiâ—itual blow the Trumpet warn the â—â—ople he shall deliver his own soul if the people take waâ—ning they deliver their souls Safety lyes in warning and it hearkning to waâ—ning let not the watchmen of God be sleepy or silent but warn the people constantly that so they may save themselves and others Verses 10 11. Therefore O thou Son of man speak unto the house of Israel Thus ye speak saying if our transgressions and our sins be upon us and we pine away in them how should we then live Say unto them As I live saith the Lord God I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked but that the wicked turn from his way and live turn ye turn ye from your evil wayes for why will ye dye O house of Israel HEre begins the second Generall part of the Chapter which is a confirmation of the Prophet against those Calumnies the Jews made against the truth and justice of God The first is in the 10. vers The second in the 17. and 20. verses The Calumnie they raised against the truth of God was this in the 5. verse its said he that takes warning when the watchman gives it shall deliver his soul this said the Jews had not truth in it for Chap. 24.23 The Prophet had told them they should pine away for their iniquities therefore there was no hope for them though they took warning at the watchmans mouth we are appointed to destruction and it s in vain to mind what the watchman saith This is answered in the 11. verse But to open the words Vers 10. Therefore O thou son of man speak unto the house of Israel God had set Ezekiel to be a watchman unto the house of Israel to observe their sins and tell them thereof and here he commands him to do his duty speak unto the house of Israel thus The house of Israel was not now the 10 Tribes but the 2 Tribes left of the 10. If our transgressions and our sins be upon us Jerusalem being now taken or upon the taking the Jews were more sensible of their sins and so felt the weight of them in that sad judgement was upon them or coming upon them By transgressions and sins not only the guilt but the punishment of them is meant they had felt much in the time of Jerusalems siedge and more now in the taking of it God visited their iniquities upon their heads And we pine away in them When Gods hand is upon persons for their sins they consume and moulder away the pain and anguish they are under melts their fat eats up their strength and brings them to skin and bone Nemakkim it is from Muk or Makak which is to grow lean to become feeble to be dissolved in Mareorem into corruption or rottenness How should we then live The Jews seeing Jerusalem now in the enemies hand and themselves going into captivity speak desparingly saying We are like never to see good day but must pine away under the judgements that are upon us how should we then live its in vain to warn us and tell us of repenting and turning to the Lord we must dye in the condition we are in Vers 11. Say unto them As I live saith the Lord God This oath of God hath been spoken of Chap. 16.48 Ch 5. vers 11. It s the oath which God most uses Life is the most precious of all things and that God swares by as sure as I live or am the living God it is true which I say or let me not be the living God if I speak false you think I am a hard Master that you shall pine away in your sins and find no mercy though you should repent and return you are greatly deceived As I live saith the Lord c. He swares not by a truth that was question Numb 14.11 Nor by his Omnipotency for that was doubted of Ps 78.19 but by his life which was never in questioned The Learned observe that when this word Chai is referred to God so that himselfe swares or men sware by him it s written with Patach under it as here and in other places but when it is referred to men then it s written Chai with Tzere as Gen 42.15 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 By the life of Pharaoh or as sure as Pharaoh lives So in 2 Sam. 11.11 You have them both together in 1 Sam. 20.3 Chai Jehovah vechei Naph shecha As the Lord liveth and as thy soul liveth I have no pleasure in the death of the wicked but that c. The Septuagint reads the words 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I will not The Vulgar is Nolo mortem impit I am unwilling the wicked should dye the French ie u'appette point I covet not am not greedy of the death of the wicked Junius Si delector If I delight in the death of the wicked Vatablus Piscator Non delector I delight not in the death of the wicked or I am not delighted therewith Montanus hath it Si volam in morte impii If I shall will in the death of the wicked for so runs the Hebrew Im Echphotz bemoth Harashang The word Chaphetz signifies to
evill wayes and will judge you accordingly this is the conclusion the Lord draws up upon the premises First Observe Wicked men are apt to complain of and carp at the wayes of God They said the way of the Lord is not equall Job 21.15 What is the Allmighty that we should serve him and what profit should we have if we pray unto him We get nothing by his service by calling on his name he is a hard Master he regards not our labour or prayers These were of the same spirit with them in Malachie's dayes who blusht not to say It s in vain to serve God and what profit is it that we have kept his Ordinances that we have walked mournfully before the Lord of Hoasts Mal. 3.14 We were told that no service was like unto the Lords that thosâ— that did mourn for their sins and walk in his wayes should be blessed and live comfortably but we find no such thing we have tryed him and find that he regards exalts and blesses those that never minded him or his wayes vers 15. therefore It s in vain to serve him In the 5. of Jeremy is a notable instance to this purpose vers 11 12 13. The house of Israel and the house of Judah have dealt very treacherously against me saith the Lord. They have belyed the Lord and said it is not he neither shall evill come upon us neither shall we see sword nor famine And the Prophets shall become wind and the word is not in them They said God had no reason to threaten them with sword or famine they deserved no such judgement at his hands and therefore the Prophets that prophesied such things were not sent of God his word was not in them they brought windy doctrines of their own and should together with their doctrines become wind evill shall not come upon us but upon them When Christ was on earth how did the Scribes and Pharisees carp at him his wayes and doctrine see Matth 12.22 John 5.10.18 Chap. 8.48 Cha 10.32 33. In our dayes do not men carp at the Scriptures Ordinances Providences and dispensations of God Such is the pride and arrogancy of man that he dares blame and condemn the wayes and things of God Secondly Observe Men have no cause to complain of or cavill against the wayes of God For First His wayes are equall just righteous however they appear to men he is God and cannot do unjust things He is light and in him is no darknesse at all 1 John 1.5 Just and true are his wayes Rev 15.3 He is righteous in all his wayes and holy in all his works Psal 145.17 The just Lord is in the midst of the City he will not do iniquity Zeph 3.5 Shall not the judge of all the earth do right Gen 18.25 Yes though men do wickedly God will not Habak 1.13 Thou art of purer eyes then to behold evill and canst not look on iniquity he cannot look on it to approve it much lesse to act it Secondly Our wayes are unequall and shall the guilty complain of the innocent Had the Sodomites any cause to complain of God who were so wicked Had the old world which was so corrupt cause to cry out of Heaven which was pure No man hath just ground to quarrel against Gods dispensations when himself walks unevenly before God and his paths are crooked If just men sin and step aside Eccl 7.20 What do wicked men they are altogether out of the way Ps 14.3 They do no good their lives are a constant sinning or a continued sin and should God punish him daily for so doing he had no just cause to fault the Lord Lament 3.39 Wherefore doth a l ving man complain a man for the punishment of his sins Thirdly Upon comparing of his dealings with the righteous falling to commit iniquity and the wicked turning from iniquity it appears to all unprejudiced men who are not blinded with iniquity the one is punished for his apostacy the other is pardoned upon his repentance judgement is the portion of the one mercy the portion of the other If God should punish the repenting wicked man and spare the apostatized righteous man then there were cause of complaint but its contrary therefore his wayes are equall and there is no cause to complain of them Fourthly God hath power over the sons of men they are his family and he may exercise Discipline in his family the house of Israel the Jewes were Gods house he Master of that family and when any sin'd in it he had power to correct them or turn them out of dores and who should fault him it is not childrens duty to complain of their Parents nor for servants to complain of their Lord and Master Fifthly Complaints in this kind will do us no good they will harm us rather for God is judge yea the highest judge and will not only judge us for our other evill wayes but for this very way of charging him to be unjust and cavilling at his dispensations he will judge every one after his wayes neither great nor small can avoide his judgement Let us all therefore take heed how we fault the wayes of God how strange or grievous soever they appear or be unto us Thirdly Observe When men have once taken up prejudice against God and his wayes it s not easie to be remov'd The Jewes had drunk in this conceit Chap. 18. That the wayes of God were not equall and much of that Chapter is spent in proving the contrary to extirpate that mis-conceit but it took not effect they let passe Gods Arguments whereby he cleared himself and carryed along with them their prejudice against him and his wayes as appears in this Chap vers 17. 20. Yet ye say The way of the Lord is not equall When weeds are gotten into the ground and rooted there it s not easie to cleanse that ground from them when errors delusions corrupt opinions and prejudice against the truth are gotten into the head or heart it s not an easie thing to get them out Many wonder that Ministers should not convince unlearned and weak men of their errors and take them off from their opinions and prejudices but they should consider some men will not be convinced either by God or man These here were not convinced by God nor the Pharisees by Christ John 15.6 7. 10. Chap nor the Athenians by Paul Acts 17. Verses 21 22. And it came to passe in the twelfth yeer of our captivity in the tenth month in the fifth day of the month that one that had escaped out of Jerusalem came unto me saying The City is smitten Now the hand of the Lord was upon me in the evening afore he that was escaped came and had opened my mouth untill he came to me in the morning and my mouth was opened and I was no more dumb HEre the 3 general part of the Chapter takes place and is a denunciation of judgement against those that
escaped as the destruction of Jerusalem from the 21. vers to the 30. and this is set out or amplified 1. From the time and occasion of it vers 21. 2. From the efficient cause vers 22. 3. From the moving causes vers 24 25 26. 4. From the finall cause which is in the 29. vers Vers 21. In the twelfth year of our captivity in the tenth month in the fifth day of the month How long this was after the taking and smiting of Jerusalem will appear by comparing Jerem. 52.5 6 7. with this verse In the eleventh year of Zedekiah in the fourth month in the ninth day of the month the City was broken up The captivity of the Jewes began with Zedekiahs reign for that time he was made King Jehoiachin was carryed away captive into Babylon 2 Kings 24. Now this was in the twelfth year of the captivity the tenth month in the fifth day of it so that it was a year and six months wanting four dayes before this tydings of Jerusalems being smitten came to Ezekiel One that had escaped out of Jerusalem came unto me saying Many perished in Jerusalem by the famine and plague in the time of the Siedge many were slain at the taking of it yet some escaped and its probable they hid themselves in holes woods among the mountains or fled to Aegypt one of which after so long a time as a year five months and sixteen dayes came to Ezekiel and told him The City was smitten it s without question he and others had heard somthing of Jerusalems condition before but no certainty The City is smitten The word for smitten is from Nacah which notes so to smite as not to misse it was certainly smitten The Septuagint is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The City is taken The Vulgar Vastata est civitas The City is laid waste Broken up as in Jerem 52.7 This was sad News he brought that Jerusalem that famous City that City of God was destroyed Vers 22. Now the hand of the Lord was upon me This expression we had in the 1. Chap 3. Chap 3.14 The hand of the Lord was strong upon me And here by the hand of the Lord is meant Vis Prophetica or Afflatus Propheticus Prophetical breathings of Gods Spirit were upon the Prophet whereby he was inabled to speak freely and boldly concerning the state of the Jews in Judaea that had escaped God informed the Prophet how things were at Jerusalem before the Messenger came In the evening afore he that was escaped came The evening was the beginning of the day among the Jews and so of much esteem and God then by his Spirit visited the Prophet And had opened my mouth untill he came to me in the morning In the 24. Chap God had told the Prophet that one should escape and bring him tydings of things at Jerusalem and that in that day his mouth should be opened and here it s made good The opening of the mouth implyes 1. Materiam loquendi Matter of speaking 2. Libertatem loquendi Freedom of speaking 3. Occasionem loquendi Opportunity of speaking All these concur'd here he had matter given in to speak unto those that were escaped and flattered themselves they should live and recover their losses he had freedom Jerusalem being smitten boldly to maintain what he had formerly prophesied against Jerusalem and occasion Ministred unto him from the mans coming The word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ad fer untill were better rendred when so Sa in his notes upon the place hath it donec procum saith he There was a sweet harmony and correspondency between what the Prophet received from the Spirit of God and that which this Messenger faithfully related unto him My mouth was opened and I was no more dumb After this he was so fill'd with the Prophetical Spirit that he was silent no more but prophesied freely and frequently unto them First Observe Gods people are sometimes under long afflictions In the twelfth year of our captivity They had endured many miseries in a forraign Land amongst a barbarous people twelve years Numb 20.15 We dwelt in Aegypt a long time and the Aegyptians vexed us and our Fathers Aegypt was an house of bondage and vexation unto them and when they were brought out God threatned them that if they would not observe all the words of his Law to do them and fear his glorious name he would make their plagues great and of long continuance Deut. 28.59 And this captivity of theirs was so long that they thought God had forgotten them Lament 5.20 Wherefore dost thou forget us for ever and forsake us so long time Seventy years time they lay in Babylon which was no better then an iron furnace Ezekiel Daniel and other Godly Ones were in this condition Secondly Observe That when utter dessolation comes upon places and Gods judgements are severe yet some have their lives for a prey One that had escaped came Ezek 9.5 The slaughter-men are commanded to shew no pity but to slay utterly old and young both maids little children and women only the marked ones they must not touch its probable this man that escaped was one of the marked Ones for he had a special care to come and inform Ezekiel what had befallen them and the City that so he might bear witness both to the truth of Jeremies and Ezekiels prophesies had he been a wicked man he would hardly have come to the Prophet into Babylon but whoever he was he escaped famine plague and sword which cut off thousands of others Thirdly Observe Ancient renowned and priviledged Cityes have their periods and dissolutions Jerusalem was very ancient there is mention of it in Joshuah's dayes Josh 15.8 She was famous throughout the earth call'd the Gates of the People for the resort unto her Ezek 26.2 She had choice priviledges she was the holy City Isa 48.32 The City of the Lord of Hoasts Psal 48.8 The City of Solemnities Isa 33.20 The valley of Vision Isa 22.1 The perfection of beauty Lament 2.15 The City judged by all to be impregnable Lament 4.12 But whatever Jerusalem was here 's the conclusion Jerusalem is smitten broken in pieces and laid utterly waste Kings Princes Nobles Counsellours Judges Prophets Priests People all were smitten In Rev 8.12 it s said The Sun Moon and Stars were smitten a third part of them but here the Sun Moon and Stars and Orbs they were in were wholly smitten O what darkness was then upon the face of the Jewish earth All created and artificiall glory is subject to smiting let not your hearts be taken with Sun Moon or Starres with Cities and the glory of them c. Fourthly Observe The faithfulnesse of God in performing what he foretells and promises Chap. 24.26 27. It was hinted to the Prophet that one should escape the fury of the Babylonians and bring the news of Jerusalems destruction and that That day his mouth should be opened and he should speak and is it not
into Heaven by vers 21. Not every one that saith unto me Lord Lord shall enter into the Kingdome of Heaven Not any one which goes no further But he that doth the will of my Father which is in Heaven My father saith Christ hath made known his will he would have men do his will and then he will open unto them and let them into Heaven It s not mens hearing or saying but their doing what they hear which pleads stronglyest for their entrance into Heaven Many men commend the Preacher the Word with their tongues but disgrace both with their lives The best commenders of the Preachers and their doctrine are mens lives when they are doers of the word Matth 25.21 It s well done thou good and faithfull servant enter thou into thy masters joy Not well heard or well said but well done Let us see to it that we be not hearers only but doers of the word Rev 22.14 Blessed are they that do his commandements that they may have right to the Tree of life and may â—nter in through the gates into the City Fifthly Observe The judgements threatned by the Prophets of God shall certainly take place When this cometh to passe lo it will come He means the sword wilde beasts pestilence utter desolation which were threatned It seem'd somewhat unlikely that after a war a few poor people left in wastes holes caves forts woods fields should be cut off but the Lord had said it and he did effect it How improbable or impossible soever things appear to us what God threatens by his Prophets to doe without repentance intervene he will accomplish Sixthly Observe Whatever the thoughts of wicked ones are for the present of the Prophets the time will come when they shall have other kind of thoughts of them When this cometh to passe then shall they know c. When the sword wilde beasts pestilence utter desolation are upon them and the Land when they are in straits in the jawes of death then they will have other apprehensions of Ezekiel then now they have Ezekiel at present is a lovely song like a man that hath a pleasant voice some affect him some scoff at him others censure him but when death is before them then their thoughts will alter then they will say Ezekiel told us of these things that are come upon us and how to avoid them he call'd upon us to consider our wayes to turn from all our iniquities and to provide for our souls we then slighted him only gave him the hearing of what he said but now we see he was a Prophet of God delivered weighty things and we were fools that we hearkened not unto him doing what he said When young men who despise all the Preachers say against whoredom and wanton courses come to be in years find their flesh and bodies to be consumed then will they have other thoughts of them and what they preached then will they say How have we hated instruction and our hearts despised reproof we obeyed not the voyce of our Teachers nor inclined our ears to them that instructed us Prov. 5.11 12 13. There were Prophets amongst us who sought our good who tendred mercy and many precious truths unto us but we were so blinded with our lusts so conceited of our own wayes that we rejected them and whatever they tendred us Seventhly Observe The Prophets will be witnesses at last against disobedient hearers They shall know that a Prophet hath been amongst them They heard Ezekiel but did not what he said his person his doctrine did at last bear witness against them Where-ever the Lord sets a faithful preacher who takes pains among the people declaring the mind of God unto them and they do not practice what they are taught that Preacher will rise up in judgement against them his doctrine his prayers tears drops of sweat his life his sufferings reproaches death will all be witnesses against them If the rust of mens silver and gold will be witnesses against them and eat their flesh like fire James 5.3 because they let their silver and gold lye by them and did not improve the same for publique good and in charitable uses how much more will the truths of God which the Preachers have commended unto them being neglected and not improved to the good of the hearers and others bear witness against them and eat their flesh yea their souls like fire Thousands who have flocked after Ministers to hear them will find those Ministers witnesses against them because they heard them only and never did what they heard What a multitude of witnesses will London and England have against them at the latter day All the Godly faithful Ministers whose doctrine hath been heard but never obeyed CHAP. XXXIV Vers 1 2 3 4 5 6. And the Word of the Lord came unto me saying Son of man prophesie against the shepherds of Israel prophesie and say unto them Thus saith the Lord God unto the Shepherds Wo be to the Shepherds of Israel that do feed themselves should not the Shepherds feed the flock Ye eat the fat and ye cloath you with the Wool ye kill them that are fed but ye feed not the flock The diseased have ye not strengthned neither have ye healed that which was sick neither have ye bound up that which was broken neither have ye brought again that which was driven away neither have ye sought that which was lost but with force and with cruelty have ye ruled them And they were scattered because there is no Shepherd and they became meat to all the beasts of the field when they were scattered My sheep wandred through all the mountains and upon every high hill yea my flock was scattered upon all the face of the earth and none did search or seek after them EZekiel having reproved and threatned the judgements of God against the people for their sins he comes in this Chapter to deal with the Governours and Rulers of them through whose default they became so wicked and suffered the Babylonish yoke In this Chapter are these things considerable 1. A reproof of the Shepherds and judgement threatned against them in the first 10 verses 2. Gods care of and comfortable provision for his flock from the 10. vers to the 23. 3. A sweet Prophesie of Christ and his Kingdom under the figure of David from the 23. vers to the end Vers 1. The Word of the Lord came unto me saying These words we have often had by them the Prophet declares himself to be a true Prophet false ones spake of their own heads they had no word from God they deluded the people with lying words but Ezekiel had a word from God and that word he commended to the people Vers 2. Prophesie against the Shepherds of Israel The Shepherds of Israel were the chief Rulers both Political and Ecclesiastical Princes Magistrates Prophets Priests and Levites Isa 44.28 Cyrus is call'd a Shepherd Zech 11.17 those in the
first is they were diseased Sheep are liable to various diseases faintings weaknesses Montanus renders the word Hannocheloth languentes those languish and are feeble those languished in their estates or spirits were not strengthned those wanted bread for their bodies and for their souls were not looked after The Septuagint is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The weak ye have not strengthned and the French is Vous n'anet point Comforte ' celle quiestoit affloiblie You have not comforted that which was made feeble Neithea have ye healed that which was sick A Sheep may be diseased yet not be sick that is sick Cui totum corpus dolet when the whole body is pained saith Lavater the whole body is so distempered that the members of it cannot perform their Offices There were many among the Jews who were sick in their estates and spirits and could not perform the duties of their generall or particular callings who had none to heal them This was the second thing Neither have ye bound up that which was broken The third thing is brokenness some Sheep had their flesh torn by Dogs or Bushes their leggs and other bones about them broken or put out of joynt divers amongst them had broken estates broken spirits and none bound them up The word Chabash signifies binding as men are bound in prison binding as men bind packs to horses binding as men are bound by laws to obey or suffer binding of ornaments to the head and binding up of wounds to cure and heal them as here Neither have ye brought again that which was driven away Here is the fourth thing concerns the Sheep some were driven away Storms Dogs Wolves and other wild beasts oft times cause the Sheep to run this way and that way to fall into ditches and pits which if looked after might be preserved and reduced The warres and other evills forced many Jews to flye into other Countries and none in Place did think of them that they might be brought back Neither have ye sought that which was lost Sheep being wandring creatures are oftentimes lost Luke 15.4 Among the Jews there were some had stragled from the rest and were lost lost through corrupt opinions and practices they left the wayes of God and wandred in by-paths which led to utter destruction such a losing the word 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 signifies They were not sought after they did not make diligent enquiry search after them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 say the Septuagint Non summo studio quaerebant they did not seek earnestly after them But with force and cruelty have they ruled them They dealt not as Patres patriae Fathers of their Country but as Tyrants which are Pestes humani generis the very plagues of the earth they dealt not as Shepherds with their Sheep but as cruel Task-masters over Servants The word for ruling is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Radah which notes such ruling as a Master doth exercise over a Servant rigorous ruling therefore the Jews were forbid to rule over a poor brother Levit 25.43 Thou shalt not rule over him with rigour Here they ruled with rigour they put forth their power to the breaking and ruine of the people they were rough and cruell in their government The Septuagint is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ye weary wear out yea murther the strong with vexation and labour Vers 5. And they were scattered because there is no Shepherd The Shepherds being either negligent or tyrannical the Sheep were scattered through default of their Political Shepherds they were scattered into waste places into the open fields into forts and caves Chap. 33.27 and into other Countries Had Zedekiah and the Nobles been faithfull to God to Nebuchadnezzar and the People ruling as he and they should have done the People had not been so scattered and through default of their Ecclesiastical Shepherds they fell into errours superstitions and idolatrous practices Justice Laws and Religion being laid aside there was nothing remain'd but confusion disorder and dispersion The Hebrew is They were scattered without a Shepherd which may be taken thus Being scattered they had no Shepherd or thus they were scattered because or for that they had no Shepherd that is no faithfull Shepherd this is the better sence and so the Septuagint speaks 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for that they had no Shepherds that is no such shepherds as cared for their good civilly or spiritually And they became meat to all the beasts of the field when they were scattered When the Sheep are scattered into Caves Woods upon Mountains and Hills they become a prey to Dogs Swine Wild Beasts so the Jews being scattered into severall parts of the world were exposed to the injuries of strangers and a prey unto them Vers 6. My sheep wandred through all the Mountains and upon every high Hill They went from Mountain to Mountain and from Hill to Hill and set up Altars Jer 2.20 Vpon every high Hill and under every green Tree thou wanderest playing the Harlot so Jer 3.6 Or they were forced to fly to the Mountains and Hills in the time of war and danger which their Rulers brought upon them Yea my flock was scattered upon all the face of the earth and none did seek or search after them The Hebrew is upon all the faces of the earth every Countrey hath a severall face in a Metaphorical sence as one man hath from another Egypt had one face Babylon another the Countries about Judaea their distinct faces or superficies now they were scattered abroad upon them all and none did search or seek them Here be two words signifying the same thing Bikkesh and Daresh the first signifies to seek or search summo studio the second summo judicio First Observe Those that are set over the people in Church or State are Shepherds and ought to be like unto them towards their flocks They should govern them gently protect them constantly provide for them carefully and feed them faithfully and seek their good diligently God who is the great Shepherd doth so Isa 40.11 He shall feed his flock like a Shepherd he shall gather the Lambs with his arm and carry them in his bosome and shall gently lead those that are with young Isa 27.3 Least any hurt it that is his Vineyard his People I the Lord will keep it night and day Psal 23.1.2 The Lord is my Shepherd I shall not want He provided green pastures and still waters for him and for all his Jer 5.7 He fed them to the full He gave them David for a Shepherd to feed Jacob his people and Israel his inheritance and he fed them according to the integrity of his heart Psal 78.71 72. he sought their good Micah 6.5 he turned curses into blessings for them Deut 23.5 here was a good Shepherd Magistrates and Ministers should be like unto God in all these Secondly Observe Few of those that are over Gods flock in Church or State do prove such as they ought to be The
Is it a small thing for you to weary men but will ye weary God also They refused to hear the Prophets and to hear God they wearied both with their delayes shifts and thought it a small matter but God judged it not so as the 16. 17. vers shew God blessed Jerusalem with choyce and various mercies and she sacrificed her children unto idols here she was unthankfull to God unmercifull unto her own flesh and thought it a matter of nothing Ezek 16.20 Is this of thy whoredoms a small matter Saith God Thou thinkest so but I think they are crying sins and will visit thee accordingly ver 38. Fifthly Observe God will distinguish between the oppressors and the oppressed between the bad and the good he will punish the one and deliver the other Behold I even I will judge between the fat Cattel and the lean and because the fat and strong ones thrust with their sides and shoulders and push'd with their horns therefore God would feed them with judgement they should have according to their deserts and destroy them but for the weak diseased oppressed he would save them Rich men and those that are great in the world being wicked do unjust things thrust hard at the people of God keep them under cut them short deprive them of their rights and liberties yea oft push them so with their horns that they drive them out of all their enjoyments Jerem 40.12 Chap 43.5 Isa 16.4 Let mine out-casts dwell with thee Moab The Goats and Rams had driven some of the â—lock not only out of the fold but out of the field this God beholds and will recompence upon the oppressors heads Psal 12.5 For the oppression of the poor for the sighing of the needy now will I arise saith the Lord I will set him in safety from him that puffeth at him Japiach lo from him that would insnare him Lot sighed and groaned in Sodom and when the Sodomites did puff at him and seek to insnare him the Lord arose and set him in safety 2 Pet. 2.7 8 9. See Psal 37.37 38 39 40. Did not the Lord of late make a distinction among us between Cattel and Cattel hath he not judged the fat and strong ones punished the Rams and He-goats and provided for his Flock some there be still that thrust with the side and shoulder that push with their horns with whom ere long God will reckon and without repentance he will destroy them Vers 23 24. And I will set up one Shepherd over them and he shall feed them even my seâ—vant David he shall feed them and he shall be their Shepherd And I the Lord will be their God and my servant David a Prince among them I the Lord have spoken it HEre begins a sweet Prophesie of Christ and his Kingdome with many benefits which the Flock of God shall have therein 1. An happy Condition under him and his government vers 23. 2. God to be theirs vers 24. 3. A Covenant of peace vers 25. 4. Protection vers 25 28. 5. Security vers 25 27 28. 6. Watering and fruitfulnesse vers 26 27. 7. Freedom from enemies vers 27. and evills ver 29. 8. The presence of God vers 30. And I will set up one shepherd over them Some make this shepherd to be Zerubbabel who came of the Race of David and brought the Jews out of Babylon into their old pastures again viz into the Land of Canaan where they had their Temple Worship and Ordinances as in former dayes but if we consult Chap 37.24 25. where he speaks of the same person you shall find things there incompetent to Zerubbabel and must refer unto Christ and the things mentioned here were not fulfilled in Zerubbabels dayes By Shepherd is meant the Lord Christ who is frequently so called in Scripture as 1 Pet 2.25 John 10.16 Zech 13.7 Isa 40.11 and not simply a Shepherd But First The true Shepherd John 10.2 He that entereth in by the door is the Shepherd of the Sheep that is the true shepherd and dischargeth that trust committed unto him most faithfully Secondly The good shepherd John 10.11 14. Never any like him for goodness he laid down his life for his sheep he knew them exactly and was so conversant with them that they knew his voice he took not away from but gave fleeces unto his sheep and supplyed all their wants Thirdly The great shepherd yea that great shepherd of the sheep Heb 13.20 He made the sheep he owns the sheep he hath more and greater Flocks then any other shepherd in the world he stands and feeds them in the strength of the Lord in the Majesty of the name of the Lord his God Micah 5.4 Fourthly The chief shepherd 1 Pet 5.4 He sets all others over his flock and they are under him 1 Cor 12.28 Eph 4.11 They are sheep he is head of the Church Eph 1.22 and their shepherd Psal 23.1 The Lord is my shepherd saith David who was a Prophet and a King both an Ecclesiastical and a Political Shepherd Fifthly One shepherd as here One either in opposition to the multitude they had before which wrong'd the Flock Jer 12.10 Many Pastors have destroyed my Vineyard they have troden my portion under foot of which sort Christ speaks John 10.8 All that ever came before me are Thieves and Robbers Or One that is the first or only Shepherd unto whom none is comparable the only wise shepherd that gave out living and effectual truth Eccles 12.11 The words of the wise are as goads and as nailes fastned by the Masters of Assemblies which are given from one shepherd that is from Christ the only shepherd all the Masters of Assemblies had their words from Christ which ever did any souls good This shepherd did not intrude himself into the office but was call'd and sent of God I will set up The Chaldee Paraphrase is I will raise up one Governour over them and he shall govern them This expression of setting up is in the New Testament set out by giving John 3.16 by sending Gal 4.4 by sealing John 6.27 And he shall feed them This word feed notes the whole office of a shepherd which is briefly set out vers 4. viz Strengthning the diseased or weake healing the sick binding up the broken bringing back that which was driven away seeking up that which was lost and ruling gently Others make these things the compleat office of a shepherd viz providing good and wholesome pastures for them bringing back those that go astray keeping â—hem from Wolves and wilde Beasts and healing those which are ill affected All these were found in Christ Isa 61.1 2 3. Luke 4.18 19. Isa 40.11 Jer 3.15 Isa 27.3 Psal 23.1 2. Micah 5.4 John 10.4 The difference between this shepherd and all others First He is an universall shepherd all flocks are his God saith Psal 50.10 The Cattel upon a thousand Hills are mine and Christ saith The flocks in a thousand Countries are mine the
shall yeeld her increase When there have been seasonable rains the earth hath brought forth abundantly in some places thirty in some sixty in some a hundred fold The word for increase is Jebul from Jabal to bring because the earth doth bring profit to the owners thereof By Tree and Earth we may understand the higher and meaner sort of people who under the Gospel and showrs of it should become fruitfull And they shall be safe in their Land In the 25. vers it s said They shall dwell safely in the wildernesse and here They shall be safe in their Land they should have safety every where and the words are repeated to shew the certainty thereof When I have broken the bands of their yoke This yoke was the Babylonish captivity which is call'd a yoke Jerem 30.8 and it lay heavily upon them Isa 47.6 The bands of this yoke were the Babylonish powers Nebuchadrezzar his Princes and Officers but God did break the Babylonish Empire in pieces by Cyrus and Darius and so took the yoke off their necks setting them at liberty Yokes are burdensome restrictive and reproachfull this breaking yokes and bands and bringing the Jews out of Babylon typed out the spiritual liberty of the Church in Christs time when Antichristian bands and yokes should be broken and people brought out of spiritual Babylon And delivered them out of the hands of those that served themselves of them The Hebrew is And shall deliver them out of the hands of them who made them to serve the Babylonians made the Jews to serve and work for them being captives among them Exigebant servitutem ab ipsis they exacted service of them their dealings with the Jews were like the Egyptians who were cruel taskmasters over them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Avad saith Lavater saevitiem in aliquem exercere significat tanquam in servam First Observe Temporal and Spiritual blessings are from God he makes people blessed and gives them what blessings he pleases I will make them and the places round about my hill a blessing Gen 9.1 God blessed Noah and his sons and said unto them be fruitfull multiply and replenish the earth here God is the Authour of temporal blessings Gen 12.2 Of Abraham God said I will blesse thee and make thy name great and thou shalt be a blessing and I will blesse them that blesse thee and curse him that curseth thee and in thee shall all familyes of the earth be blessed Here God shews himself Authour of temporal and spiritual blessings its peculiar unto God to blesse Balak was out when he said of Balaam I wot that he whom thou blessest is blessed and he whom thou cursest is cursed Numb 22.6 No it s not in the power of any creature to blesse or curse men and Devils may utter words of blessing or cursing but they cannot make blessed or cursed its God who turns blessings into curses Mal 2.2 and curses into blessings Nehem 13.2 Secondly Observe Others faire the better for the Churches sake I will make the places round about my hill a blessing On the Hill of Sion was the Temple the place where God recorded his Name there were the solemn assemblies the divine ordinances Gods presence and all that were near in Judaea yea the Nations round about had some blessing and benefit thereby they heard of the God of Israel that he differed from all idol gods they heard of his Laws that they were more righteous then the Laws of the Nations they saw his Sabbaths how strictly they were kept they heard of the Prophets that were in Jerusalem and Israel did not Naaman a Syrian get a blessing from Elisha 2 Kings 5. The wisdome of Solomon had influence into all the places round about Sion yea into all the Countries far off The Queen of Sheba heard thereof and it was a blessing unto her from any Nation they might come to Sion become Proselites and enjoy what mercies the Jews themselves enjoyed Micah 4.1 2. In the last dayes it shall come to passe that the Mountain of the house of the Lord shall be established in the top of the Mountains and it shall be exalted above the hills and people shall flow unto it and many Nations shall come and say Come let us go up unto the Mountain of the Lord and to the house of the God of Jacob and he will teach us of his wayes and we will walk in his Statutes for the Law shall go forth of Zion and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem These things are spoken of Christs times when the Church should be very eminent and conspicuous like the highest of hills when the Law of faith and the Gospel should go out of Sion and Jerusalem and be a blessing unto all Nations Thirdly Observe Gods blessings are seasonable both temporal and spiritual are in due time I will cause the showre to come down in his season when it shall be a blessing do much good there shall be showres of blessing Levit 26.4 I will give you rain in due season and the Land shall yield her increase and the Trees of the field shall yield their fruit Those rains are seasonable which cause fruitfulness those are unseasonable rains which hinder or destroy the fruit of the Trees and encrease of the earth The Lord observes times and seasons to do sinners good both for body and soul Isa 30.18 He waits that he may be gracious he waits for fit seasons wherein his mercies may come with advantage and acceptance unto men Isa 55.10 11. As the rain cometh down and the snow from Heaven and returneth not thither but watereth the earth and maketh it bring forth and bud which is an argument it came in season so shall my word be that goeth out of my mouth it shall not return unto me void but it shall accomplish that which I please it shall prosper in the thing whereto I sent it God gives his word seasonably as he doth the rain Tit 1.3 God hath in due times manifested his word through preaching the Original is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in his own times and those are the due times the seasonablest times Gal. 4.4 When the fullnesse of the time was come God sent forth his Son made of a woman Christs birth was at the fullness of time when it was most seasonable so his death Rom 5.6 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in due time or according to the season Christ dyed for the ungodly Psal 72.6 He shall come down like rain upon the mown grasse as the showres that water the earth As Solomon was to the people by his wisdome and justice like seasonable rains to the grasse and earth much more is God and Christ so to the Church what seasonable dews droppings and influences of the Spirit hath it from them which make it to grow green and flourish Let us wait for his showres and influences none can give them but himself and when he gives them it s in season Fourthly Observe
Gods people are in the safest condition of any they have promises of protection and security from all their enemies from those without and those within They shall no more be a prey to the Heathen that is those without he Nations abroad in the world Neither shall the beasts of the Land devoure them that is none within none of them among whom they dwell not the Magistrates not the Prophets nor the base and vile ones of the earth none shall harm them none shall make them afraid but they shall dwell safely Not to be harmed by the beasts of the Land is mercy but not so much as to be made afraid by them is greater mercy None under Heaven are in so good a condition for protection and safety as Gods own people Job 11.18 19. Thou shalt take thy rest in safety Also thou shalt lye down and none shall make thee afraid Job himself and all he had should be in safety free from fear and danger Jer 31.10 Hear the word of the Lord O ye Nations and declare it in the Isles afar off and say he that hath scattered Israel will gather him and keep him as a Shepherd doth his flock Here the Lord makes Proclamation to the Nations and layes it upon them to make it known to others that he would have a special care of Israel that is his people and keep them as a Shepherd doth his flock he would not suffer the Wolves Lyons Bears Dogs to hurt them or make them afraid Isa 27.3 Least any hurt the Lords Vineyard he will keep it night and day he will not slumber nor sleep but alwayes watch over it his care for his is the same in the night when wild beasts are abroad as in the day when they lye hid in their dens Psal 31.20 Thou shalt hide them in the secret of thy presence from the pride of man thou shalt keep them secretly in a pavillion from the strife of tongues Gods people are hidden Ones and so secured from the harm of enemies hands and tongues Vers 29. And I will raise up for them a plant of renown and they shall no more be consumed with hunger in the Land neither bear the shame of the heathen any more This verse speaks out the goodness of God unto his Flock abundantly in positive and negative mercies he would raise up for it a plant and that of renown and he would free it from hunger and shame And I will raise up for them The words may be read thus For I will raise up for them and so be a reason of what went before viz They shall no more be a prey to the Nations nor be devoured by the beasts of the Land but dwell safely without fear for I will raise up a plant of renown for them It s true the Hebrew Particle Vedoth sometime signifies for as Psal 60.11 Give us help from trouble for vain is the help of man Veshaveh is the word Ve is there for â—o Isa 64.5 Behold thou art wroth for we have sinned Ve is rendred for But the Prophet here is reckoning up variety of promises mercies and benefits which the Lord makes to and would bestow upon his people and therefore Ve or Va is here Copulative continuing the ceries of mercies and promises And I will raise up You are like plants pluckt up by the roots scattered here and there like dry branches but I will raise up a plant for you even a Plant of renown The Hebrew is Mattah lesem A plant for name the Septuagint is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 A plant of peace the Chaldee is Plantationem ut permaneant A plantation that they may remain the Vulgar is germen nominatum A noble sprigg or plant Vatablus hath it Plantulam celebri nomine A plant of a famous name that should bring glory and renown unto them Iren. saith Plantam ad celebritatem A plant for fame Piscator turns the words thus Plantam nobilem A noble plant Campadius and Lavater are to this purpose Plantationem or plantam in nomen A plant for name or renown as both the French and our Translation is This Plant of renown is by some Expositers interpreted to be the Christian Church gathered out of all Nations and planted in Christ which Isa 61.3 is call'd The planting of the Lord Isa 60.21 The branch of his planting Others do expound it of Christ so doth Jerome Theodoret and divers later Expositers we may take in both Christ and the Church which springs up out of him but chiefly Christ is presented to us by this plant of renown which is the same with that in Jerem 23.5 where it s said I will raise unto David a righteous branch and a King shall reign and prosper he shews whom he means by that righteous branch viz Christ who was to be King and to execute judgement and justice in the earth So here the plant of renown is the righteous branch God would raise the one and the other Hence Isa 53.2 he is said To grow up before him as a tender plant and as a root out of a dry ground God planted him in Sion and he came from Joseph and Mary who were like dry ground and he is oft call'd the Branch and Branch of righteousnesse and Branch of the Lord Zech 3.8 Jerem 33.15 Isa 4.2 In that day shall the branch of the Lord be beautifull and glorious or beauty and glory as the Hebrew is It s evident Christ is the plant or branch and not simply so but a plant of renown that which makes men renowned is something extraordinary what is common extends not far neither procreates renownednesse but when things are beyond or above the common course of things then they spread and beget fame now Christ had extraordinaries not a few First His conception and birth were extraordinary Isa 7.14 Matth 1.18 20. Luke 1.31 32 35. Secondly His gifts and graces were extraordinary Isa 11.2 3. Luke 2.46 47. John 1.14 Chap 3.34 Coloss 1.19 Chap 2.3 Thirdly He did extraordinary things and many of that kind He took away the sin of the world John 1.29 He brake down the partition wall between Jew and Gentile and reconciled both to God Ephes 2.14 15 16. He laid the foundation and built the Christian Church Zech 6.12 He brought in everlasting righteousnesse Dan 9.24 Life and Immortality 2 Tim. 1.10 He did many miracles John 3.2 Chap 7.31 Chap. 9.16.32 Chap 11.47 Chap 12.37 He fullfilled all righteousnesse Matth 3.15 He authorized and enabled men to cast out Devâ—lls to cure all diseases Matth 10.1 He revealed the father Matth 11.27 He forgave sins Luke 5.20 21. He foretold things to come Matth 24. He sent the Comforter John 16.7 He did such works as never any man did John 15.24 Fourthly He suffered more then other men his sufferings were extraordinary Isa 53.3 4 5 6 7 c. Luke 22.44 so Matth 27. Luke 23. He trod the wine-presse of the fiercenesse and wrath of
He went about doing good and healing all that were oppressed of the Devil those that laboured and travelled he said unto them come unto me and I will give you rest Matth. 11.28 You shall rest under my Shaddow and be refreshed by eating of my fruit There must needs be excellency and sweetness in the fruit of this plant because all desire to have it Hag 2.7 He is the desire of all Nations let him be the desire of our souls and let them feed more upon the fruit this plant of renown bears so shall we live and live more abundantly Thirdly Observe That the Church under Christ shall be freed from those evils it hath formerly been subject unto and shall enjoy the contrary good I will raise up a plant of renown and they shall no more be consumed with hunger they had been but now they should have plenty especially of spiritual food they thould know God from the least to the greatest out of their bellies should flow rivers of water Neither should they bear the shame of the heathen any more they should not be under their reproach but should be honourable God hath promised to take away reproachful tearms Isa 62.4 and to give glorious titles to Zion thou shalt no more be called Forsaken desolate but thou shalt be called Hephzi-bah Beulah yea he hath said She shall have abundance of glory Isa 66.11 Whether the Church hath had such glory is questionable Christ was reproached himself when on earth call'd a Samaritan a Seducer a Devill and what not so the Christians in the Primitive times were said to be factious infant-killers c. and to this day the Church of Christ hath layen under the reproach of Heathens and Antichrist but the time is coming that reproaches shall be wiped away and the Church have abundance of glory Rev 21.3 4 10 11. Vers 30. Thus shall they know that I the Lord their God am with them that they even the house of Israel are my people saith the Lord God Here is a further blessing viz Conviction of the Heathens that God is the God of that flock that hath suffered so much and is with them When God should gather his flock out of the Countreys where it was scattered set up one shepherd even his servant David to be a Prince over it make a Covenant of peace with the same set it at liberty from all enemies cause it to be in safety on all sides take away its reproach put honour upon it and satisfie it with blessings temporal and spiritual when these things were done then should they that is the Nations know that the Lord their God was with them and thus should they know By those gracious acts of God and great mercies bestowed upon the house of Israel they should be convinced as when God begun the work in the Type bringing them out of Babylon the Heathens said The Lord hath done great things for them Psal 126.2 The Babylonians and others said God had cast off his people exposed them to reproaches and cursing that he regarded them not but had left them to be a prey to all the world but when they saw God appear so eminently for them then they understood that God had not left or cast off his people so but that he was still their God and they his people The house of Israel The first mention of the house of Israel is in Exod 16.31 and the last is in Heb 8.10 it s most mentioned in our Prophet Ezekiel well nigh as often as in all the Holy Scriptures besides if not more often Gen 32.28 tells you how Jacobs name was turned into Israel whence his sons and posterity were call'd the house of Israel and in process of time not only those descended from his loyns were so called but all that beleeved in the seed promised to Jacob were Israelites and the house of Israel It s not here to be confined to the Jews but to extend to all believers First Observe God hath a people in the world whom he doth own and afford his presence in a special manner I the Lord their God am with them and the house of Israel are my people God own'd the Jews of old above all the people of the earth Deut 7.6 The Lord thy God hath chosen thee to be a special people unto himself above all people upon the face of the earth There were multitudes of Nations all which or any of which he might have taken and left the Jews but he chose only that Nation Deut 10.15 and therefore saith Amos 3.1 You only have I known of all the Families of the earth that is You only have I known to be your God to be with you to be mine others I have known but not to be in Covenant with them not to afford them my special presence and favours Levit 26.11 12. God did dwell with and walk amongst them And as then God had the Jews so now he hath the Christians for his people whom he owns and is present with in a peculiar manner 2 Cor. 6.16 18. Rev 2.1 Acts 18.9 10. where you may see how God was with Paul incouraging him to preach and upon what ground For I have much people in this City it was in Corinth Rev 21.3 Behold the Tabernacle of God is with men and he will dwell with them and they shall be his people and God himself shall be with them and be their God God dwels in the Christian Church and is with it to bestow variety of choice blessings upon it and to protect it Secondly Observe Sometimes Gods dealings with his people are so distinguishing that Heathens are convinced that they have God on their side and enjoy speciall favours from him Thus shall they know that I the Lord their God am with them and that they even the house of Israel are my people Thus that is by my dealings with them which are different from my dealings with others Dan 3. When God preserved the three children in the fiery Furnace delivered them from that Hell then was Nebuchadnezzar mightily convinced and said Blessed be the God of Shadraeh Meshach and Abednego who hath sent his Angel and delivered his servants that trusted in him and have changed the Kings word and yielded their bodyes that they might not serve nor worship any God except their own God Therefore I make a Decree that every People Nation and Language which speak any thing amisse against the God of Shadrach Meshach and Abednego shall be cut in pieces and their houses shall be made a dunghill because there is no other god which can deliver after this sort vers 28 29. So in Christs time and the Apostles times the miracles done by them in several places convinced unbelievers that God was with them The great things done in our dayes have made enemies to say God hath done great things for them Vers 31. And ye my flock the flock of my pasture are men and I am
be nothing but the very Land I will take that for a possession so shall I enrich my self inlarge my borders and become great Such thoughts and hopes were once in Tyrus she looked to be made by the sufferings of Jerusalem Ezek 26.2 Tyrus said against Jerusalem she is broken that was the Gates of the people she is turned unto me I shall be replenished now she is laid waste Tyrus expected that Jerusalem being ruined all the trading should come to her that the great concourse of people Jerusalem had should enter her Gates and tread her Streets Obadiah tells us that the Edomites laid hands on the Jewish substance in the day of their calamity vers 13. They coveted their wealth thirsted after their Land and sought to advance themselves by their ruins Secondly Observe The desires hopes and expectations of the wicked come to naught The Edomites coveted Canaan hoped and waited for it but the Lord was there and disappointed them they were shortly after the destruction of Jerusalem destroyed by the Babylonians Jer 27.3 6. God had given them into Nebuchadnezzars hand David tells you Psal 112.10 That the desire of the wicked shall perish and Solomon saith Prov 10.28 That the expectation of the wicked shall perish they desire and expect the fulfilling of their desires but themselves their desires and expectations come to naught in Prov 11.23 Solomon hath a strange expression it s this The expectation of the wicked is wrath Do men look for wrath No but the event of their expectation is such they meet with the wrath of God these Edomites looked for the Land of the Jews and lost their own Thirdly Observe The Lord keeps and disposes of Lands as he pleases He was in Canaan The Lord was there he was patron of it he kept it out of the Edomites hands he reserved it for his people again Hence Obadiah ver 17. saith The house of Jacob shall possesse their possessions They shall come again and inhabit their Countrey which God reserved for them Jer. 49.1 2. When the ten Tribes were carryed away the Ammonites who dwelt neer the Tribe of Gad intruded into it and the Cityes of it but see what God saith in vers 2. Behold the dayes come saith the Lord that I will cause an Alarm of war to be heard in Rabbah of the Ammonites and it shall be a desolate heap and her Daughters that is lesser Towns shall be burnt with fire then shall Israel be heir unto them that were his heirs Israel shall return out of captivity and possess his own Land and the Ammonites also which for a season got part of his Fourthly Observe Whatever the fate of a Land is whatever calamities it lyes under yet the Lord is not far from it he is in it Judaea was laid waste the Temple and Cityes in it ruined man and beast cut off enemies on all sides seeking to get it in whole or in part and notwithstanding it was in such a case in such danger The Lord was there God is said to dwell in darknesse Ps 18.11 He made darknesse his secret place Here was a Land of darknesse and God hid himself in it he was there though the Edomites saw him not When Babylonians lay waste Sion drive out the inhabitants thereof yet they cannot drive out God he is in Sion and will abide in Sion The Bear out of the wood not long since was wasting and the wild beast of the field devouring they drove many out of our Sion but they could not drive God out he was here when the face of all things was lamentable Vers 11. Therefore as I live saith the Lord God I will even do according to thine anger and according to thine envy which thou hast used out of thy hatred against them and I will make my self known amongst them when I have judged thee In this and the two next verses you have a further discovery of Mount Seirs sins and how God would deal with the inhabitants thereof and all confirmed by oath I will even do according to thine anger Thou hast been angry with my people yea angry unto death and I will do accordingly not that God would be angry but he would punish them severely for their anger Anger is not a boyling of the bloud and spirits about the heart as some have made it for that is rather an effect then the nature of it Ira est appetitio reddendi malum ei qui malum retulit It s an inordinate desire of returning evill to him whom we conceive hath wronged us And according to thine envy The Edomites envyed the Jews who prospered into a Kingdom and grew renowned Ezek 16.13 14. The nature of envy is to grieve at the good of another man and to think it an evill to our selves that we are exceeded by others in any thing Invidia est tristitia de bono alieno aestimato ut malo proprio quatenus per bonum alienum apprehendimus nos ab altero superci an envious man is afflicted that any is equall to him or above him Which thou hast used out of thy hatred against them Hatred is an enmity of the appetite to things or persons apprehended contrary to its good and contentment The Edomites looked at the Jews as enemies as contrary to their good and content and so hated them There is a twofold hatred or rather two degrees of hatred the first is aversion which only flies from what is hated we hate Toads Serpents and such venomous creatures and flye from them the second is persecution which pursues the thing hated to destruction the one respects the evill simply the other the thing or person in which the evill is apprehended to be with this last kind or degree of hatred were the Edomites infected and so envying them sought their ruine And I will make my self known amongst them when I have judged thee I will execute judgement upon thee deliver thee and thy wealth into the hands of thine enemies and my servants shall behold my glory in punishing thee and my mercy in delivering them my people shall know what a God I am when I have visited you for your hatred envy and wrath against them they shall find me a God exercising mercy as you have found me a God executing judgements as I have made my self known to you in my power and justice so I will make my self known to them in mercy and loving kindness First Observe One sinful affection sets others on work The Edomites hatred set their anger envy on work They used these out of their hatred of the Jews they hated them and that hatred stir'd up their anger to do them harm and their envy to persecute them unto death The Apostle saith of love 1 Cor. 13.4 5. It envies not it is not easily provoked it thinks no evill But hatred envies is easily provoked and thinks nothing but evill it s a root of bitterness and brings forth bitter fruit it makes use of
other affections to accomplish its ends Jealousie kindles anger and casts forth hatred fear sets grief and despair on work The affections are seated so near one another in the heart that if one move sinfully the rest are ready to stir and accompany the same Let us look well to our affections for they are dangerous things Solomon knew it and therefore Prov 4.23 counsels us to keep our hearts with all diligence Secondly Observe God will deal with men not only according to their evill actions but according to their evill affections also I will even do according to thine anger and according to thine envy Men are convinced they must be responsive for evill actions but not so for evill affections The Lord puts it out of doubt here and swears to it As I live saith the Lord God I will even do according to thine anger c. Mat 5.22 He that is angry with his brother without a cause shall be in danger of judgment Rev 21.8 The fearfull shall have their part in the Lake which burneth with fire and brimstone Edoms rejoycing is mentioned Obad 12. among the sins caused God to cut her off John 3.19 This is the condemnation that light is come into the world and men love darknesse God will deal with men for their sinful fear sinful joy and sinful love for sinfull affections as well as sinfull actions Hence are we counselled to put away all bitternesse wrath and anger Ephes 4.31 To mortifie inordinate affection Coloss 3.5 Thirdly Observe After the insulting enemies of Sion are punished God will shew kindnesse unto Sion she shall have expressions of his love I will make my selfe known amongst them that is those of Sion after I have judged thee that is the Edomites they insulted over the Jews and added affliction to affliction which the Lord visited them for and then comforted his afflicted people The Babylonians were bitter enemies to the Jews they insulted over them and said Sing us one of the songs of Sion Psal 137.3 for which you may see how God would deal with them Isa 13. The Medes should destroy them and that without pitty and what then Chap 14.12 3. The Lord will have mercy on Jacob and will yet chuse Israel and set them in their own Land they shall rule over their oppressors and have rest from their sorrows After Sennacheribs Army was destroyed by the Angel of the Lord which insulted over the Jews and spake blasphemous things against God and Hezekiah did not God express love to Hezekiah and in him to all the Jews in granting him fifteen years more unto his dayes Isa 37. 38. When God had judged the Egyptians he brought forth the Jews seated them in Canaan and shewed them not a little kindnesse there Acts 7.7 Verses 12 13. And thou shalt know that I am the Lord and that I have heard all thy blasphemies which thou hast spoken against the mountains of Israel saying They are laid desolate they are given us to consume Thus with your mouth ye have boasted against me and have multiplied your words against me I have heard them THeir blasphemies against God and Israel are here set down and the notice God took of them Vers 12. Thou shalt know that I am the Lord and that I have heard all thy blasphemies The Hebrew is thus Thou shalt know that I the Lord have heard all thy blasphemies The Edomites spake freely against the Jews thinking God had cast them off and cared not for them but when he should judge and punish them then they should be convinced that he had heard their blasphemies The word for blasphemy is Neatzah from Naatz to despise contemptuously to provoke Kirker saith it s to provoke contumeliis convitiis verbis maledicis with reproachful and cursed speeches Junius hath it omnes irritationes tuas all thy provocations the Septuagint French and others have it blasphemies Which thou hast spoken against the mountains of Israel By mountains of Israel the Land and people of Israel are intended that Land was full of mountains and among others there was the mountain of the Lord Psal 24.3 and they spake against that mountain with the rest Saying they are laid desolate Are these words so evill as that they should be judged blasphemy its not to be doubted but they said more though it be not here expressed Obad vers 12. Edom spake proudly in the day of Jerusalems distresse She insulted and gloryed in the sufferings and desolations of the people and Land Where is your Temple and City said they that stood on Mount Sion where are the Cattel that fed upon the Mountains and were for sacrifices They are laid desolate now where will you have sacrifices and whither will ye go to sacrifice Thus they spake blasphemously They are given us to consume The Jews are now destroyed and gone into captivity they shall never return to take possession of these mountains again they are now given to us to be a prey but who gave them they declare not God did not give them unto the Edomites and no other could for the Land was the Lords they took the Mountains of Israel their covetous hearts would have them vers 10. and what would they do with them Consume them saith our Translation but the Hebrew is Leaclah ad commedendum to eat that is to bring them under our power and to make use of for our good Vers 13. Thus with your mouth ye have boasted against me Ye have magnified against me saith the Hebrew you have spoken great words your mouth hath been wide open against me and hath lift you up above me or against me Obad 12. is thus Thou hast magnified thy mouth which is rendred Thou hast spoken proudly Qui impudenter obloquuntur alteri subsannant illum jactando seipsos dicuntur magnificare os suum Jer 48.26 Moab magnified against the Lord that is magnified his mouth against him by speaking arrogant words Ezek 25.8 Moab said Behold the house of Judah is like unto all the Heathen When men speak proudly insolently against God or his people they do magnifie with their mouths or magnifie their mouths And have multiplyed their words against me They spake much more then is expressed They multiply words The Hebrew word for multiply here is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Athar which signifies Verba fundere magna copia verba fortia as in prayer these Edomites did multiply words words against the Lord and their words were stout against him I have heard them Though you thought me shut up in the Heavens that I could not hear at so great a distance or that I minded not the affairs of the world especially what words one Nation speaks against another yet saith God I have heard them First Observe The Lord takes notice of all the bitter reproachfull and provoking speeches which wicked ones do utter against the Church and People of God I have heard all thy blasphemies which thou hast spoken against the Mountains
on those they apprehend have done them wrong and so God after the manner of men is said to speak in the fire of his jealousie against the Heathens who had wronged him his people and the Land Which have appointed my Land into their possession Judaea saith God was my Land I dwelt there and set up my worship there I gave it my people for a possession and though at present they be driven out for their sins yet I keep it for them and none ought to meddle with or challenge that Land how is it then that the Edomites and Heathens have consulted and determined to take my Land into their possession they are resolved to rob me and my people of our right to swallow up our inheritance With the joy of all their heart Joy is a dilatation of the heart from apprehension of good these Heathens apprehended it good that the Jews were cut off and carryed away that hereupon the Land should be theirs this fill'd them with joy and made them attempt with all their hearts the possession of the Land With despitefull minds to cast it out for a prey The words in the Hebrew are thus In contempt of mind for expulsion of it for a prey so Montanus Sheat signifies Depopulation as well as contempt and so Junius hath it Cum depopulatione animosa ut sedes expulsorum ejus fit direptioni with greedy depopulation they were very earnest and violent in depopulating the Land that the seat of its expelled ones might be for a prey Piscator saith that its fields or suburbs might be for spoyle The people being slain or carried away captive the Edomites and others did with malicious minds expose the Land to the spoyl of any Vers 6. Behold I have spoken in my jealousie and in my fury Here is an addition of fury to jealousie fury is fervor irâ—e or fera ira heat of anger or severe anger fury is ira cum vehementia when it s given to God it notes the severe holy and just indignation of God Because ye have born the shame of the heathen The Heathens have reproached you poured scorn and contempt upon you made you the filth of the world Zeph 2.8 10. they so reproached them that it affected God himself and Jeremy Lam 5.1 was so pierced with the reproachings of the Heathen that he complains and cryes out Remember O Lord what is come upon us consider and behold our reproach They jeer'd and scoff'd at them for their Temple Worship City Mountains Songs yea for their God Of bearing the shame of the Heathen see Chap 34.29 Vers 7. Therefore thus saith the Lord God I have lifted up mine hand Lifting up the hand was a gesture used by men in taking of oaths as Gen 14.22 Abraham lifted up his hand unto the Lord that was in swearing and this metaphorically is applyed unto God who when he swears is said to lift up his hand so that swearing and lifting up the hand are equivalent Numb 14.30 Doubtlesse ye shall not come into the Land concerning which I swear to make you dwell therein The Hebrew for I swear is I lifted up my hand So then Gods lifting up his hand here is his swearing that he would make the Nations bear their shame for reproaching his people Surely the heathen that are about you they shall bear their shame As sure as I am God the Heathen which have made you a reproach a proverb a taunt and a curse they shall be a reproach a proverb a taunt and a curse they have made you infamous and they shall be infamous they have covered loaded you with shame and they shall be covered and loaded with shame First Observe God hath a speciall care of his Church when it s in an afflicted condition The Jews were dispossessed of their Land carryed into captivity made infamous and their Land uâ—â—â—ped by others hereupon the Lord sends Ezekiel unto them to prophesie comfort unto them in the destruction of their enemies Son of man prophesie unto the Mountains of Israel and say Hear the word of the Lord. He hath a terrible word for your enemies a comfortable word for you threatnings for them promises for you Though men hated his people yet God himself pityed them though men swallowed up their habitation yet God would restore it to them again Jer 30.6 7 8 9 10. Wherefore do I see every man with his hands on his loyns as a woman in travel and all faces are turned into paleness Alas for that day is great so that none is like it it is even the time of Jacobs trouble but he shall be saved out of it For it shall come to passe in that day saith the Lord of Hoasts that I will break his yoke from off thy neck and will burst thy bonds and strangers shall no more serve themselves of him but they shall serve the Lord their God and David their King whom I will raise up unto them Therefore fear thou not O my servant Jacob saith the Lord neither be dismayed O Israel for lo I will save thee from afar and thy seed from the Land of their captivity and Jacob shall return and shall be in rest and quiet and none shall make him afraid The Church was in great affliction like a woman in travail and here the Lord shewed his goodness towards it and speciall care over it he would break Babylonish yokes and bonds set it at liberty restore it to the former yea a better condition viz such priviledges and security it never had Secondly Observe When Gods people are under affliction their enemies are glad thereof and take advantage to disgrace them and make a prey of what was theirs The Israelites suffered hard things by the Babylonians upon this the enemies cryed Aha they were glad at the heart they talked their pleasures of them and made them the infamy of the people they swallowed them up on every side and said The Mountains of Israel are ours and we will possesse the ancient high places When Sion goes down Babylon rejoyces the Heathens disgrace and â—â—â—â—ure it adding affliction to the afflicted see Zeph 2.8 Obad 10.11 12 13 14. All the enemies which heard of Sions trouble were glad Lam 1.21 They reproached Sion and her children Lament 2.15 16. and said They shall no more sojourn there Lam 4.15 Judaea shall never be repossessed by them it shall be ours Thirdly Observe That rejoycing at the sufferings of Gods people disgracing and wronging of them doth greatly offend the Lord. Because the enemy cryed Aha defamed the Jews arrogated the Land for their possession therefore the Lord spake against them in the fire of his jealousie and in his fury he was exceedingly wroth and would deal severely with them it went to his heart and inflamed his spirit that his people who were so dear unto him should be derided despitefully used what was theirs made a prey of and that by Heathens Jerem 50.11 12. Because ye were glad because ye
captivity therefore the Heathens reproached Canaan and said Thou Land devourest men and hast bereaved thy Nations They called Emanuels Land a cursed and bloudy Land that did eat up her own children this was a great reproach to Heaven and Earth Gods judgements should have caused fear and taught them to have learned righteousnesse For if God spared not the green Tree what will become of the dry Trees Seventhly Observe Such is the goodnesse of God that he takes occasion from the wickedness of his Peoples enemies to do his People good Because the Heathens said Thou Land devourest up men and hast bereaved thy Nations Because they reproached the Jews and their Land thus therefore saith God Thou shalt devoure men no more neither bereave thy Nations any more I will blesse thee with peace plenty and safety there shall be no wars no famines no plagues nor other judgements to devoure the people of the Land Eighthly Observe God in his time takes way the evills that are upon his People and turns them into blessings Neither will I cause men to hear in thee the shame of the Heathen any more neither shalt thou bear the reproach of the people any more neither shalt thou cause thy Nations to fall any more These evils will I take away from thee and not only so but I will bring in the contrary blessings instead of shame and reproach thou shalt have honour praise and renown instead of destroying thy people and Nations thou shalt multiply thy people and have Nations to serve thee Isa 60.12 13 14. Verses 16 17 18 19 20. Moreover the word of the Lord came unto me saying Son of man when the house of Israel dwelt in their own Land they defiled it by their own way and by their doings their way was before me as the uncleanness of a removed woman Wherefore I poured my fury upon them for the blood that they had shed upon the Land and for their idols wherewith they had polluted it And I scattered them among the heathen and they were dispersed through the Countreys according to their way and according to their doings I judged them And when they entred unto the heathen whither they went they profaned my holy Name when they said to them These are the people of the Lord and are gone forth out of his Land MEn being apt to make perverse constructions of the judgments of God and to censure his wayes to be unequall here he gives account of his proceedings towards his people and shews the true grounds and causes why he drave them out of their Countrey which are set down 1. In generall vers 17. amplified by a similitude 2. In particular vers 18. Bloud and Idolatry which are repeated in generall terms vers 19. 3. After these he shews what their carriage was in their enemies Land vers 20. Vers 16. Moreover the word of the Lord came unto me saying The Prophet having declared Gods jealousie and fury against the enemies of his people comforted them being in captivity with many choice promises here he is commissioned by the Lord to speak out the causes which moved God to cast them into that condition Vers 17. When the house of Israel dwelt in their own Land By house of Israel understand not the two or ten Tribes but the whole twelve Tribes who possessed Canaan which is called their own Land because promised and given unto them by God for their inheritance Psal 105.10 11. They defiled it by their own way and by their doings The Hebrew is In their own wayes and in their own doings they followed their own devices inventions desires customs manners they did what was right in their own eyes and so defiled the Land The French is Par leurs maeurs par leurs actes Their way was before me as the uncleannesse of a removed woman Their way was very loathsome before the Lord he greatly abhorred their manners and practices as man doth the filthiness and uncleanness of a woman Laborant is menstruo sanguine A woman in that condition defiles all she toucheth see Levit 15.19 20 21. and so to the end of the Chapter Vers 18. Wherefore I poured my fury upon them They had committed hainous sins and continued long in them without repentance is evident from the Lords fury he is not in fury for small sins nor presently furious for great sins but when men go on from day to day in them his anger grows hotter and hotter and at last riseth up into fury and this being increased the Lord would not let it out in petty judgements as it were drop by drop but poure it out in greater judgments like as the Sea poures out water when a breach is in the Banks it poures out water with violence and drowns up all the adjacent Countrey For the bloud that they had shed upon the Land They shed the bloud of the Prophets 2 Chron 24.21 Matth 23.37 Of innocent ones 2 Kings 21.16 They had unjust and unnatural wars 2 Chron 28.9 and so shed bloud in abundance Ezek 7.23 They poured out bloud upon the Land and God poured out fury upon them it s the same word in the Hebrew for shedding and pouring out And for their idols wherewith they had polluted it They had many idols the Land was full of them Isa 2.8 which they worshipping defiled the Land The word for idols is Gillulim which Junius renders Dii stercorei Dunghill gods and Piscator stercora dunghils excrements for that no dunghill or excrement of any creature doth so defile a Land as idols and idolatry hence idolls are called abominations Jer 32.34 Shames Hos 9.10 Devils Deut. 32.17 Vers 19. And I scattered them among the heathen They had learned the manners of the Heathen got their idols and served them and for it God scattered them among the heathens they had heathenish spirits chosen heathenish gods and so deserved to be driven into heathenish Countries And they were dispersed through the Countreys The Hebrew word for disperse is Sarah which signifies to disperse by fanning God had fanned them out of their own Land and dispersed them as chaffe before the wind into divers Lands they went from Countrey to Countrey yea through whole Countries into Chaldaea According to their way and according to their doings I judged them Men might wonder God should deale so with his people as to poure out his fury upon them drive them out of their own Land and disperse them amongst heathens who were his and their enemies this might carry a face of cruelty but the Lord clears himself and shews the equity of his proceedings I judged them that is I dealt with or punisht them according to their wayes and doings had they not deserved such hard things at my hands I should not have executed them they drave me out of my Sanctuary and far from it Ezek 8.6 They cast me off Jer 2.13 and is it not equall that I should drive them out of my Land and cast
of God to be profaned by the heathens and so deserving nothing but confusion he pityed them and for his names sake delivered them which name of God is set out by two adjuncts or epithites 1. Holy 2. Great Vers 21. But I had pity for my holy Name The Hebrew is And I spared upon the Name of my holinesse that is I spared them upon the account of my holy Name I would not suffer that to be profaned so by the heathen and therefore did deliver them The Septuagint is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I spared them for my holy Names sake I had a tender respect unto my Name which being holy I would not suffer to lye under heathenish oblequies Which the house of Israel had profaned among the heathen whither they went God is stiled in Scripture The Holy One of Jacob Isa 29.23 The Holy One of Israel Psal 78.41 The Holy One Isa 40.23 And the Jews above all Nations and People in the world should have had a special care of the name of their God that the holinesse thereof might have been maintained but they forgat God in Babylon did wickedly and so gave occasion to the heathens to blaspheme his holy Name Vers 22. I do not this for your sakes O house of Israel They deserved not such a mercy at the hands of God as reduction out of Babylon into Canaan they were defiled with bloud and idolatry which moved God to cast them out of their Land and scatter them among the heathen but they did nothing to incline God to shew them the least favour had they had according to their deserts they should never have been set at liberty but have perished utterly in their captivity They might think because they were circumcised came of David Abraham Isaac and Jacob and were the only people God had in the world that therefore God would do much for their sakes but to take them off from such conceits the Lord makes open profession that what he was about to do was not for their sakes But for mine holy Names sake Gods name is sometimes put for himself as Psal 33.21 We have trusted in his holy Name that is in God himself Sometimes it s put for his power Prov 18.10 The name of the Lord is a strong Tower that is his Omnipotence is such a Tower Sometimes it s put for the Attributes and divine perfections of God Psal 8.1 O Lord how excellent is thy name in all the earth that is How excellent are thine Attributes Sometimes it s put for the fame and glory of God as 2 Sam 7.23 To make himself a name that was to make himself famous and glorious The two last may be understood here by name the heathens said God was not wise not faithfull not omnipotent that would let his people go into captivity and become servants unto us yea it s evident by his peoples doings what a God he is they are an unholy people and he is an unholy God and so his fame and glory were eclipsed therefore saith God For mine holy Names sake which ye have profaned among the Heathen I will vindicate my name and make heathens know and you know that I am a wise a faithfull an Allmighty and holy God Vers 23. And I will sanctifie my great name I will vindicate my name from all aspersions laid upon it and make it known to Heathens and to you O house of Israel by punishing them for their idolatry and other wickednesses and by bringing you out of captivity that I am a God of power wisdome faithfullnesse and holinesse God sanctifies his name when he clears it from disgrace and reproach cast thereupon and makes it appear as it is in it self glorious and holy Gods name hath many Epithites given unto it in the Word it s said to be glorious Ps 72.19 Excellent Psal 148.13 Dreadful Mal. 1.14 Holy vers 21. of this Chapter and here Great God hath done great and wonderfull things in the world whereupon he hath a great name not only in Israel Psal 76.1 but all the world over Psal 8.9 Many men have had great names yet nothing comparable to the name of the Lord. Which was profaned among the Heathen which ye have profaned in the midst of them The Jews being under the Babylonish yoke for their sins did not humble themselves before God repent and turn from their wicked wayes that so Gods name might have been sanctified among the Heathen but they persisted in their wicked wayes and were worse than the Heathens among whom they were scattered and so occasioned the Heathens to speak evill of their God their Religion and Worship and not only so but themselves profaned Gods name they rejected the God of Israel and his wayes saying We will be as the Heathen as the familyes of the Countryes to serve wood and stone Ezek 20.32 They made the God of Israel like the heathen gods and his wayes like theirs which was a great profanation of him and his name And the heathens shall know that I am the Lord saith the Lord God when I shall be sanctified in you before their eyes When the Lord should manifest his mercy towards them and put forth his power to bring them out of Babylon then was he sanctified in the midst of them then he did vindicate his name from all aspersions and made the Jews and Babylonians know that he was an holy faithful wise merciful and an Allmighty God he would make his name honourable before them all which had been profaned Vers 24. For I will take you from among the Heathen The Heathen make full account you are theirs that you shall never get out of their borders or return into your own Land they think that their idol gods are stronger then I who am the God of Israel but they shall find it otherwise for I will by a strong hand take you from among the heathen And gather you out of all Countreys They were dispersed into divers Countreys into the 127 Provinces that were under Ahasuerus his government Esther 3.8 it seemed improbable that they should ever be gathered out of so many Countreys but the Lord tells them for their comfort that he would gather them out of all Countreys no distance of place or difficulty in any place should impede his Congregating of them And will bring you into your own Land After the seaventy years of their captivity were expired the Lord set them at liberty and brought them back to the Land of Canaan their own Land because they inherited it from their fathers unto whom the Lord had given it This was a glorious and great work viz the bringing the Jews out of Babylon and all the Countreys where they were scattered into Canaan and did prefigure the salvation of the Church by Christ and gathering of those that were his out of all Nations unto it according to what is in John 10.16 John 11.52 First Observe The name of the Lord is holy His Essence his
be fit for spiritual imployments and uses Fourthly A stone doth resist and repell what falls upon it stones do oft break the instruments strikes them and force them back there is a resisting in them so in stony hearts there is much resistancie Luke 4.28 29. All they in the Synagogue when they heard these things were filled with wrath rose up and thrust him out of the City and led him unto the brow of the hill that they might cast him down headlong Their flinty rocky hearts resisted and rejected all the precious truths Christ had delivered and made them fall fowl upon him and seek to spill his bloud 2 Tim 3.8 As Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses so do these also resist the truth men of corrupt minds reprobate concerning the faith They were men of stony hearts resisting the faith Acts 7.51 Ye stiff-necked and uncircumcised in heart and ears ye do alwayes resist c. Fifthly A stone is heavy Prov 27.3 and its motion is downwards its earth hardned and its whole tendency is to the earth so a stony heart is heavy earthy and tends downwards altogether Ezek 20.16 Their heart went after their idols Ezek 33.31 Their heart goeth after their covetousnesse Hosea 4.8 They set their heart on their iniquitie Men are born with the stone in their hearts and naturally they mind earthly things Phil 3.19 Their motion is downward John 3.31 He that is of the earth is earthly and speaketh of the earth his thoughts his words his motions are all that way The things of Heaven are burdensome to a stony heart that cannot move upwards Sixthly Stones keep their places and are immoveable Eccl. 10.9 Whoso removeth stones shall be hurt therewith Great stones mountains rocks abide fixt and its dangerous to meddle with them so stony hearts keep their stonynesse they are immoveable what opinions principles conclusions soever they have taken in though false and corrupt they are tenacious of and obstinate in Judges 2.19 They ceased not from their own doings nor from their stubborn wayes God sold them into the hands of enemies where they suffered grievous things God raised them up Deliverers who set them at liberty yet they ceased not from their own wayes they were immoveable from their own opinions corrupt principles and dangerous tenets men are so self-conceited self-willed that they are like rocks not to be stirred Seventhly Stones are dry and have no moisture in them at all Take a Rock there is no water in it take any stone its dry all stones are dry and barren so stony hearts they have no moisture of grace in them they are all dry and barren the waters of life are not found in them The woman of Samaria had a stony heart and how dry how barren was it not a good word came out of it towards Christ John 4. Whilest the Gentiles were without God and Christ in the world they had stony hearts and so were barren and fruitless Isa 54.1 VVheresoever is a stony heart there is no melting no mourning no tears Eighthly Stones are cold 1 Sam 25.37 it s said Nabals heart dyed within him and he became as a stone that is cold and sencelesse so stony hearts are cold there is no spiritual heat in them though the word be as fire yet it heats them not Men of stony hearts are frigid in the things of God they contend not for the truth they reprove not wickedness in others they stand not for the interest of Christ they are not zealous for God and his glory they put not their hands to his work they mind not the conversion of sinners they are indifferent how things of that nature go A stony heart is a dead heart and as it hath no life nor motion in it so no warmth in it like the Shunammites son 2 Kings 4.34 till Elisha came and stretched forth himself upon it there was neither life nor warmth in it and till Gods Spirit come and stretch forth its virtue and power upon a stony heart it hath neither life nor warmth in it Thus you see wherein a stony heart resembles a Stone or Rock Quest What is the evill of an hard heart Answ 1. It is ever unthankfull mercies kindnesses do not affect it and how then can it be thankfull Some verball thankfullnesse may be in an hard hearted man but in his heart in his life there is nothing Poure Wine Oyle the Spirits and Quintessence of any thing upon a stone it s lost the stone is not at all the better for it not affected with it so a stony heart let the choicest mercies of Heaven or Earth be presented to it they are lost that heart is unthankfull and whereas we should be thankfull in every thing 1 Thess 5.18 such an one is thankfull in nothing and makes the times perillous 2 Tim 3.2 Answ 2. It grows worse and worse harder and harder every day nothing stops it from proceeding on in its wicked wayes The Jews were a stony hearted people and what saith the Lord to them Isa 1.5 Why should ye be stricken any more ye will revolt more and more Threatning judgements did not stop or turn them from their wickedness Pharoah saw the wonderful judgements of God ten plagues were upon him and his Land and yet his heart grew harder and harder They that came to take Christ went backward and fell to the ground when Christ said I am he they saw also a miracle wrought by Christ in restoring to Malchus his ear which Peter had cut off yet being stony hearted they proceeded to take Christ to bind him and carry him to the High Priests John 18.6.10 11 12 13. Answ 3. It causeth a man to walk contrary to his profession Those that are Christians professe Christ and the Gospel they have in Baptisme given up themselves to him and obliged themselves to walk according to Gospel Rules now whence is it that they profess one thing and practice another that they professe Christianity and walk as Heathens or worse then Heathens whoredome drunkenness covetousness lying pride swearing theft murther witchery contention slander oppression c. are they not as frequent among Christians as ever they were among Heathens Paul writing to the Ephesians exhorted them not to walk as other Gentiles in the vanity of their minds having the understanding darkned being alienated from the life of God through the ignorance that is in them because of the blindnesse of their heart who being past feeling have given themselves over unto lasciviousnesse to work all uncleanness with greedinesse It was the hardnesse of the heathen Gentiles hearts which made them walk so and when Christian Gentiles walk so it s from the hardness of their hearts we are of the Gentiles and notwithstanding our Christianity we walk contrary to Christ and the Gospel which is from the stonyness of our hearts keeping out the power and this is a grievous evill we profess Christ and the Gospel verbally and deny both really and so
dyes with an hard heart perisheth for ever And I will give you an heart of flesh The heart of flesh is opposed to the stony heart and it implyes several things which are considerable As First Softnesse tendernesse a stony heart is hard but an heart of flesh is tender and soft The Scripture speaks of a soft tongue Prov 25.15 and of a soft heart Job 23.16 that is an heart free from stonynesse and obduration Some flesh is brawny and hard some very tender as the flesh of those mentioned Deut 28.56 The heart of flesh is an heart like the tenderest flesh even the flesh of a child new-born Secondly Sensibleness Some flesh is so hardned as that it feels nothing some is so tender its sensible of the least touch The drunkards flesh felt not the stripes when he was beaten Pro 3.35 but Josiahs heart was sensible of the anger of God when he heard the Law only read 2 Chr 34. Christs heart was tender sensible of our infirmities he was touched with the feeling of them Heb 4.15 the least infirmity he was affected with for he had an heart of flesh an heart without any stonyness at all in it and where an heart of flesh is its sensible of the least sin the least dishonour to God vain thoughts risings of corruption extravagancy of affections all sins are burdensome to it the man of such an heart hath his senses exercised to discern between good and evill Heb 5.14 Thirdly Meltingness A stony heart never melts but an heart of flesh is of a melting nature Josiahs heart was not only affected with the Law read but melted also into tears 2 Kings 22.19 His heart was tender and he humbled himself before the Lord. So David Psal 22.14 My heart is like wax it is melted in the midst of my bowels how did it melt after Nathan had told him of his sin Psal 51. so after his numbring of the people 2 Sam 24.17 Peters heart was of this nature for after Christ looked upon him he went out and wept bitterly Luke 22.62 Such were their hearts Ezek 9.4 who sighed and cryed for all the abominations which were done in the midst of Jerusalem An heart of flesh melts and mourns that God is dishonoured by others but most of all that he hath been dishonoured by him in whom it is that man that hath an heart of flesh sheds most tears for the wrongs himself hath done unto God Luke 15.18 19. Fourthly Teachablenesse A stony heart is indocible inflexible it repels and keeps out truths but an heart of flesh admits and receives truths it is yielding and teachable When Lydiacs hard heart was turned into flesh Acts 16.14 she attended unto the things which were spoken by the Apostle she received them and believed them she was a good Scholar and constrained her Teachers to come and abide at her house that she might learn more of them vers 15. Paul no sooner had his heart of stone made flesh but he manifested a teachablenesse in himself Acts 9.6 Lord what wilt thou have me to do I am a blind Pharisee and have been all my dayes out of the way I desire now to learn and to be taught of thee whom I ignorantly blasphemed David shut not his eyes against the light as many hard-hearted persons do he prayed That the Lord would open his eyes that he might behold wonderous things out of the Law He was oft begging of God to teach him O teach me the way of thy statutes and I shall keep it unto the end Psal 119.18.33 He was willing to see to hear and to do Psal 110.3 Thy people shall be willing in the day of thy power When the stony heart is removed and an heart of flesh put in the room of it that is a day of power and then the people so hearted are willing to hear the Lord speak to understand his counsels and to resolve their wills into Gods so that his will is theirs Cor carneum quod ante ad alterius arbitratum fingitur Fifthly Obedientialnesse A stony heart is refractory contradictory disobedient but a fleshy heart is yielding and obediential it is Cor sequari an heart which follows God as Elisha followed Elijah virtue went out of the mantle and constrained him to do so and the virtue gone out from God into an heart of flesh prevails with it and causeth it to follow God to yield obedience unto him Caleb had another spirit then the rest of the Jews had and he followed the Lord fully Numb 14.24 His spirit was not obstinate but obediential and where-ever this heart of flesh is it is so far from being contentious against the truth or with-holding the truth in unrighteousness as that it obeys the truth heartily Rom 6.17 The Excellency of a tender heart First It s the Mansion of Gods holy Spirit When the heart is tender and fleshy God puts in his holy Spirit into it as in the next verse appears The Spirit it self is a tender thing and takes no content in an hard heart Isa 57.15 It s in the heart of humble and contrite ones that the Spirit dwells The Corinthians were babes in Christ very tender and they were Temples of the Spirit 1 Cor. 3.1.16 How excellent is a tender heart that the Spirit of Grace Heb 10.29 the Spirit of Glory 1 Pet 4.14 should take it up for its habitation It was there before as an Agent not as an Inhabitant Secondly It cannot endure the dishonour of God it s much affected yea afflicted thereat When Rabshakeh blasphemed and reviled the God of Israel how was Hezekiah afflicted at it He rent his cloaths covered himself with sackcloath and went into the house of the Lord sends for Isaiah begs his prayers spreads the blasphemers Letter he had received before the Lord and cryed unto him for help to vindicate his own name 2 Kings 19.1 2 3 4 14 15 16 17 18 19. Hezekiah had a tender heart and herein was the excellency of it he was deeply affected with the dishonour of God Davids heart was touched throughly when men violated the Law of God and dishonoured his name Psal 119.136 Rivers of water run down mine eyes because they keep not thy Law None of his own afflictions his persecution by Saul his expulsion by Absolom did draw so many tears from him as the dishonour of Gods name that made his tender heart like a Fountain which sends forth Rivers the heathens who had hard hearts said of their heathenish King It s not meet for us to see the Kings dishonour Ezra 4.14 And can Christians see the dishonour of the God of Heaven Those that have hearts of flesh cannot endure to see it if they cannot help the same they will mourn and mourn abundantly for it Thirdly It s a strong defence against all sin it quickly feels the nature of sin and so flyes from it Touch tender flesh with a Needle or Pin it endures not the same it cryes
be in them The spirit in Scripture is compared to Fire Matth 3.11 to a mighty wind Acts 2.2 to a fountain or spring John 7.38 39. to an ointment 1 John 2.27 to the oyl of gladnesse Psal 45.7 All which things will be seen heard or smelt and set out the spirits manifestation of it self The spirit is an active thing and makes its inbeing-known by mens outward actions as the in-being of the soul is by speaking and walking the sap keeps not alwayes in the root but ascends disperseth it self into every branch and by leaves blossoms and fruit declares the life and nature of the Tree many whose lives do testifie what they are cheat their own souls with this delusion They have honest hearts and are inwardly good though they be not so gracious and holy outwardly as others yea though corruptions do break out sometimes inwardly they are good but let such know it is impossible there should be grace Christ or the spirit within them and these not appear in their tongues and lives For out of the abundance of the heart the tongue speaks and the hand acts The corruption breaks out testifies there is a corrupt graceless Christless and spiritless heart within Ninthly Observe When men have received the spirit of God they are assisted and enabled by it to proceed and persevere in the wayes of God I will put my spirit within you and cause you to walk in my statutes and ye shall keep my judgements As the stonynesse of their hearts and power of their wills could not hinder God frâ—â—â—utting in his spirit so the stonyness being removed the liberty or power of the will cannot hinder the spirit from carrying on the men in whom it is in the wayes of God it complyes and co-operates with the spirit therein Mans Will after the spirits infusion and work upon it neither doth nor can hinder his proceeding and persevering in the wayes of God for if so mans will should frustrate the promise of God and make him in one part of it unfaithful for he that said I will put my spirit within you said also I will cause you to walk in my statutes to keep my judgements and do them he saith not If man will it shall be so but I will have it so The spirit of God is stronger than Satan 1 John 4.4 Stronger than mens wills and corruptions and will put forth his strength to maintain the truth and faithfulnesse of him who put him within men for that end that he should assist them against whatever should hinder their progress and perseverance in his wayes The spirit writes the Law of God in the hearts of men 2 Cor. 3.3 teaches them to understand the same 1 John 2.27 and enables them to obey all truth 1 Pet. 1.22 They obeyed the Truth through the spirit that caused them to walk in the way of truth notwithstanding Satans temptations the strength of their own corruptions and liberty of their wills Those that have the spirit are led by it and cannot be under the dominion of sin or Satan Rom. 6.14 They are under grace under the conduct of the spirit which will never let them apostatize and perish 1 John 3.9 There is a seed in them which will never suffer them so to degenerate as to become the seed of the Serpent Tenthly Observe Those that have the spirit in them do make godlinesse and the wayes of God their businesse and delight here in this world They walk in his statutes that 's their work trade recreation no businesse lyes more upon them than to be godly The world they are dead unto it Gal. 6.14 and use it as if they used it not 1 Cor. 7.29 30 31. And sin they are dead unto they have nothing to do with the unfruitful works of darknesse Ephes 5.11 but they are alive unto God Rom 6.11 They spend their time and strength for him they live to his praise and glory So Paul Phil. 1.21 saith To me to live is Christ Vita mea non nisi in rebus Christi occupatur My life is employed and laid out in the service and interest of Christ Those that have the spirit in them live in the spirit and walk in the spirit according to Gal. 5.25 They shew forth the vertues of him that hath put in the spirit within them and the vertues of the spirit being within them David had the spirit of God within him and he made godlinâ—â—â—e his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his principal businesse and the statutes of God his delight Psal 119.164 Seaven times a day do I praise thee vers 62. At midnight will I rise to give thanks unto thee vers 97. Gods Law was his meditation all the day Psal 71.15 My mouth shall shew forth thy righteousnesse and salvation all the day Psal 25.5 On thee do I wait all the day Psal 84. â—0 A day in thy Courts is better than a thousand I had rather be a door-keeper in the house of my God than dwell in the Tents of wickedâ—esse Psal 27.4 One thing have I desired of the Lord that I will seek after That I may dwell in the house of the Lord all the dayes of my life to behold the beauty of the Lord and to enquire in his Temple Where is a King where is a Christian that mindeth godlinesse as David did or delights in the wayes of God as he did May it not be taken up for a lamentation that most Christians declare that neither Christ nor the spirit is in them because they neither seek the things of the one nor savour the things of the other Phil. 2.21 Rom. 8.5 Eleventhly Observe A man indowed with the spirit must walk in Gods statutes and in his only I will put my spirit within you and cause you to walk in my statutes they must not worship God any other way then he hath appointed in his word Inward and outward worship must be appointed by God for who knows what will please God but himself he is a glorious and holy spirit infinitely and only wise and that only must we stick unto as pleasing unto him which himself appoints Mens inventions and appointments in worship defile mens souls provoke divine Majesty a godly man therefore is very tender in point of worship and will practice nothing therein but what he hath found a cleer foundation for out of the word of God he knows that when Nadab and Abihu brought strange fire before God it brought a strange judgement upon them from God Levit. 10.1 2. He knows that all worship after the Commandements and Traditions of men is in vain Matth. 15.9 He knows no Coin is currant in the Court of Heaven but that which hath the Image and Superscription of God himself upon it he knows what God hath said Ezek. 20.18 19. Walk ye not in the statutes of your fathers neither observe their judgements nor defile your selves with their idols I am the Lord your God walk in my statutes and keep
then they will remember their evill doings their bitterness against Christians and bloudynesse against Christ and loath themselves for the same Zech. 12.10 Rev. 1.7 Thirdly Observe Where repentance comes it makes a change in mens judgments affections and lives They should loath themselves in their own sight for their iniquities and for their abominations What they approved of before delighted in and practised that they should look upon as abominable loath and turn from Repentance begins in mens minds and judgements altering them and when they are altered the affections and conversation will alter when the Prodigall repented there was a change inward and outward Vers 32. Not for your sakes do I this saith the Lord God be it known unto you be ashamed and confounded for your own wayes O house of Israel IN this Verse is comprehended the ground of all the gracious and great Promises specified in the words before and following And 1. It is expressed Negatively It is not for your sakes 2. Implyed Affirmatively It is for the Lords sake Not for your sakes do I this God saw nothing in them to move him to bring them out of Babylon or to do ought for them in Babylon but he beheld that in them which might have moved him to destroy them he saw how they profaned his holy name among the Babylonians vers 21. he saw how they intended to turn heathens and worship wood and stone Ezek. 20.32 Being Gods people they thought God was bound to do much for their sakes and that he should not deal justly with them if he did not mind them do for them see how they expostulated with God Isa 58.3 Wherefore have we fasted and thou seest it not wherefore have we afflicted our soul and thou takest no knowledge They did in effect tell God he dealt not well with them they deserved better things at his hands than they had therefore said the Lord here Not for your sakes do I this Be it known unto you Take notice that what conceits soever ye have of your own worth or deserts because ye are my people and of the seed of Abraham my friend yet I do not bring you out of Babylon for your worth or merits sake I do nothing upon that account and proclaim it openly unto you and all the world Be ashamed and confounded for your own wayes Your wayes are so far from meriting at my hands that they merit not at the hands of men they are of that nature as you ought to be ashamed and confounded for them of the words ashamed and confounded was spoken Chap. 16.52 54 61. First Observe Men are apt to think they deserve something at Gods hands The house of Israel thought she had suffered a long and sore captivity and having fasted and mourned every fift and seaventh month throughout the seaventy years Zech 7.5 she conceived God now should deal unkindly yea unjustly if he should not do some great thing for her now it was just for him to remember all her tears sighs prayes fastings and sufferings to set her at liberty and give her repossession of her Land rewarding her with old and new priviledges Matth. 7.22 Many will say to me in that day Lord Lord have not we prophesied in thy name and in thy name have cast out Devils and in thy name done many wonderfull works They thought they had merited Heaven by their doings and looked for some wonderful reward for their wonderful works The labourers which came into the Vineyard at the third and sixt hours thought they deserved more of the Lord of the Vineyard than they that went in at the ninth and eleventh hours Matth. 20. Prone is corrupt nature to conceit it merits somewhat at the hands of God But Secondly Observe Mens wayes are such as they ought to be ashamed of themselves and fear destruction from God for them Be ashamed and confounded for your own wayes O house of Israel they are such as you should blush at and loath to behold and make you fear least my judgements should sieze upon you for them Nehem. 9.30 31. What saith he of them Lord thou gavest them into the hand of the people of the Lands that is thou didst cast them into captivity for their own wayes and what then Neverthelesse for thy great mercies sake thou didst not utterly consume them They had cause to fear consuming had not mercy and great mercy stepped in they had been utterly consumed So Jeremy Lament 3.22 It is of the Lords mercies that we are not consumed If it be mercy that our persons are not destroyed what do our works or wayes deserve from him Thirdly Observe The Promises God makes unto and the mercies he bestows upon his people are free and for his own sake Not for your sakes do I this saith the Lord God be it known unto you I have promised To sprinkle you with clean water to put a new heart into you to give you my spirit to save you from all your iniquities to bring you again to Sion to give you many mercies there to do you much good but these I do not for your sakes you deserve them not but for mine own sake for mine own honour and name as vers 22. I do not this O house of Israel for your sakes but for mine holy names sake For mans sake come judgements the earth was cursed for Adams sake Gen 3.17 For Achans sake the Israelites fell and fled Josh 7. For Jonas sake the Sea was tempestous Jon 1.4.12 But when mercies come at Land or Sea it is for the Lords own sake He made all things for himself Prov 16.4 for his own names sake and what good soever he doth to any Nations or Persons is not for your sakes but for his own holy names sake When the Jews were neer destruction he wrought for his names sake Ezek 20.9 So when we were neer to destruction oft times in these Nations the Lord wrought for his own names sake not for our sakes Let us give God the glory of what he hath done for our Nation and for our selves and say Help us O God of our salvation for the glory of thy name and deliver us and purge away our sins for thy names sake Vers 33 34 35. Thus saith the Lord God In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities I will also cause you to dwell in the Cities and the wastes shall be builded And the desolate Land shall be tilled whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by And they shall say this Land that was desolate is become like the Garden of Eden and the waste and desolate and ruined Cities are become fenced and are inhabited IN these Verses the Lord proceeds in Temporal Promises and tells them what he will do for them after he hath cleansed them from their sins 1. Their Cityes and waste places shall be re-edified 2. Their Cityes shall be inhabited 3. Tillage of the Land 4.
Such a choice blessing upon the Land that it should be thought like Eden Vers 33. In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities He spake of cleansing them from all their filthinesse in the 25. vers and of saving them from all their uncleannesses in the 29. Iniquities here imports the same that filthinesses and uncleannesses do there The sense is this In the day that I shall forgive your sins free you frtm the guilt and punishment of them by bringing y u out of Captivity into your own Countrey then will I do such things for you I will also cause you to dwell in the Cityes and the wastes shall be builded The Cityes and Places which by war and length of time were wasted and decayed should be built again repaired and inhabited Vers 34. And the desolate Land shall be tilled Canaan had layen desolate many years and kept many Sabbaths there being none to Till it but now God promises It should be ploughed sown and yield encrease as it is vers 29. Whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by it There being no husbond-man to plough the Land to dress the Vines nor others to repair the waste places all lay desolate and the desolateness thereof was seen by strangers Doubtless many Travellers turned aside to see the desolations of Jerusalem the Temple and Cannan which had been so famous in the world and when they came they saw all overgrown with Thorns Bryars and Nettles Vers 35. This Land that was desolate is become like the Garden of Eden God would so blesse the Land of Canaan and their labours in it that it should be like the Garden of Eden for order plenty pleasure They who wondered before at the desolateness of it should wonder at the great alteration made there they should see order where was confusion plenty where was barrenness and pleasure where was nothing but abhorrencie And the waste desolate and ruined Cityes are become fenced and inhabited Many Cityes had been in the Land of Canaan which Nebuchadnezzars Army and Forces had laid waste made desolate and utterly ruined but after their return from Babylon they were not only built but fortified and fenced with walls First Observe When God pardons the sins of his people then he vouchsafeth them other mercies In the day that I shall have cleansed you from all your iniquities I will also cause you to dwell in the Cityes and the wastes shall be builded and the desolate Land shall be tilled God would bless them with liberty commodious habitations and plenty of all things 2 Chron 7.14 I will forgive their sins and heal their Land Pardon of sin is a fundamentall mercy and hath many other mercies following of it Jer 33.8 9. I will cleanse them from all their iniquity whereby they have sinned against me and I will pardon all their iniquities whereby they have sinned and whereby they have transgressed against me and it shall be to me a name of joy a praise and an honour before all the Nations of the earth which shall hear all the good that I do unto them and they shall fear and tremble for all the goodnesse and for all the prosperity that I procure unto it When God forgives his people their iniquities he will take delight in doing them good count it his honour get himself a name throughout the earth by blessing and prospering them and Jerusalem or the Church which is meant by it so that the enemies shall be afraid of that God and that people Secondly Observe The best of Lands may be laid desolate Canaan was a Land flowed with Milk and Honey the glory of all Lands Ezek 20.6 And here it is called The desolate Land it was deprived of Men and Beasts of Cityes Towns and Houses it was become a Wildernesse for the sins of the people it was brought into that condition Zech 7.11 12. They were stubborn hard-hearted rebellious and therefore God scattered them with a whirle-wind among all the Nations whom they knew not and thus the Land was desolate after them that no man passed thorow nor returned for they laid the pleasant Land desolate vers 14. It was their sins which made that Land of desire a Land of desolation Thirdly Observe Desolate Lands shall not alwayes lye in that condition The desolate Land shall be tilled If Canaan lye desolate seaventy years at the end thereof she shall be tilled as she had her time of lying fallow so should she have her time of ploughing and sowing Behold the dayes come saith the Lord that I will sow the house of Israel and the house of Judah with the seed of man and with the seed of beast and it shall come to passe that like as I have watched over them to pluck up and to break down and to throw down and to destroy and to afflict so will I watch over them to build and to plant saith the Lord Jer. 31.27 28. As God hath his dayes and times to lay waste and to pluck up so to build and plant he compares men and beasts here to seed not only because they do multiply themselves but also because men by the help of beast should till the Land and sow it whereupon it should bring forth abundantly And as God deals with desolate Lands so he doth with desolate hearts he hath his times to till and sow them as vers 15 16 17. Rachel wept and refused to be comforted but what said God to her Refrain thy voice from weeping and thine eyes from tears for thy work shall be rewarded c. God sowed in her heart seeds of hope and comfort Fourthly Observe What a great and wonderfull change God can make in a little time God can make a desolate Land like a Garden and the best of all Gardens viz The Garden of Eden which was of Gods own planting Gen 2.8 The strangers that saw Canaan in its desolateness even they should see the change and wonder at it saying This Land that was desolate is become like the Garden of Eden now there is beauty plenty and pleasure in it God can bring order out of confusion abundance out of barrenness and delight out of desolation When the famine was so sore in Samaria that women did eat their own children what a change did God make in a day To morrow about this time shall a measure of fine Flower be sold for a shekel and two measures of Barley for a shekel in the gates of Samaria and it proved so notwithstanding that the Noble man said viz If the Lord would make windows in Heaven might this thing be yea it was and his eyes saw it 2 Kings 7. The Syrians fled left their provisions which were brought into Samaria and made such plenty there When the Israelites wanted flesh to eat in the Wilderness did not God send Quails two Cubits high upon the face of the earth Numb 11.31 He can make a Desert to blossom and that
only with the Word of God but in the Spirit and Power of God Ezekiel had the hand of God with him So Paul 1 Cor. 2.4 5. His preaching was not with entising words of mans wisdom but in demonstration of the Spirit and of Power False Teachers may come with the Letter but only those are the true Prophets the true Messengers of Christ that come in the Spirit and with the Spirit are carryed out by the Spirit Thirdly Observe God honours his servants sometimes so as to make them of his Counsel and Copartners with him in his works God makes known his mind here to Ezekiel and uses him in the work he was about Samuel was thus honoured God made him of his Privy-councel and told him what he would do to the house of Eli 1 Sam. 3. So he dealt by Abraham not only in the business of Sodom Gen. 18.17 but in that of his Posterity telling him His seed should be a stranger in a land not theirs 430 years and that afterwards they should come out with great substance Gen. 15.13 14. The Prophets and Apostles were Cabinet-men and knew the secrets of the Lord and were Co-workers with God The Apostle Paul is expresly for it 2 Cor. 6.1 they are 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 men that work together with God in the same work This is great honour and such honour as have not all the Saints Fourthly Observe Our God calls and moves his servants by his Spirit to do difficult things he orders them so as to do them safely It was somewhat averse to nature to go among dead bones and dangerous to the Prophet being many and scattered up and down the Valley for had he accidentally touch'd but one of them he had been unclean according to the Law Numb 19. but God caused him to pass by them so as he was preserved from pollution he saw the bones he touched none of them It was a sad and dangerous work God call'd Abraham unto viz. the Sacrificing of his Son but he ordered it so that Abraham came off not only without imputation of sin but with great honour for his obedience Verse 3. And he said unto me Son of man Can these bones live And I answered O Lord God thou knowest This verse is a Dialogue between God and the Prophet as Polanus calls it 1. God propounds a question 2. The Prophet answers it The question is this Son of man Can these bones live Ezekiel thou hast had a full view of them thou seest how dry they are in what condition they lie tell me thy thoughts what thy judgement is of them I am desirous to know thy mind Hast thou any art skill or power to quicken them or knowest thou any creature that hath To this Question the Prophet answers in the next words And I answered O Lord God thou knowest The Prophets answer is suitable unto the Lords question which was concerning the present life of these bones not future life at the General Resurrection which he doubted not of therefore he confesseth his ignorance I do not know O Lord what thy pleasure is Thou art able to put life into these dry bones in a moment though neither my self nor any other creature can do it our power is finite thine is infinite and thou canst do whatever thou pleasest but thy pleasure is held from me and others therefore O Lord God thou knowest First Observe Divine Interrogations argue not Ignorance in God but are instructory to the interrogated God knew what these bones could do before he propounded the question to Ezekiel It was therefore propounded for his Instruction to acquaint him with the power of God and his own weakness that so knowing the one and being sensible of the other he might be the fitter Instrument in the hand of God to work by Christs question to Peter Joh. 21.15 was of this nature Simon lovest thou me more then these It was not so much to prove him as to instruct and mind him of his former failing and to fit him for action viz. the feeding his Lambs and Sheep Secondly Observe God can easily non-plus or silence wise and holy men with a short question Here he puts Ezekiel to it Can these bones live The Prophet could not tell he was non-plus'd When God propounded some questions to Job was he able to answer him Job 38.3 4 c. He professes he was not able to do it but must be silent Chap. 40.4 Did not Châ—ist by a question put the chief Priests Scribes and Elders to silence He asked them Whether the Baptism of John was from heaven or of men This little question so perplex'd them all that they profess'd they could not tell Mark 11.30.33 Thirdly Observe It 's wisdom and duty in the Servants of God to resolve all they cannot reach or know not how to be effected into the knowledge and good pleasure of the Lord O Lord God thou knowest He resolves the question into Gods bosom He had Knowledge Power and Will to do what ever seem'd good to himself There be many things in the Word menâ—ion'd which man can say nothing unto but Lord thou knowest As where the Sepulchre of Moses was Deut. 34.6 The spreadings of the Clouds how they are Job 36.29 The wind whence it comes or whither it goes Joh. 3.8 Whether the seed sown in the evening or the morning shall prosper best or be both alike Eccles 11 6. What is the true interpretation of the number of the Beast 666 Rev. 13.18 Or of the two witnesses and the time of their prophesying in Sackcloth 1260. days when it began and when it ended or shall Rev. 11.3 These and other things be said Lord thou knewest Vers 4. Again he said unto me Prophesie upon these bones and say unto them O ye dry bones hear the word of the Lord. 5. Thus saith the Lord God unto these bones Behold I will cause breath to enter into you and ye shall live 6. And I will lay sinews upon you and will bring up flesh upon you and cover you with skin and put breath in you and ye shall live and ye shall know that I am the Lord. 7. So I prophesied as I was commanded and as I prophesied there was a great noise and behold a shaking and the bones came together bone to his bone 8. And when I he held lo the sinews and the flesh came up upon them and the skin covered them above but there was no breath in them 9. Then said he unto me Prophesie unto the winde Prophesie son of man and say to the winde Thus saith the Lord God Come from the four winds O breath and breath upon these slain that they may live 10. So I prophesied as he commanded me and the breath came into them and they lived and stood up upon their feet an exceeding great Army The Quickning of the dry bones is the great thing considerable in these verses and it 's set out From the Causes 1. The Efficient 1.
Phil. 3.5 Anna the daughter of Phanuel of the Tribe of Aser Luke 2.36 and Paul speaks of the twelve Tribes as present in his dayes at Jerusalem Act. 26.7 Others think not all this which is said sufficient to prove the union of the two Sticks and so of the two houses of Judah and Ephraim for of all that returned there were but 42390. besides servants and maids whose number a mounted to 7333. as it is Ezra 2.64 65. whereof both Hebrews other Authors observe there were 10000. out of the other ten Tribes which is an inconsiderable number for so many Tribes when as there was 32000. out of two or three Tribes Besides it is not clear that those 10000. were out of the other Tribes for neither Ezra nor Nehemiah do specifie so much in the Catalogues they make of those returned Doubtless had such a number returned out of any or each of the Tribes as had been considerable they would have taken notice thereof and mention'd the Tribe or Tribes and spoken of the uniting of them For it 's said here the sticks shall be in thine hand before their eyes The union would have been visible and observable by them all had it then been Some few of the Tribes it 's possible did return and of them Paul speaks Act. 26.7 The bulk and body of them staid behind being increased in 200. years to an innumerable company and the Jews say They are shut up in the Caspian Mountains from whence they shall come forth in due time Manasseh Ben Israel with Montezinus say The ten Tribes were the first Inhabitants of America and that they lie hid behind the Mountains of Cordillere It 's the opinion if not the faith of many that the two Sticks representing the two houses of Judah and Israel are yet to be united and made one and the great reason for it is because they have not had one King one Shepherd viz. David by whom is meant the Messiah to reign over them This is that Hosea points at Chap. 1.11 where he saith The children of Judah and the children of Israel shall be gathered together and appoint themselves one head and they shall come up out of the Land The Head spoken of by Hosea is not Zerubbabel but the same that our Prophet speaks of viz. David by whom is meant the Messiah of which mind is Manasseh Ben Israel who saith In his Epist to the Hope of Israel Sect. 25 The ten Tribes never returned to the second Temple that they there keep the Law of Moses and the Sacred Rites and at last shall return into their Land with the two Tribes Judah and Benjamin and shall be governed by one Prince who is Messiah the son of David If it be said This was made good when Christ was born and lived at Jerusalem This will not suffice for He came to his own and they received him not Joh. 1.11 The people of Israel were against Christ Act. 4.27 They would not have Him to reign over them Luk. 19.14 They own'd no King but Caesar and cryed Crucifie him Joh. 19. And for their crucifying of him they were scattered and the wrath of God came upon them to the utmost 1 Thess 2.16 Had the two houses been united they would themselves have appointed and chosen Christ to have been their Head continued still undivided and unscattered submitting to his Government and observing his Laws as it is ver 24. of this Chapter For when Christ takes his Government upon him He must rule for ever Luke 1.33 There is a place in Zechariah very observable It is in Chap. 10. ver 6 7 8 9. I will strengthen the house of Judah They of this house were come already to Judaea and Zechariah with them they were upon building the second Temple now see what follows and I will save the house of Joseph and I will bring them again to place them for I have mercy upon them and they shall be as though I had not cast them off for I am the Lord their God and will hear them And they of Ephraim shall be like a mighty man and their heart shall rejoyce as through wine yea their children shall see it and be glad their heart shall rejoyce in the Lord. I will hiss for them and gather them for I have redeemed them and they shall increase as they have increased And I will sow them among the people and they shall remember me in far countreys and they shall live with their children and turn again Here you may clearly see two things 1. That the house of Joseph and Ephraim did not return with the house of Judah 2. That God hath promised to gather and bring them out of those places where they are scattered which must be accomplished in its time It 's no Haeresie to say Christ meant the ten Tribes when he said John 10.16 Other sheep I have which are not of this fold them also I must bring and they shall hear my voice and there shall be one fold and one shepherd Christ here alludes to this 37. of Ezekiel ver 22 24. First Observe The conversion of the Jews we may warrantably expect and pray for God hath promised to gather the children of Israel and to bring them to David their King that is Christ I will gather them out of every side I will take the children of Israel from among the Heathen whither they be gone and one King shall rule over them Seeing God hath promised to do it we may believe and pray for the same This Conversion of the Jews will be not of some few particulars but National though not of every one belonging to the Nation Hos 3.5 The children of Israel shall return and seek the Lord their God and David their King and shall fear the Lord and his goodness in the latter dayes There will be a very general glorious and visible Return of them they will prove eminent Christians frearing the Lord and his goodness Paul hints unto you that there is a time when the vail shall be taken off the heart of the Jews and they turn unto the Lord 2 Cor. 3.15 16. And John in his Revelation tells you of 144000 which were sealed out of all the Tribes of the children of Israel Chap. 7.4 These were of the Jewish race who were godly and converted for ver 9. it is said A great multitude which no man could number of all nations people kindreds and tongues stood before the Throne and before the Lamb clothed with white robes and palms in their hands These were of the Gentiles as the other of the Jews If any one doubt this point let him read and ponder throughly what is Rom. 11. from the beginning of the 11. v to the 32. Secondly Observe When the Jews are converted they shall repossess the land of Canaan God will gather them on every side and bring them into their own Land Hos 1.10 It shall come to passe that in the place where it
was said unto them Ye are not my people there it shall be said unto them Ye are the sons of the living God This is spoken of the Land of Canaan There he did disown them and there he would own them again Testimony to this truth gives Jeremy Chap. 50.4 5. In those dayes and in that time saith the Lord the children of Israel shall come they and all the children of Judah together going and wâ—eping they shall go and seek the Lord their God They shall ask the way to Zion with their faces thitherward saying Come and let us joyn our selves to the Lord in a perpetual Covenant That in Isa 2.2 3. speaks to the same purpose and most clearly that Isa 11.11 And it shall come to passe in that day that the Lord shall set his hand again the second time to recover the remnant of his people which shall be left from Assiria and from Egypt and from Pathros and from Chush and from Elam and from Shinar and from Hamath and from the Ilands of the Sea And in the 12. And he shall set up an Ensign for the nations and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel and gather together the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth Here is mention of a second gathering of them from Assyria which hath not yet been fulfilled but shall when the Lamb stand upon Mount Sion with his 144000 sealed out of all the Tribes Rev. 14.1 Chap. 7.4 Consider Isa 65.17 18 19 21 22. Thirdly Observe The Lord knows how to and can reconcile divided Nations I will make them one Nation in the land upon the mountains of Israel The Jews were divided into two Nations or Kingdoms There was the Kingdom of Israel and the Kingdom of Judah and they were at great enmity such enmity that they would have no commerce one with another Joh. 4.9 The ten Tribes went under the name of Samaritans the other were call'd Jews They were of divers Religions ver 22. They had their Calves at Dan and Bethel the true worship was at Jerusalem The enmity grew so great between them that they were at open Wars and sought the destruction of one another Those of Israel and Samaria slew in Judah 120000 valiant men in one day and carryed away captive of their brethren 200000 women sons and daughters and those they slew was in a rage reached up to heaven 2 Chron. 28.6 8 9. Now notwithstanding all the rage fury enmity bitterness was in them one against another God knows how to reconcile them and make them one Nation one People so that Ephraim shall not envy Judah and Judah shall not vex Ephraim Isa 11.13 but they shall agree and cordially love one another The Jews and Gentiles were at a greater distance than the Jews amongst themselves yet God knew how to reconcile them and did it Eph. 2.12 13 14 15 16. Vers 23. Neither shall they defile themselves any more with their idols nor with their detestable things nor with any of their transgressions but I will save them out of all their dwelling places wherein they have sinned and will cleanse them so shall theybe my people and I will be their God IN this verse there lyeth before us 1. The renouncing of their Idolatrous wayes and other evils 2. Deliverance of them from the places they were captive in 3. Spiritual cleansing or Sanctification of them 4. Renewal of the Covenant between them and God Neither shall they defile themselves any more with their Idols The Jews were much addicted to Idolatry no sooner were they out of Egypt but they parted with their earings to make a Calf Exod. 32.34 When they were in the Wilderness they joyned themselves to Baal-Peor Numb 25.3 In time of the Judges when in the Land of Canaac they served other Gods Judg. 10.13 And after the rent of Jeroboam the ten Tribes did worship the Calves at Dan and Bethel 1 King 12.29 30. Judah also trod in the same steps committing Adultery with stones and with stocks Jer. 3.8 9. But when they should be united into one Nation and Kingdom again Israel should cease from her Calves and Judah from her Idols they should no more go a whoring after them whereby they defiled themselves and the Land Nor with their detestable things nor with any of their transgressions Sanctius thinks these three words Idols Detestable things Transgressions to signifie one and the same thing to set forth the sinfulness of Idols and false Religions they are detestable and cause the greatest Breaches between God and Men. The word for Transgression is Pesha which notes Apostacy Rebellion a proud and malicious violating of a Command We may by Transgressions here understand not only their Idolatries but their other capital and crying sins When God pleases to call and convert the Jews and from them into one Nation then they shall loath themselves and their former doings But I will save them out of all their dwelling places wherein they have sinned They were scattered up and down into divers Countries and into several parts in those Countries where they setled themselves and sâ—nn'd by conforming to the Heathen amongst whom they dwelt Ezek. 20.32 Jer. 44.8 But in what Countries soever they were the Lord would have an eye to them and deliver them And will cleanse them The word in Hebrew for cleansing is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Taher which is contrary to Tamee signifying to defile pollute and because a thing defiled hath lost its beauty some make Taher to import Munditiem nitentem shining or beautiful cleansing for when the filth of things is taken away there is a splendor and beauty God saith here He will cleanse them that is from their Idolatry and other sins by the bloud of Christ and by his holy Spirit So shall they be my people and I will be their God Now they lie in a desolate condition and are looked at as cast off of God yea themselves conclude they are cut off from me ver 11. But when they are gathered out of the Countries where they are dispersed and cleansed from their iniquities then will I manifest to all the World That they are my people and that I am their God they themselves shall see and know it They shall acknowledge me to be their God and I will acknowledge them to be my people The Covenant between us shall be renewed and manifested First Observe from the two verses before this and the next That when God begins to shew mercy to his people afflicted He multiplies mercies upon them He would take them from among the Heathen bring them into their own Land make them one Nation set one King over them continue them in the same condition take their hearts off from Iâ—â—s cleanse them from their defilements take them into Covenant with himself give them David to be their King and keep them in doing of his will Here is a series of many and great mercies The like you had Chap. 36.24 25
Christ descended from their loins as well and really as from David's but it 's said David my servant shall be their King And the reason is because David was King over Israel and Judah which they were not and the first godly King they had My servant David did serve the Lord and fulfilled all his will Act. 13.22 and so Christ was his servant Isa 52.13 Behold my servant shall deal prudently and he did so for He fulfilled all righteousness Mat. 3.15 and Did the will of him that sent him Joh. 4 34 Being in the form â—f a servant Phil. 2.7 And shall be King over them The Jews had many Kings some were very good as David Solomon Jehâ—shaphat Hezekiah Josiah c. but none of them like unto this King the Lord Christ The Scepter of his Kingdom is a Scepter of Righteousness Heb. 1.8 Other Kings had crooked Scepters and much Oppression was in their Government but Christ's Scepter is a righteous Scepter and none shall be oppressed thereby Righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins and Faithfulness the girdle of his reins Isa 11.5 He will break in pieces the Oppressour Psal 72.4 The Lord tells you in Jeremiah what a King this King should be Chap. 23.5 I will raise unto David a righteous Branch and a King shall reign and prosper and shall execute justice and judgement in the earth So Psal 45.4 In thy majesty ride prosperously because of truth and meekness and righteousness Most Kings of the earth because they were false rigid unrighteous did not prosper but Christ because of truth should be trusted because of meekness should be loved because of righteousness should be honoured and so should prosper And they shall have one Shepheard Of these words hath been spoken Chap 34 23. Tantae erit clementiae dicit Hyeronimus ut non solum Rex sed Pastor appelletur eò quòd superbum nomen Imperii vocabulo pastoris mitiget King and Shepheard are here equivalent They should not have many Shepheards as formerly who destroyed them Jerem. 12.10 but one Shepheard that is one better than them all One transcendent and incomparable a Shepheard after Gods own heart who should feed them with knowledge and understanding Jer. 3.15 who should gather the lambs with his arme and carry them in his bosome and gently lead those whâ—ch are with young Isa 40.11 They shall also walk in my judgements and observe my statutes and do them In Chap. 36.27 you had these words only here judgements are mentioned before statutes and there statutes are set before judgements The meaning is they shall no more live after the courses of men or imaginations of their own hearts but they should consult with the Word of God and frame their lives according to it they shall trust no longer in their Legal performances but look at David their King and call him the Lord our righteousness Some look upon this Promise of David to be King over the Jews as accomplâ—shed in the reign of Christ the Messiah when here on earth for He gave out his commands then and required obedience unto them Mat. 28.18 19 20. All power is given unto me in heaven and in earth Go ye therefore and teach all Nations teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded you Christ manifests himself here to be King of the Jews and of all Nations Others are of a different judgement and do believe that this great Promise made here to the two houses of Judah and Israel remains yet to be performed 1. Because the two Houses are not yet united into one as hath formerly been shewed which may further appear from that in Hosea Chap. 3. ver 4 5. The children of Israel shall abide many dayes without a King and without a Prince and without a Sacrifice and without an Image and without an Ephod and without Teraphim Afterward shall the children of Israel return and seek the Lord their God and David their King and shall fear the Lord and his Goodness in the latter dayes This Prophesie refers to the latter dayes which are the dayes after Christ not before Christ and if the two houses were united before Christs coming in the flesh and so He King over them as the Promise is here How did the Scepter depart from Judah and a Lawgiver from between his feet In Gen. 49.10 the Promise is it should not be so till Shiloh that is the Messiah should come and then it should but if the Messiah were King in Israel King over both houses united into one the Scepter did not depart but was advanced This knot must be untyed before we can be of their mind who say This Prophesie and Promise was at Christs first coming fulfilled 2. Because the Jews do not own Christ neither one house nor the other do it neither Judah nor Israel acknowledged Christ to be the Messiah The Jews said He had a Devil Joh. 8.52 They sought to kill him Joh. 7.1 They took counsel together to put him to death Joh. 11.53 When Pilate said Behold your King they cryed Away with him Crucifie him John 19.14 15. They persecuted all them who did adhere unto him 1 Thess 2.15 16. 3. The Jews have been and are still under many Kings and Shepheards some are under Heathenish some under Christian Kings but when this Scripture is fulfilled they shall be under none but Christ One King shall be King to them all ver 22. David my servant shall be King over them and they shall have on Shepheard 4. They shall then walk in the wayes of Christ not in the wayes of Moses The Jews every where to this day stick unto Moses and reject the Gospel as in the Apostles dayes Act. 13.45 Act. 18.5 6. But when this promise is fulfilled then they shall walk in my judgments observe my statutes and do them saith the Lord that is those laws and rules which God should give out by Christ for their Government and so the name and worship of God and Christ should be one Zech. 14.9 that is between Jews and Gentiles For the Scripture and Argument us'd out of it Matth. 28.18 19 20. 1. Take another Scripture shewing Christ came not to be a King and reign at his first coming it is Mat. 20.28 The son of man came not to be ministred unto but to minister He came not to sit in a Throne to take upon him the state of a Prince to exercise Dominion and Authority to be attended with a life-guard and Ministers of state He came not to assume any thing King-like but He came in the form of a servant Phil. 2.7 to minister unto and serve others yea to do the meanest office belonging to a servant as the washing of his Disciples feet John 13.12 2. The place in Matthew speaks of that Power was given unto Christ after his Death and Resurrection and so was the fruit and purchase of the same He speaks not of that Power which he had as God nor
also shall be with them My dwelling shall be with them Mishcan signifies Habitaculum a Dwelling place God assures them here that though the Temple should be destroyed yet when Judah and Israel should be united they should have a Temple and Tabernacle not subject to destruction These words receive light from John Rev. 21.1 2 3. that when he saw the new heaven and the new earth and new Jerusalem coming down from God then he heard a voice saying Behold the Tabernacle of God is with men and he will dwell with them What John had in Vision lies yet under expectation for fulfilling Yea I will be their God and they shall be my people The Hebrew is I will be to them for a God and they shall be to me for a People Now I am as no God unto them and they are as no People unto me I have no true worship from them they have no special favour from me But I will be to them for a God eminently and they shall be to me for a People eminently They shall own me for their God in a singular manner and so will I own them for my people From these two verses I shall only give you this Observation That there be great and pretious Promises which concern the Jews yet unperformed The everlasting Covenant of Peace Christs being their King and Temple with many other the Jews expect the fulfilling of and so may we for God is faithful and will make good his word and the performance of them may be nearer at hand than is apprehended by most for Mr. Wall in his Considerations of the Jews conversion one saith understandingly God hath in our dayes arrested the Turks greatness abated the formidableness of the German-Austrian Beast revealed in a good measure the hypocrisie and lies of the false Prophet who hath his seat at Rome and hath brought to light the subtleties of Satan who had shifted himself into several dresses of pretended Reformation He is risen up like a mighty Giant against his enemies amongst us and elsewhere he hath pleaded his peoples cause so signally that all those but whose judgement it is to be wilfully blind will say The Lord is on our side c. Vers 28. And the Heathen shall know that I the Lord do do sanctifie Israel when my Sanctuary shall be in the middest of them for evermore THe end of Gods dealing so with the Jews is here laid down viz. Conviction of the Heathen I the Lord do sanctifie Israel God is said to sanctifie 1. When he separates things from a common to an holy use as time Joel 1.14 and the vessels of the Temple it 's self 2. When he makes persons really holy as Levit. 21.23 I the Lord do sanctifie them that is I do make them holy Both these wayes of Sanctifying may be the sense of this place God would separate them from the Heathens take them to be his people give them the means and make them effectual to their Sanctification When my Sanctuary shall be in the middest of them for evermore The Hebrew is When my Sanctification The Septuagint When my holy things shall be in the middest of them When Christ shall be their King set up His wayes and worship amongst them then they shall be sanctified So Oecolampadius Vbi christus cum suis verbum ejus ibi sanctificabuntur omnes qui Christi sunt When Christ is with his and gives them his word there all are sanctifyed which belong unto him Observe When the two Houses are united and have Christ amongst them with his Word and Worship they shall be holy and so holy that Heathens shall be convinced that God is their Sanctifier that he doth Sanctifie Israel Zech. 14.20 21. Joel 3.17 Rev. 21.27 CHAP. XXXVIII Vers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7. 1. And the Word of the Lord came unto me saying 2. Son of man set thy face against Cog the land of Magog the chief Prince of Meshech and Tubal and prophesie against him 3. And say Thus saith the Lord God Behold I am against thee O Gog the chief Prince of Meshech and Tubal 4. And I will turn thee back and put hooks into thy chawes and I will bring thee forth and all thine army horses and horsemen all of them clothed with all sorts of armour even a great company with bucklers and shields all of them handling swords 5. Persia Ethiopia and Lybia with them all of them with shield and helmet 6. Gomer and all his bands the house of Togarmah of the North quarters and all his bands and many people with thee 7. Be thou prepared and prepare for thy self thou and all thy company that are assembled unto thee and be thou a guard unto them THis Chapter and the next do treat of Gog and Magog who were Nations against the people of God This 38. Ch. is a Prophesie against Gog wherein is set forth 1. What and by whom the people of God were to suffer to the 18. verse 2. Gods dealings with Gog and the event thereof to the end of the Chapter Lest the Jews should presently have looked for the fulfilling of those great Promises in the former Chapter concerning the uniting the two Houses and Messiah to be their King and the great priviledges they should have thereby he tells them here of great Calamities which they must look for of sad times and heavy judgements which should befal their enemies This in general now to things more particular Vers 2. Son of man set thy face against Gog. There be great variety of Opinions concerning Gog and Magog The Jews affirm them to be the Scythians which live near Caucasus and the Caspian Mountains Some understand by them the Roman Emperors and Empire Some the Pope Some the Turks and Saracens Some the Gothes Some Hereticks Some all the Persecutors of the Church Others Antichrist Some Interpreters understand the affliction of the Jewish Nation by the Successors of Alexander which possessed Asia minor and Syria Junius hath laboured to give light here and tells us That Gog is the name of a Nation derived from Gyges or Gog the servant of Candaules King of Lydia whom he kill'd and marryed his Queen naming the Land Gygaea or Gogs Land which saith he is Asia the less and Syria where was a City call'd Gogs-City These Nations should infest the Jews which were held by Antiochus Seleucus Demetrius and Nicanor Bibliander and Bullinger interpret this Prophesie literally of Alexander and his Successors especially of Antiochus Epiphanes King of Syria who as you find in the Macchabees did greatly afflict the Jews and specially of Antichrist and his members A-lapide denies this Prophesie to concern Alexander the Kings of Syria and Egypt because the Jews never conquered them though they had some notable Victories over them and had they had such a destruction as is spoken of in the end of this Chapter Josephus who was an exact observer of Jewish affairs would have mentioned it Neither did
Antichrist Some make David to be the Prophet prophesying of Gog Ps 9.5 Thou hast destroyed the wicked one that is thou shalt destroy Gog that or the wicked one call'd by some Antichrist whom Gog was a type of To this accords that in Isa 11.4 With the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked Gog in the Type and Antichrist in the Antitype 2 Thess 2.8 Beside this place in Isa some fix upon Isa 17.12 13 14. and make that a Prophesie of Gog. Some took Ps 68.14 When the Almighty Scattered Kings i. e. Gog and Magog Rivet in Lat. in locum Jerem. 1 14. Out of the North an evil shall break forth upon all the Inhabitants of the Land It 's granted Gog was to come out of the North quarters v. 15. of this 38 of Ezek. and so was Nebuchadnezzar Jer. 10.22 He speaks rather of Nebuchadnezzar than of Gog Moreover his Prophesie was but a little before Ezekiels dayes and much of it in his dayes whereas here it 's said Of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the Prophets of Israel Others therefore referr it to the Prophesie of Enoch mentioned Jude 14. who spake of the Lords coming with 10000 of his Saints but nothing of Gog is there specified That in Joel 3 is more satisfying as to the business in hand Viz. v. 2.9.11.14 I will gather all Nations and will bring them down into the Valley of Jehoshaphat and will plead with them there for my people and for my heritage Israel whom they have scattered among the Nations and spoyled my Land c. This we may conceive was prophesied of Gog. 1. Because the Jewes were to come out of Captivity into their own Land before this was done It 's probable that therefore Gog and the Nations conspir'd together to invade and destroy them because they were setled safely in their Land v. 1. 2. Because Gog was to fall upon the Mountains of Israel to perish in the Land of Judaea Ezek 39.4 Thou shalt fall upon the Mountains of Israel thou and all thy bands and the people that is with thee To which agrees that of Joel 3.12 13. Let the Heathen be wakened and come up to the valley of Jehoshaphat for there will I sit to judge the Heathen round about put ye in the sickle for the harvest is ripe c. 3. Because of the like effects Ezekiel saith when Gog and his Army shall be destroyed there shall be a great shaking in the Land of Israel v. 19. So Joel 3.15 16. at the destruction of the Nations and their Princes the Sun and the Moon shall be darkned and the Stars shall withdraw their shining The Lord also shall roar out of Sion and utter his voice from Jerusalem and the heaven and the earth shall shake but the Lord will be the hope of his people and the strength of the Children of Israel If it be said Joel is but one Prophet and the Text speaks of Prophets and so of them as if it were a common thing amongst them to prophesie of or against Gog. To this may be answered that most of the Prophets might speak of Gog though they writ not of him for all which the Prophets prophesied did neither themselves nor others alwayes pen and here it 's said by whom I have spoken not by whom I have written Moses spake what was not written Hebr. 11.24 25 26 27. So Enoch Jude v. 14 15. as Christ himself did Joh. 21.25 By my servants in Hebrew is In or by the hand of my servants and for in those dayes many years it 's in the dayes of those years they did prophesie of Gog that God would bring him upon the Jewes First Observe The Lord doth infallibly kâ—ow things to come He revealed to the Pâ—ophets of old this Gog here spoken of hundreds of years before he was neither was God deceived for in the time appointed he came He whose understanding is infinite Psal 147.5 must needs know all things past present and to come should any thing be unknown to God his understanding should not be infinite Mans knowledge is borrowed from Creatures to which he gives neither beeing nor operation but God's knowledge is from himself He knows all that is possible in his Power and all that is future in his Will Creatures can neither bee nor operate without Him He hath such clear vision of all things that his knowledge must needs be certain Should he be deceived in any particular there should be darkness in him but He is light and in him there is no darkness at all 1 Joh. 1.5 Secondly Observe The Prophets delivered many things which were not recorded The Prophets of Israel spake of Gog and yet we cannot find any direct satisfying place in holy Writ concerning him In Mat. 27.9 you have words cited for Jeremie's which you cannot find in all his Prophesies the words are these Then was fulfilled that which was spoken by Jeremy the Prophet saying And they took the 30 pieces of silver the price of him that was valued whom they of the children of Israel did value Matthew saith not that which was written but that which was spoken Jeremy had delivered these words and many other doubtless which are no where to be found And if any ask How came Matthew by them He had them by Tradition say some others by Revelation which is safest to say Solomon he spake of Trees from the Cedar-tree that is in Lebanon even unto the Hysop that springeth out of the wall He spake also of Beasts and of Fowls and of Creeping things and of Fishes 1 King 4.33 but what he said of these is not to be found or known Had not Paul helped us to that blessed truth of Christ It is more blessed to give than to receive Act. 20.35 we had never met with it Thirdly Observe Those God sends to make known his mind to men he owns honours and protects My servants the Prophets of Israel Those had spoken against Gog and made known his mind teaching him God owns for his servants honours them with this Title Prophets of Israel and being his he hath a special care of them Psal 105.15 Do my Prophets no harm If the servants and Embassadors of Earthly Princes be honourable and have protection from them much more are the servants and Embassadors of the King of Glory honorable and under Divine Protection If David would not put up the wrong done to his servants he sent to Hanun 2 Sam. 10. Neither will God let the wrongs done to his servants the Prophets of Israel go unpunished 2 Chron. 36.16 Fourthly Observe It s not an accidental or casual thing that enemies do come against the Church The Lord brought Gog against this People and the Prophets had prophesied many years that God would do so They made it known to the world what God had decreed to do Gog could not have stir'd or mov'd one foot towards the Land of Israel unless God had appointed
Enemies they should sheath their Swords in one anothers bowels God would order it so that one should destâ—oy another as the Philistines did 1 Sam. 14 16. Behold the multitude melted away and they went on beating down one another and Vers 20. Every mans sword was against his fellow They being full of discontent and perplexity thought it more honourable to dye then to fall into the hands of Enemies Vers 22. And I will plead against him with Pestilence and with Bloud He shews here what judgements God would bring upon Gog and his Armies judgements from beneath and judgements from above The first sort here are Pestilence and Bloud by the sword and slaughter The Hebrew is I will be judg'd with him by Pestilence and Bloud they shall declare that I am a strong and just God And I will rain upon him and upon his Bands c. an over-flowing Rain and great Hailstones Fire and Brimstone The second sort of judgements are Rain Hailstones Fire and Brimstone These words over-flowing showers and great Hailstones we had Chap. 13.11 13. In the 10. of Joshuah we read how God did cast down great Stones from Heaven upon the Amorites and slew more with Hailâ—tones then the Israelites slew with the Sword vers 10. To this place it 's conceiv'd our Prophet alludes foretelling that the Lord would deal with the Goggites as he did with the Amorites slâ—y them with extraordinary great Hâ—â—lstones from Heaven and not only so but with Fire and Brimstone which is poena damnatorum the punishment of the damn'd in Hell and was the punishment of Sodom and Gomorrha Some by these expressions understand manifold and grievous calamities which befell Gog and his and will not have them to be understood litterally that so the verification of them may fall upon Antiochus and his Forces who suffered very sad things for he was smitten by God with an incurable and invisible plague and torment in his bowels he fell from his Chariot and was bruised with his fall worms came out of his body in abundance his rottenness and stink was such as none could bear the same and while he was alive his flesh fell off for pain 2 Macc. 9. Let it be granted that these words are not to be taken literally but metaphorically for heavy judgements befalling Gog and his it will not follow thereupon that Antiochus was the man though he suffered such grievous things for it 's said of Gog that he should fall upon the Mountains of Israel he and all his Bands that he and his slain should have graves in Israel Ezek. 39.4 11. But as for Antiochus he dyed in his bed and that either in Babylon as 1 Macc. 6. or at Ecbatane in India as it 's 2 Macc. 9. Neither was there any such vast destruction of Antiochus Forces which came into Judaea under Lysias as these words hold out and is more clearly expressed in Ch. 39.12 Seven moneths shall the house of Israel be burying of them There must be a wonderful great slaughter which required so much time for their burial I conceive therefore that these words may be taken in the literal sense and are yet to be fulfill'd and that induceth so to judge is what you have Rev. 20.8 9. where it is said Satan shall gather Gog and Magog together to battail the number of whom is as the sand of the Sea and they went up on the breadth of the Earth and compassed the Camp of the Saints about and the beloved City and fire came down from Heaven and devoured them John saw this in Vision and spake of it as to come and puts it after the Saints rising and reigning a thousand years with Christ That time being expired some grand Enemies shall arise against the Jews and people of God whom he will destroy not only in an ordinary way but miraculously also by fire from Heaven First Observe When wicked men are plotting and attempting the ruine of the Church Gods wrath is kindled against them When Gog comes up against the land of Israel Gods fury comes up in his face Gog manifests himself to be an Enemy to Sion and God manifests himself to be an Enemy to Gog. Wicked men plot act proceed far oft-times and afflict the servants of God greatly but when they think to carry all God appears and that in fury In Nah. 1.2 it is said He reserveth wrath for his Enemies and when they declare their enmity against him and his he discovers his wrath against them Zerah had been long plotting against the Jews at last he comes against them with a thousand thousand and three hundred Chariots and thought to devour Asa his Army and Land in a day and whilest he had such apprehensions the Lord smote him before Asa and Judah 2 Chron. 14.8.12 Secondly Observe When mischief is intended against Gods people his love and indignation are manifested then his love to his people his indignation towards their Enemies In my jealousie and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken When Gogs Armies were to harm the Jews then was he jealous In jealousie there is ardent love and vehement indignation the one is towards his people the other towards them that wrong his people Zechar. 8. I was jealous for Zion with great jealousie and I was jealous for her with great fury He had strong love to Zion and great fury against the Enemies of Zion as a man hath ardent love to his wife and indignation against any should offer her violence God is jealous over his Church and therefore will never suffer it to be made a prey of by the wicked Gods love and indignation at such a time are so ardent that he swears he will be avenged on them that would wrong his Surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the Land of Israel Gog and all his Forces shall fall Thirdly Observe The judgements of God are dreadful they affect all Creatures the Fishes of the Sea the Fowls of Heaven the Beasts of the Field all that creeps upon the Earth all men upon the face of the Earth shall shake Mountains Rocks Walls shall fall This judgement upon Gog shall be such as to astonish and trouble all sensible and insensible creatures so much of God shall be seen in it When the Lord destroyed Tyrus it was a dreadful judgement the Isles did shake at the sound of her fall the Princes of the Sea did tremble and were astonished Ezek. 26. But at the destruction of Gog Heaven Earth Sea all men other creatures shall shake There will be more of God seen in that judgement then in most before his presence power and severity will appear eminently in that Judgement it will speak aloud and fill the world with astonishment Fourthly Observe God can easily raise Forces against his and the Churches Enemies he can do it without any trouble I will call for a Sword against him throughout all my Mountains The Mountains of Israel were the Lords and all
When God shews mercy to his Church and destroyes the Enemies of it then he provides for his own honour sanctifies his Name and makes himself to be known distinct from all other gods When the Jews Church shall be at peace Gog and Magog be destroyed then God will be glorious all speak honourable of him and acknowledge him to be the holy One of Israel When God led the Israelites through the Red-Sea and took off the wheels of the Egyptian Chariots the Egyptians said Let us flee from the face of Israel for the Lord fighteth for them against the Egyptians Here they acknowledged Gods power and that he was a God distinguished from all their Idol-gods a God fulfilling his promises and threats a God able to save and destroy even the Holy one of Israel Vers 8. Behold it is come and it is done saith the Lord God this is the day whereof I have spoken HEre the certainty of Gog's overthrow and the rest with the time thereof is pointed out It is come it is done i e. This Prophesie is so certain as if it were come and done already It 's usual among the Hebrews to put preter-tenses for future and to speak of things as past which are certainly to come This is the day whereof I have spoken God had spoken of Gog and Magog by his Prophets formerly as was shew'd from the 17. verse of the 38. Chapter that they should come against Israel and utterly be destroyed in that attempt which the Lord speaking of here as done saith This is the day not designing the prefixed day when it should be It shall be but when that is hid First Observe There is a certain time determin'd for the destruction of the Churches Enemies which God looks upon as present and done Behold it is come it is done that is the day of Gog and Magog's ruine God fore-sees things to come as if they were present not by a presence of Existency from Eternity but in his Decree on that his fore-knowledge and the certainty of things is founded we should therefore firmly believe the same and not give way to dubious opinions thereabout Secondly Observe The particular time is hidden from mâ—n and known only unto God Mâ—n cannot say This is the day but the Lord can He knew the very moment when Gog and his should be destroyed and the Church set at liberty The thing and time indefinitely were revealed to the Prophet but not the particular punctual time The Lord kept that in his own breast his Infinite Wisdom saw it not meet to particularize the time the Prophets had spoken of a day that would be for Gog's invading the Land of Israel and of his falling upon the Mountains thereof but the exact time they knew not John unto whom the Lord Christ revealed much tells you that after 1000. years reign of the Saints with Christ it shall be Rev. 20.7 8 9. Vers 9 10. 9. And they that dwell in the Cities of Israel shall go forth and shall set on fire and burn the Weapons both the Shields and the Bucklers the Bows and the Arrows and the Hand-staves and the Spears and they shall burn them with fire seven years 10. So that they shall take no Wood out of the Field neither cut down any out of the Forrests for they shall burn the Weapons with Fire and they shall spoil those that spoiled them and rob those that robbed them saith the Lord God THe great victory over Gog and Magog begins in these verses which is set out by the burning of the Weapons and spoyling them of their Goods Who gate the victory is not mentioned it 's only said the Jews shall go out of their Cities and gâ—ther up the weapons and burn them c. It 's conceiv'd the Lord will deal with Gog and his Forces in some extraordinary way Vers 3. it 's said I will smite the Bow out of thy hand And Rev. 20.9 Fire came down from God out of Heaven and devoured them but notwithstanding Gods extraordinary dealing with them the Jews were used of the Lord in this victory for Chap. 38.21 I will call for a Sword against him throughout all my Mountains saith the Lord God so that all Israel shall be in the field against him and be the Conquerors Vers 9. They that dwell in the Cities of Israel shall go forth and shall set on fire and burn the Weapons After this great and famous Victory the Citizens which dwell in the Cities of Israel will go forth Visendi Spoliandi gratia to see the slain and to get spoil and among other things they should take of their Weapons and make themselves Fire thereof The word for Weapons is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Neshek which notes any kind of Weapon to oppose the Enemy It 's not from nasak to burn but from noshak to â—rm Both the Shields and the Bucklers the Bows and the Arrows and the Hand-staves and the Spears These latter were combustible but how they should burn the Shields and Bucklers is not apparent they being of solid metals It 's like something combustible was annexed unto them And they shall burn them with Fire seven years It must needs be a numerous or rather numberless Army whose weapons should suffice the Jews seven years for fireing John saith their Number shall be as the sand of the Sea Rev. 20.8 which exceeds all Arithmetick Some make it an Hyperbolical expression to shew the greatness of their overthrow and multitude of their warlike Instruments Others mind us of a certain time put here for an uncertain viz. seven years put for a long time The Jewish Writers do take the words literally concluding they shall have such a Victory over their Enemies as that for seven years they shall need no other materials to burn then their weapons and think their Messiah not come because they have not yet obtain'd such a Victory Sanctius thinks not that they were seven years in burning the weapons but that they had such store which might have served them for seven years fuel great store and therefore it 's said they should burn them with fire seven years How this was verified in Antiochus is hard to shew It 's nearer to truth to judge that this Scripture remains still to be fulfill'd Vers 10. So that they shall take no Wood out of the Field neither cut down any out of the Forrests These words taken absolutely do strengthen the literal acceptation of the former We may take them comparatively thus That in respect of what they did use to take out of the Field and cut out of the Forrest they should now cut and take little And why For they shall burn the Weapons with Fire They should so supply them for fuel that little other wood should serve This burning of Enemies Weapons conduceth much to peace Where warlike weapons are broken and burnt not reserved there Wars cease and Peace follows They shall spoil those that spoiled them and rob those
that robbed them It 's incident to all People and Nations to spoil and rob the People of God and so these Goggites and their Confederates they compassed the Camp of the Saints and the beloved City saith John Rev 20.9 In all ages the Church hath been made a prey of by one or other but the time shall be when it shall spoyl her spoylers and rob her robbers First Observe God will give Victories to his Church and People which seem incredible Here is pointed out such a Victory as is full of wonders and matters incredible Their number is as the Sand of the Sea and all of them Horsemen and cloth'd with all sorts of Arms Chap 38.4 yet conquer'd Their weapons serve for seven years firing and their bodies are seven moneths in burying as it follows in vers 12. Will not this be a wonderful Victory Do not these things seem incredible God of old gâ—ve great and strange V ctories to his People as the drowning of Pharaoh in the Red Sea the slaying of Senacherib's vast Army in a night by an Angel Great Victories since Christ his time have been The Christians have had signal Victories against the Turk And Sanctius tells you of a wonderful Victory which the Spaniards had against the Saracens when at one Battail they slew two hundred thousand of them and lost but twenty five men but when ever this overthrow of Gog shall be it will exceed all former Victories Secondly Observe The Lord makes that advantageous to his People which their Enemies intended to damnifie and ruine them by The Bows Arrows Hand-staves and Spears shall serve the Saints for fuel with which the Goggites thought to destroy them The Sword of Goliah with which he thought to have slain David and many Israelites was afterwards given into the hand of David and serviceable unto him 1 Sam. 21 9. The wise and wonderful Providence of God so over-rules and orders things that it makes Instruments of death the comforts of life The Chariots of Sisera that came for destruction were to the Jews for use and recreation Thirdly Observe After the over-throw of Gog and Mâ—gog Antichrist and his Adherents the Church of God shall have great peace All their weapons of warr shall be burnt they shall make head no more against the Saints After the devouring of Gog and Magog by fire from Heaven Rev. 20.9 The gates of the New Jerusalem were never shut Rev. 21.25 They feared no Enemies they had great peace Fourthly Observe The People of God shall have a day of recompence for the wrongs and injuries they have sustained They shall spoil those that spoiled them and rob those that robbed them The Goggites of the world do fleece the Servants of God eat their flesh suck their bloud and gnaw their bones but the day is coming when the wicked shall be a spoil and prey unto them which sets out the righteousness of God in his wayes and judgements What can be more equal then that he who spoils should be spoyled See Isa 33.1 Woe to thee that spoilest and thou wast not spoiled and dealest treacherously and they dealt not treacherously with thee when thou shalt cease to spoil thou shalt be spoyled and when thou shalt make an end to deal treacherously they shall deal treacherously with thee Vers 11 12 13 14 15 16. 11. And it shall come to pass at that day that I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in Israel the Valley of the passengers on the East of the Sea and it shall stop the Noses of the Passengers and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude and they shall call it The Valley of Hamon-Gog 12. And seven months shall the House of Israel be burying of them that they may cleanse the Land 13. Yea all the people of the Land shall bury them and it shall be to them a Renown the day that I shall be glorified saith the Lord God 14. And they shall sever out men of continual imployment passing through the Land to bury with the passengers those that remain upon the face of the Earth to cleanse it after the end of seven moneths shall they search 15. And the passengers that pass through the Land when any seeth a mans bone then shall he set up a sign by it till the Buryers have buryed it in the Valley of Hamon-Gog 16. And also the name of the City shall be Hamonah thus shall they cleanse the Land HAving spoken of the great over-throw which Gog and his should have and the great spoil the Israelites should get thereby Now the buryal of the dead carkasses and their bones comes under consideration where we have the place of the buryal the time how long they shall be burying the persons by whom the name of the place Vers 11. And it shall come to pass at that day that I will give unto Gog a place there of Graves in Israel When Gog and his Forces shall be slain lye exposed to the Fowls of Heaven and Beasts of the Field for a season then will the Lord give unto them a burying place they shall not alwayes lye putrifying above ground but they shall be laid in graves so that they shall neither be a prey to Fowls and Beasts nor offensive to Man alwayes This was favour that God should give his Enemies Sepulchres in Israel The Vulgar and Septuagint have it A place of Name or Renown putting Shem for Sham. It was honour enough for them to have graves there in Israel This honour had not Antiochus The Valley of the Passengers on the East of the Sea What Valley this was is not agreed upon by Interpreters Some affirm it to be a Valley near unto the Lake of Gennezareth or Sea of Tiberias others inform us it 's about Jordan some say it 's on this side Jordan some say on that side It 's most probable to be a Valley near the Salt or Dead-Sea where the five Cities Admah Zeboim Segor Sodom and Gomorrah were consumed by Fire and Brimstone now call'd Lacus Asphaltites There as Junius notes men passed from Syria Mesopotamia Babylon and other Countries into Arabia foelix and Egypt whereupon it was call'd the Valley of Passengers and lay Eastward from Jerusalem as the next words shew on the East of the Sea that is on the Eastern Sea The Sea of Tyberias lay Northward but Mare Mâ—â—tuum lay Eastward And it shall stop the Noses of the Passengers Such a stink shall be in that Valley as shall cause the Passengers to stop their Noses or Mouths or both The Spirit of God may have some respect unto the Lake Asphaltites which sent forth poysonous and suffocating vapors so should the dead bodies of Gog and his send out such a loathsome infecting savour as Travailers should stop their Noses as not being able to indure the same There shall they bury Gog and all his multitude Though Gog had a buryal in the Land of Israel yet it was not in the
Beasts which was another judgement added to the former and the greater to the Heathen because they thought their souls did wander up and down upon the Earth nisi corpora fuissent humata as Tertullian saith The Athenians had the buryal of the dead in such honour that if a Captain neglected to bury the dead which fell in warr they punished him with death for it It is a great ignominy to lye unburyed Hence the Beast when the Witnesses were kill'd would not suffer their bodies to be buryed but let them lye in the Streets that so they might be the more ignominious Sixthly Observe God provides for the brute and dumb Creatures and that abundantly Every feathered Fowl and every Beast of the Fiâ—ld shall be filled at my Table God doth not only feed the Creatures but sometimes feasts them This World is Gods Family whercin are millions of living Creatures and not one of them is neglected of God Psal 145.15 16. The Eyes of all wait upon thee and thou givest them their meat in due season they have their Break-fast Dinner and Supper and lest we should conceit one hath too much another too little it follows Thou openest thy hand and satisfiest the desire of every living thing he satisfies the Fishes of the Sea the Beasts of the Earth and Fowls of Heaven How should this teach men to depend upon God not giving way to distrust or discontent Matth. 6.26 Behold the Fowls of the Air saith Christ for they sow not neither do they reap nor gather into Barns yet their heavenly Father feedeth them Are ye not much better then they He saith not the Fowls of the House they are cared for but The Fowls of the Air that have none to look after them unless it be Fowlers to take away their lives neither do they know where to get the next meal when they have gotten one nor what hole or bush to lodge in at night yet their heavenly Father provides for and feeds them Does he take care of such Creatures and will he not take care of you Yes certainly he will and why ye are better then they ye are rational they irrational ye are his sons they his servants Vers 21 22. 21. And I will set my Glory among the Heathen and all the Heathen shall see my Judgement that I have executed and my Hand that I have laid upon them 22. So the House of Israel shall know that I am the Lord their God from that day and forward THe Lord having declared what destructive judgements he would bring upon Gog and Magog he comes here to make known the end of his so dealing with them viz. the manifestation of his glory amongst Heathens and his own People Vers 21. I will set my Glory among the Heathen I will give my Glory saith the Hebrew that is I will cause it to be evident amongst them By Glory understand the glory of his Justice and Power All the Heathen shall see my Judgement that I have executed These words give light to the former The Heathen seeing the dreadful judgements of God upon Gog and his should acknowledge the Justice and Power of God And my Hand that I have laid upon them They shall not only have a bare sight but experimental knowledg they shall find themselves concern'd therein and feel the hand of God heavy upon them for the strength wealth liberty and glory of the Heathen will be much impaired if not totally ruin'd by the overthrow of Gog. Vers 22. So that the House of Israel shall know that I am c. They did know the Lord to be their God before but this signal stroke of God upon their Enemies being a signal mercy unto them should so ingage them unto God that from that time forward they should afresh and eminently acknowledge God to be their God and none to be like unto him that he will not desert them in their streights but be their Deliverer First Observe The great end of Gods judgements upon sinful men is his Glory I will set my glory among the Heathens and all the Heathen shall see my judgement c. God doth therefore execute judgement that he may be glorified When sinful people will not give glory to God for his Mercies he will fetch glory out of them by his Judgements They are the work of his hand and what ever that be it 's honourable and glorious Psal 111.3 Not only his works of Creation but those of Judicial Providence Upon what Nation soever Army or Navy the Lord shall lay his hand he will work out his glory thereby that is the end of all his works and judgements Secondly Obsérve Dreadful judgements upon the wicked are ingaging mercies unto the godly So shall the hâ—use of Israel know that I am the Lord their God from that day and forward The hand of God upon Gog and his should so affect their hearts that they should experimentally know and say The Lord is our God he hath laid low our enemies he hath freed us from their Insultations Threats Oppressions he is our Deliverer our Saviour our Redeemer Isai 25.9 It shall be said in that day Lo this is our God we have waited for him and he will save us This is the Lord we have waited for him we will be glad and rejoyce in his salvation When God executed severe judgements upon the enemies of his people then were their hearts thus affected and engaged unto the Lord then they rejoyced in God their Saviour and said He will save He hath saved us and he will save us When the godly see that great judgements upon their enemies are great mercies unto them their faith is advanced thereby and they are perswaded God will never leave them their hearts are warmed and they cannot but own and praise him Vers 23 24. 23. And the heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity because they trespassed against me therefore hid I my face from them and gave them into the hand of their enemies so fell they all by the sword 24. According to their uncleanness and according to their transgressions have I done unto them and hid my face from them THe Heathen had base and blasphemous thoughts of God they imagined he was not able to keep his people out of the hands of Nebuchadnezzar and his gods to vindicate himself therefore the Lord tells them the true cause why they were carried into Captivity namely for their iniquity It was not Impotencie in God but Iniquity in them which caused it 23. The house of Israel went into captivity for their Iniquity The Hebrew is the house of Israel were led into Captivity in their Iniquities God took them in their Iniquities and carried them away into Captivity in them or for them Boavonam the Septuagint saies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for their sins their crooked and perverse doings Because they trespassed against me The word Magnal or Maal signifies Stubbornly and Contemptuously
even all of them I will have mercy upon the whole House of Israel not one Tribe two or ten but upon the whole House of Israel I will pardon their sins gather them out of the Nations and make them a glorious people This promise was but in part fulfilled when Judah Benjamin and some of Levi return'd out of Babylon the compleat fulfilling of it remains yet The Jews do expect the making of it good to this day saying they are in vilissima durissima Captivitate and look for such a gathering as none shall be left Doubtless there is a time when God will smile upon the Jews shew them mercy and bring them unto Christ and make him Salvation unto them Hos 1.10 11. Rom. 11.15 24 25 26 27. Zech. 10.6 7. Thirdly Observe The great things God doth for his People are not done for their worth or merits but for his holy Names sake The bringing Jacob out of captivity and having mercy upon the whole House of Israel is upon that account I will be zealous or jealous for my holy Name God doth all for his Name sake Ezek. 36.32 Not for your sakes do I this saith the Lord God be it known unto you lest they should think there was something in them deserved at Gods hands and mov'd him to do for them he openly declares against it Be it known unto you and to all the world that it is not for your sakes for any excellency or good I see in you but it is for mine Own sake for the honour of mine own holy Name which is so dear and preâ—ious unto me that I am jealous of any thing tends towards the disparagement of it and zealous to do whatever I have promised and may promote the Glory thereof Isa 9.7 The zeal of the Lord of Hosts will perform this Kinath the zeal or jealousie of the Lord will do it he had made many great promises before of Christ and his Government for ever and if any thing should rise up to hinder the same the Lord of Hosts would be zealous to see it performed otherwise his holy Name would suffer Gods Name is the great motive to him to do for his This Jeremie knew full well and therefore presseth God to do for them upon that account Chap. 14.7 O Lord though our Iniquities testifie against us do thou for thy Names sake there was a great Famine and they deserved not a drop of rain or bit of bread but Gods Name was a strong Argument to provoke him to do for them Fourthly Observe Sin brings men to shame and punishment which they must undergo one where or other After they have born their shame and trespasses They sinned in Canaan and were sham'd and punished in Babylon and other places It 's only sin which makes men blush and smart Fifthly Observe In times of peace and safety usually men forget God and sin against him When the Jews dwelt safely and none made them afraid then they trespassed against God At such times men are scornful and proud Psal 123.4 they trust in Mountains Amos 6.1 they live sensually vers 4 5 6. they increase the affl ctions of the afflicted Zâ—ch 1.15 When men are in peace and without danger they have opportunities for hearing of Gods Word by his Servants but Jer. 22.21 saith God I spake unto thee in thy prosperity but thou saidst I will not hear Jerusalem and her children had deaf ears and obstinate hearts in their prosperity Solomon who had peace on all sides round about him 1 King 4.24 forgat the Lord marryed strange wives and did strange things for them he built high places for their Idol-gods and went himself after other gods 1 King 11.15 7.10 Great is the danger of Prosperity yet all desire it That caution which God gave his people when they were to come into Canaan where they should have peace and plenty is needful for all in a prosperous condition Deut. 6.12 Beware lest thou forget the Lord Men are very apt then to forget him Sixthly Observe The Lord by open delivering of his People from an afflicted condition doth sanctifie his own Name and hath it sanctified by others His gathering them out of Enemies hands declared his power his faithfulness his mercy and thereby he sanctified his own Name and these Attributes being acknowledged by those that are delivered and by the Nations from whom they are delivered his Name is sanctified Gods People are oft under great and long afflictions and when ever he sets them at liberty he sanctifies his Name and his Name is sanctified he declares himself and is declared by others to be a gracious God When the Jews were brought out of Babylon they said The Lord hath done great things for us and the Babylonians said The Lord hath done great things for them Psal 126.2 3. Thus did God sanctifie and men sanctifie the one by declaring his Omnipotency Faithfulness and Goodness the other by acknowledging the same Seventhly Observe There is a time when the Jews shall not only have mercy but abundant and lasting mercy God will gather them pour out his Spirit upon them and never hide his face from them any more This time will be an happy and glorious time for the house of Israel to be enriched with the gifts and graces of Gods Spirit which are excellent and to have the light of Gods countenance shining upon them and that alwayes What can be more desirable This condition as Paul saith will be life from the dead Rom. 11.15 Now they are like dead trees without any sap in them but then they will be like Trees well-rooted full of sap and in their greatest glory full of branches leaves blossoms fruit and the Sun shining upon them The EXPOSITION continued upon the Remaining Chapters of EZEKIEL CHAP. XL. THat there be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in the Sacred Scriptures these nine last Chapters as well as the beginning of Ezekiel do abundantly testifie and such difficult things are in these last that they have made many men of the greatest parts to tremble at the thought of Interpreting them The Rabbins say that the first of Ezekiel and these last Chapters are Arcana inexplicabilia à nemine intellecta and therefore forbid Theirs to read them adding Cum venerit Elias solvet omnia Jerome that great light in his time In Prâ—oemio ad Eustochium professes his trepidation hereat that he did clausam pulsare januam Gregorie the Great when he went about this work Prooem in 2. l. super Ezek. praefat ad c. 40. said Nocturnum iter agimus Maldonate affirms that this last Prophesie of Ezekiel is so difficult and dark ut vix intelligi posse videatur Oecolampadius tells us that in the 42. Chapter there is Summa difficultas which ancient Expositors understood not and he brings in Rabbi Solomon who writ upon the whole Talmud saying that he thinks there is not any thing extant Quod hujus adjuvet intelligentiam and
professes that neither by his own study aid of Ministers or by his own reading he attain'd any help in Aedificio hco intelligendo but only what he had from Heaven and of himself he saith Chap. 45. Hoc loco praecipuè pauperem meum intelligentiam profiteor Hujus loci mysteria tacitus vereor c. It is good to tremble at the Word of God both what we understand and what we understand not for all is of equal authority and to him that trembles thereat the Lord looketh and will let in light The Vision is dark but God dwells in darkness the Temple and City are dark but Jehovah-Shammah The Lord is there whom we most humbly desire to let out some beams of light whereby we may come to understand something of the incredible sweetness of these dark and deep things It 's not to be expected that I should proceed here as in the former Chapters by speaking to every verse Some I shall pass over Oecol in c 42. and say with Jerome Scio quod nescio Some would have this Temple represented to Ezekiel to be that built by Zorobabel and the Jews after the Captivity but there is much to be said to prove it not to be so 1. That Temple was built in Jerusalem in the place where Solomon's Temple stood but this Temple Ezekiel saw was to be without the City as Interpreters observe from the 45. and 48. Chapters 2. That Temple was for the two Tribes of Judah and Benjamin This of Ezekiel is for the whole body of the Jews all the Tribes are mentioned Chap. 47 48. And strangers had Inheritance here amongst the Israelites Ch. 47.22 Which was not so in Moses Solomon's or Zorobable's time 3. In Zorobabel's Temple there was no such River nor Trees yielding new fruit every moneth as is spoken of Ezekiel's Ch. 47.12 4. God promised Ch. 43.7 to dwell among the Israelites of this Temple for ever which cannot be verified of Zorobabel's Temple and City for the Lord forsook both and delivered them up to the Romans who destroy'd them 5. The Temple our Prophet speaks of was not to be defiled nor the holy Name of God by the House of Israel which should then be Chap. 43.7 8. But Zorobabel's Temple was defiled as you may read in the Macchabees and the Jâ—ws who returned from Babylon defiled the Name of God by their Iniquities as appears Neh. 13. 6. The twenty five thousand Reeds being the length of the holy Portion offered to the Lord and the breadth ten thousand Reeds Ezek. 45.1 cannot be understood of any City or Temple which the Jews should build after their captivity for the twenty five thousand Reeds make forty five miles in length say some fifty and upwards say others and the ten thousand sixteen or eighteen miles in breadth never was any such City built There be many other things differing from what was in Moses Joshuah and Solomon's dayes The measures differ much from those of the Tabernacle and Temple The Land was not divided in Joshuah's time as here it is to the Tribes The Priests and Levites had no portion of Land as here they have There was no such Portion or Oblation for the Prince Their Sacrifices and Oblations are not after the same manner The Altar Chap. 41.22 differs from the Altar of Incense Exod. 30 2. The cleansing of the Sanctuary and putting the bloud of the young Bullock upon the posts and corners of the settle of the Altar Chap. 45.18 19. is a new Ordinance not to be found in Moses Law In Ezekiels division of the Land were no Cities of refuge appointed there would be no need of them Ezek. 44.25 This Vision therefore points out the Introduction of a better hope viz. the Church of Christ under the Gospel Alapide tells us that many Rabbins and Jews referr this Temple and City to the Messiâ—h expecting that he should build them and because this third Temple and new City are not yet built they think the Messiah is not yet come Quod Messias nondum venerit quia tertium Templum nondum est aedificatum In Apocal. 12. Sect. 33. This argument was objected by the Jews to Galatinus who answers it in his 5. Book Ch. 10. and concludes thus Jerusalem Templum de quibus loquitur Ezekiel mysticè intelligenda esse Of that mind is Viega who saith This Vision of Ezekiel's Temple and City nullo pacto ad materialem illam Hierosolymorum Vrbem Templumque illud à Salomone aedificatum sed ad Ecclesiam à Christo in terris fundatam pertinere atque adeo non mysticè sed secundum litteram omnia quae de ejusmodi aedificiis à Propheta describuntur de Ecclesia esse intelligenda quamvis in multis ad Civitatem illam materialem Templumque Salomonis fiat allusio It 's conceived therefore that in this Vision is represented the restitution of the Jewish Church their Temple City and Worship after the captivity not simply but as they were Types of the Church under the Gospel for as we must not exclude these so we must know this is not the principal thing intended That which the Vision doth chiefly hold out unto us is the building of the Christian Temple with the worship thereof under Jewish expressions which began to be accomplished in the Apostles days Act. 15.16 And that the spiritual Temple consisting of believing Jews and Gentiles is chiefly intended we may see from that correspondency between Ezekiel and John in his Gospel and Revelation There be many parallel places in them as Ezek. 37.22 Compared with Joh. 10.16 37.27 Rev. 21.3 Ezek. 38.2 Rev. 20.8 39.1 40.2 Rev. 21.10 40.35 Rev. 11.1.21.15 43.2 Rev. 1.15.14.2 47.1 2.12 Rev. 22.1 2. 48.1 2 3 4 5 6 7. Rev. 7.4 5 6 7 8. 48.31 32 33 34. Rev. 21.12 13 16. There is one thing more also intended viz. the restoring of the Christian Church after its Apostasie and suffering in Spiritual Babylon under Antichrist Many are the breaches rents and ruines of the Christian Church to this day and we may see the Tabernacle of Christ is fallen But it is expected that he Whose appearance was like the appearance of brass with a measuring line in his hand Ezek. 40.3 should come and raise it up and build the ruines thereof bringing in the fulness of Jew and Gentile that so the state of the Church may answer those Prophesies made of it Isa 60.17 18. Ezek. 45.8 There shall be no violence no oppression by Princes or others Hitherto there hath been little else but oppression in all lands and the new Heaven and new Earth wherein dwells Righteousness have not yet been created but are to be expected as things intended in this Vision Vers 1 2 3 4. 1. In the five and twentieth year of our Captivity in the beginning of the year in the tenth day of the moneth in the fourteenth year after the City was smitten in the self same day the hand of the Lord was
upon me and brought me thither 2. In the Visions of God brought he me into the Land of Israel and set me upon a very high Mountain by which was as the frame of a City on the South 3. And he brought me thither and behold there was a Man whose appearance was like the appearance of Brass with a line of Flax in his hand and a measuring Reed and he stood in the Gate 4. And the Man said unto me Son of Man behold with thine eyes and hear with thine ears and set thine heart upon all that I shall shew thee for to the intent that I might shew them unto thee art thou brought hither declare all that thou seest to the House of Israel WE are come now to the last part of Ezekiel's Prophesie which is a Typical prophesie concerning Christ and his Church set forth under the Vision of the new Temple City and Kingdom comprehended in these nine last Chapters In which we have 1. The building of the new Temple with the several appurtenances thereof in the 40 41 and 42. Chapter 2. The Ministery Worship and Ordinances of this new Temple in the 43. 44. Chapters 3. The Restitution or Reformation of the whole Land the Common-wealth Kingdom and City with several Ordinances for the Prince and People in the 45 46 47 and 48. Chapters In describing of these the Prophet useth saith Huffâ—nrefferus words and phrases suitable to the state of the Jews he describes as it were the Temple Worship and Land of the Jews Whereas he aims at no such thing but intends the spiritual Kingdom of Christ and the Gospel The scope of this Vision was to comfort the afflicted Jews who being in captivity lamented the desolation of the Temple City and Common-wealth of Israel To the Prophet therefore the Lord shews in a Vision the restauration of them again and not only so but greater things are held out and promised under them as the greatness and glory of the Church under Christ in time of the Gospel of which John speaks Revel 21.22 It 's not an earthly City Temple Jerusalem we are to look at here but a spiritual City Temple Jerusalem viz. the Church of Chrâ—st whose Name is Jehovah-Shammah In this Chapter you have 1. A Preface or Introduction to the Vision 2. A Narrative of the Wall several Courts Gates the Porch of this new Temple and the measures of them In the Preface are five things The Time the Manner the Place the Author and End of the Vision Vers 1. In the five and twentieth year of our Captivity in the beginning of the year in the tenth day of the Moneth Here the time is pointed out when this Vision was presented to Ezekiel which was in the 25. year of his captivity so long it was since he with Jehoiakim was carryed into Babylon and kept there His first Vision was in the fift year of his captivity Ezek. 1.2 And this his last Vision was twenty years after in the beginning of the year the tenth day of the moneth which some make to be in the Autumn others in the Spring The fourteenth year after the City was smitten After Jehoiakim had been eleaven years in captivity the City was smitten and utterly laid waste which was in the eleventh year of Zedekiah 2 King 25.2 Jer. 39.2 52.5 From this period or Epoclea is the Vision reckoned fourteen years after the desolation of the City Ezekiel had it Some would prove this year to be the year of Jubilee because it was the 50. from the 18. of Josiahs reign when the Book of the Law was found But that year appears not to be a Jubilaean year Mestlinus makes the year of Jubilee to be in the 10. of Zedekiah's reign and if so this year of the Prophets Vâ—sion was but 16. years after the year of Jubilee and 34. years before the next Jubilee In the self same day The Hebrew is Beetzem haiom in the bone or essence of the day in the body of the day or in the strength of the day when the heat and light were greatest the same words are in Gen. 7.13 where the words are rendered the self same day being an Hebrew form of speech The hand of the Lord was upon me c. The Chaldee saith A Prophetical Spirit from the face of Lord resided upon me others The strength or divine virtue of the Lord was upon me These words we had in Chap. 1. v. 3. where they were opened Here the manner of the Vision is set forth it was by the Spirit of God upon the Prophet enlightning and informing his mind And brought me thither I was brought in mind not in body by the Spirit thither that is to the City that had been smitten but now seem'd to be re-built and so it follows Vers 2. In the Visions of God brought he me into the Land of Israel In those great glorious and wonderful Visions of God wrought in the Prophet by the Spirit of God he apprehended that he was in the Land of Israel beholding not only with the eyes of his mind the things presented unto him but also with the eyes of his body And set me upon a very high Mountain The place where the Prophet had this Vision was in the Land of Israel and upon Mount Sion or Mount Moriah where the Temple was built Moriah is from raah to see this Mount was the Mount of Vision and on it had Ezekiel this glorious Vision Kimohi saith This Mountain is the Mountain of the Temple and this City is Jerusalem on the South Lightfoot on the Temple ch 4. v. 13. The Rabbins conceive the Land of Israel to be the highest of all Lands and Mount Sion or Moriah the highest of all the Mountains in that Land It was a Type of the Church of Christ Heb. 12.22 and therefore it 's represented here to be a very high Mountain and so it was unto John also Rev. 21.10 which words allude to these of Ezekiel The Hebrew for set me is caused me to rest when the Prophet was brought to this Mountain he had rest there is no true rest but in the Church in the Mount of Vision By which was as the frame of a City on the South The Mount it self was South from Babylon and the Cities was on the Southside of the Mount which was smitten there now the Prophet sees in Vision as it were the model or frame of a City he had seen before the ruine of the City and now he sees the raising of it Vers 3. And he brought me thither That is the Spirit of God carryed him in Vision to that Mountain where he saw an Idaea of a City And behold there was a Man whose appearance was like the appearance of Brass Here the Author of the Vision is specified and described from his appearance the Instruments he had and the place where he stood This Man is made by some an Angel by others Christ It was the Son of God appeared in
the first Vision unto Ezekiel and so he doth in this last he was a Master-builder and appointed of God to build the House Zech. 6.12 13. Thus speaks the Lord of Hosts saying Behold the Man whose Name is the Branch that is Christ he shall grow up out of his place and he shall build the Temple of the Lord even he shall build the Temple of the Lord and he shall bear the glory And that this Man was Christ his appearance declares for it was like the appearance of Brass and so Christ Revel 1.15 is said to appear His feet were like unto fine Brass and here his countenance or whole body appeared like unto Brass that is free from spot beautiful bright and shining Christ was without blemish or spot 1 Pet. 1.19 He was holy harmless undefiled Heb. 7.26 He was fairer then the children of men Psal 45.2 With a line of Flax in his hand and a measuring Reed These be the Instruments which this man had a Line and a measuring Reed Such Instruments are proper to Architects and Master-Builders and being in the hand of Christ do demonstrate him to be the chief Builder of the Church The line of Flax was to measure the great spaces of the ground viz. the Floors Court and Compass of the Buildings and Walls The Reed was to measure the Buildings the thickness length and breadth of them Of such a Line and Reed is spoken of in Zech. 2.1 2. Rev 11.1 Chap. 21.15 A Reed is smooth round and light and therefore fit for measuring they were plentiful in those parts And he stood in the Gate The Hebrew is he standing in the Gate His posture was * Stabat quasi ad Ministerium accinctus Standing his place was in the Gate He stood there to direct the Prophet to shew him the measures of the Temple and other things to manifest he hath command of the Temple and may keep out and let in whom he pleased Versâ— 4. And the Man said unto me Son of Man Behold with thine eyes c. In this verse the end of the Vision is held forth which is that Ezekiel throughly understanding the things comprehended in it might communicate them to others Here the Lord Christ is call'd Man for that in time he was to be incarnate and the Son of Man speaks to Ezekiel and commands him two things 1. To give the most diligent and best attention as possible might be and therefore calls for not only the eyes and ears but the heart also Behold with thine eyes and hear with thine ears and set thine heart upon all that I shall shew thee his heart must go with his senses and seriously ponder what was presented Some things were to be seen some things were to be heard and all to be considered and why he was brought thither for that end 2. To make known what he should see hear and observe Declare them to the House of Israel he must not keep things to himself but publish them to others to the Church and People of Israel First Observe The Lord keeps an exact account of the time of his Church and Peoples sufferings He is the best and most punctual Chronologer of all in Heaven and Earth Men and Angels may mistake misreckon but the Lord doth not cannot In the 25. year of our captivity in the beginning of the year in the 10. day of the month in the 14. year after the City was smitten in the self same day Here the Years the Months and Days of the Jews captivity was observed of the Lord. When we are in misery and suffering conditions we think God forgets us Psal 79.5 Psal 89.46 but he takes notice of every Hour Day Month and Year Secondly Observe When the Church is low in the worst most desperate and deplorable condition even then the Lord hath a care of his Church Now the Temple City and Land of Canaan were utterly laid wast the people many of them destroyed the rest in Babylon without hope of ever seeing their own Country ch 37.11 In this condition the Lord appears to Ezekiel and gives him a most singular and excellent Vision concerning the Restauration of the Church the Extent Dignity and Glory of it whereby he shewed both the Prophet and the People whose hearts were fill'd with sorrow When the Church is in the Wilderness under persecution in Egypt or Babylon the Lord is solicitous for it Zech. 1.14 I am jealous for Jerusalem and for Zion with a great jealousie Thirdly Observe The Church is Mount Sion or Mount Sion is the Church wherein God makes known his mind for the comfort of his Ezekiel was carried in spirit into the Land of Israel and set there upon a very high Mountain viz. Mount Sion which typed out the Church of God and there he had this glorious vision there sweet consolation was given forth for the afflicted The Church is sometimes call'd a Garden and Fountain sealed as Cantic 4.12 Sometimes a Vineyard Mat. 20.1 Sometimes an House 1 Tim. 3.15 Sometimes a City Psal 46.4 Isai 60.14 Sometimes a Mountain Psal 2.6 And it 's so call'd for the hieghth the glory and the strength of it Mountains are high conspicuous and strong and so is the Church On Mountains is good aire so likewise is in the Church Hills are nearer heaven then other places they are below the Church is above the World Fourthly Observe The Church is well seated and well ordered Vpon which was as the frame of a City it 's seated upon a Mountain the Mountain of Gods Decree Power and Truth it 's well ordered for it 's as the frame of a City where every thing is in his right place and all fitly joyned together Psal 122.3 Jerusalem is builded as a City that is compacted together and the Church is a body fitly joyned together and compacted Ephes 4.16 Hence strength and beauty are to the Church it being so seated and so united The one made Christ say The gates of hell shall not prevail against it Mat. 16. and the other made Salomon to say It was beautiful as Tirzah and comely as Jerusalem Cant. 6.4 Fifthly Observe The Man Christ who is sinless and glorious is the chief Builder and exact Measurer of the Church and things belonging to it Behold a Man whose appearance was like the appearance of Brass with a Line of Flax in his hand and a Measuring-reed Christ without spot full of glory and wisdome is the Master-builder Mat. 16.18 chap. 21.33 Hab. 3.3 Prophets Apostles Ministers are his Servants Under-officers instructed directed and rewarded by him He is Architectus the Line and Reed are in his hand he measures all the Trees and Stones used in this Building the outward and inward Courts with all their appurtenances He was the Son of Joseph a Carpenter and some mystery might lye in that Sixthly Observe The way into Sion and unto the Father is by Christ he stands in the gate of the Temple ready to receive any
should come and be found fit for entrance he had his Line and Reed in his hand to measure them None unmeasured might enter Hence it is that Christ saith Joh. 14.6 I am the way and no man comes to the Father but by me And Joh. 10 9. I am the Door by me if any man enter in he shall be saved and shall go in and out and find Pasture Christ is the Lord of the fold and field by him they enter in by him they are led out to the good Pastures and led in again He will not suffer any thing that defileth to enter into the Fold the Temple the New-Jerusalem Rev. 21.27 Seventhly Observe The Lord Christ when Divine things are presented unto us would have us Attent Intent and Apply the whole heart unto them Such things as are of weight slightness and trifling about them are intolerable therefore it 's said here Son of man behold with thine eyes and hear with thine ears let thy senses be wholly taken up with these things and set thine heart upon all that I shall shew thee thine heart also must be fixed upon every thing shewn thee thou must let nothing pass without due observation As Ezekiel was to do thus about the things of his Vision so should all Ministers and Christians about the things of the Gospel which are Revelations of the mind of God by Christ It 's oft said therein Who hath eares to hear let him hear Mat. 13.9 43. Mark 7.16 Luke 14.35 and in other places intimating that if men have either inward or outward eares they should hearken to the things of God They are Divine and may infinitely advantage or infinitely prejudice us if they be not well heeded if we be not attent unto them intent upon them and heartily closing with them better we had never had them It will be easier for Sodome and Gomorrha at the day of judgement then for such let us mind therefore and mind to purpose all things shewn us of Christ let us set our senses and whole hearts upon them Eightly Observe What the Lord Christ reveales unto his servants the Prophets and Ministers they must not reserve to themselves but communicate to others for their Instruction Edification and Comfort Declare all that thou seest to the House of Israel he must not see hear observe for himself but for the House of Israel for the Church and People of God Mat. 10.27 saith Christ to his Disciples What I tell you in darkness that speak ye in the light and what ye hear in the ear that preach ye upon the house-tops whatever I have imparted unto you that do ye impart unto others take the best advantages ye can to make the same known The servants of God and Christ must not onely utter what they receive but utter All they receive Act. 20.27 Paul kept back Nothing was profitable for them but declared to them all the Councel of God Vers 5. And behold a Wall on the outside of the house round about and in the mans hand a measuring-reed of six Cubits long by the Cubit and an hand breadth so he measured the breadth of the building one reed and the height one reed Great houses and Cities have walls 1 King 3.1 and 6.5 so this house had a Wall round about it By this wall we may understand the wall of Gods protection which is round about the Church This wall was in height and thickness alike 6 Cubits high and 6 Cubits thick it was strong securing the house Ezek. law God who is stronger then all is the defence of the Church Psal 125.2 Babylons wall which was 100. Cubits high and 30. Foot broad sufficed not to preserve her from ruins that wall was battred and level'd with the ground but Jehovah the Lord of Hosts is the wall about this building and such a wall as all the powers of the World and Hell cannot shake or batter Zech. 9.8 I will encamp about thine house And Zech. 2.5 I will be unto Jerusalem a wall of fire râ—und about saith the Lord. The Church of God having such a wall is secure and invincible The Church is call'd an House not a Tabernacle because of Gods inhabitation of it and his fixed abiding there Psal 132.13 14. The Lord hath chosen Sion he hath desired it for his habitation This is my rest for ever here will I dwell for I have desired it Sion notes the Church in all ages there is Gods house there is the desire of his soul there he rests he hath no rest in all the world but in Sion The measuring reed in the hand of the man is the same with the reed in John's hand Rev. 11.1 Those that exercise Architecture use lines and reeds to measure things therewith and so doth Christ here The line and reed in his hand is the Word or Everlasting Gospel which Rev. 21.15 is call'd a golden-reed right strong and inflexible with this he measures the Church and all things belong unto it by the Word he sets out the nature greatness power priviledges and characters of the Church by this he measures out the qualifications liberty and power of Members and Officers therein Hence the Word is call'd a Rule or Canon Phil. 3.16 The Hebrew is Kene hammiddah shesh ammoth baammah vetophath a reed of measure of six cubits in a cubit and of a hand breadth Whether these words an hand breadth should be joyn'd to the 6. cubits taken joyntly or to each cubit distinct by it self is doubtful that in the 43. Chap. v. 13. seems to make the hand 's breadth to be added to each cubit for it saith a cubit is a cubit and a hands breadth This we may understand of the Legal or Sanctuary cubit not the common one which was less by a hands breadth then the other this being 5. th' other 6. hands breadth Hence some deny that the hands breadth must be added to each cubit for then there will be 7. cubits those 6 hands breadth making another cubit They will have the reed 6 cubits long and an hands breadth over the 6. part of a cubit more A cubit is that length between the elbow and top of the middle finger now this space being longer in some men and shorter in others no certainty can be determin'd especially when men differ in their heads more then in their armes for some make a cubit to be 5. handfulls some 6. some a yard and some an ell or ells some a foot and half The line and reed are in Christs hand the virtue and benefit of them is from Him This line and reed being the Word hath it's efficacy from Christ out of his hand it 's un-efficacious un-beneficial but being in his hand his power and spirit going with it it measures out and fits materials for this spiritual Building The book written within and sealed with 7. seals could none open but Christ Rev. 1.3 5. and as none could open it but he so none can make it
length of the Temple-courts c. make 100. Cubits as Haffenrefferus exactly demonstrates Of the signification of this Temple Some make the Court belonging to it to represent the World and the Temple to represent Heaven It may be considered whether the Porch do not point out the common Professor the Temple true Saints who are Temples of the Spirit and the Sanctum Sanctorum the Saints in glory the condition of those made perfect The true representation of this Temple I take it is the Body of our Lord Jesus Christ both his Body Natural and his Body Mystical viz. the Church 1. It 's a representation of his Natural Body Solomons Temple and Zorobabells or the 2d Temple was so Joh. 2.19 saith Christ Destroy this Temple and in three days I will raise it up And why Ezekiels Temple should not type out Christ I see no cause There be many things wherein it fitly doth so 1. This Temple was holy vers 3. This is the most holy place hence it 's evident the other part of the Temple was holy The Hecal was holy though not so holy as the Devir and the body of Christ was holy Luk. 1.35 That holy thing c. Act. 13.35 Thou shall not suffer thine Hâ—ly one c. 1 Pet. 2.22 Chap. 1.19 Heb. 7.26 He was holy harmless undâ—filed separate from sinners 2. It was very lightsome and beautiful within it was adorned with Cherubims and Palm-trees vers 18.19 so the Lord Christ was full of light Col. 2.3 In him were hid all the treasures of wisdome and knowledge He was adorned with all the graces of the Spirit He was full of grace and truth Joh. 1.14 Cant. 5.10 Psal 45.2 Thou art fairer then the children of men 3. By the Temple they came to know the mind of God one part of it was call'd Devir the Word or Oracle there God spake so by Christ we come to know the mind of God Joh. 1.1 He is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Word He brought the mind of God to us and declared it to the world Heb. 1.2 God hath in these last days spoken unto us by his Son Christ was an Embassador sent from God to acquaint us with the mind of the King of Nations and he did it faithfully Joh. 15.15 All things which I have heard of my Father I have made known unto you 4. The Temple was God's delight it 's call'd an House for God dwelt in it and manifested his glory there Ezek. 43.4 5. The glory of the Lord came into the house yea the glory of the Lord filled the house And Psal 29.9 In the Temple doth every one speak of his glory There God's glory is seen Is not Christ such a Temple Did not God come into the Temple of his Body 1 Tim. 3.16 Col. 2.9 There the glory of God was seen fully Joh. 1.14 The Word was made flesh and dwelt among us and we beheld his glory the glory as of the only begotten of the Fathâ—r full of grace and truth The glory of God never appeared so evidently as in this Temple and God delighted therein Mat 3.17 This is my belâ—ved Son in whom I am well pleased See Rev. 3.12 Him that overcometh will I make a pillar in the Temple of my God and he shall go no more out And I will write upon him the Name of my God and the Name of the City of my Gâ—d which is New Jerusalem God is establishing and will establish New Jerusalem with Pillars daily more and more and therein is strength to be found not in the World or in Babylon 1 Tim. 3.15 5. There were Cherubims and Palm-trees in the Visional Temple vers 18 19 20 25 26. and in the Church of Christ there are Cherubims and Palm-trees These Cherubims may note the presence of the Angel in the Church 1 Cor. 11.10 There were Angels in the Church of Corinth And so in the Temple John speaks of Rev. 14.15 17. Each Cherubim had two faces one of a Man another of a Young Lion to signifie the wisdome strength and zeal of the Angels which are imploy'd for the good of the Church Or by Cherubims understand those Christians who were wise stout and zealous for the truth and cause of God such as loved not their lives to the death Rev. 12.11 But were beheaded for the Witness of Jesus and for the Word of God Rev. 20.4 These Cherubims looked to the Palm-trees they were patient under all crosses afflictions in hope of certain victory Rom 8.35 36 37. Who shall separate us from the love of Christ shall tribulation or distress or persecution or famine or nakedness or peril or sword c. Nay in all these things we are more then Conquerors c. Their eyes were upon the Palm-trees And Rev. 9.7 they had Palms in their hands they were certain of victory whereof Palms and Palm-trees are emblems There be several things wherein the Saints do resemble Palm-trees 1. They are always green and growing so are the Saints Psal 92.12 14. The righteous shall flourish like the Palm-tree They shall still bring forth fruit in old age 2 Palm-trees cannot endure dung Magnopere abhorrent à fimo they hate it So the Saints they hate Superstition Idolatry and all sin as dung they will dye rather then worship the Beast or his Image rather then receive his Mark in their foreheads or their hands Rev. 20.4 they watch and keep their garments undefiled 3. The Palm-tree bears up against all weight laid upon it and the Saints do the like in all their troubles and afflictions Paul met with sharp tryal's yet he fainted not but found more strength 2 Cor. 4.16 And Chap. 7.4 He saith I am filled with comfort I am exceeding joyful in all our tribulation And Rom. 5.3 We glory in tribulation 4. These Cherubims and Palm-trees were the ornament of the Temple and Christians who are wise couragious and patient under all tryals are the ornaments of the Church of Christ 5. This Temple with the Porch and Buildings belonging to it was great and large vers 12 13 14 and 15. 100. Cubits in breadth 100. Cubits in length So the Church of Christ is great and large In the Apostles times there were thousands of the Jews believed Act. 21.20 It was Prophesied in Isays days that all Nations should flow unto the Mountain of the Lord that is the Church Isa 2.2 And in Daniels days Chap. 7.14 That all people languages and nations should serve Christ And John in the vision saw it made good Rev. 7.9 I beheld a great multitude which no man could number of all nations kindred people and tongues which stood before the Throne and the Lamb. 2. It 's the representation of Christs Body Mystical and that in several things 1. All things in this Temple were measured as in the 40. also the 41 42 43 and 47. Chapters appears So in the Church the Mystical Body of Christ Ephes 2.21 Paul tells the Ephesians that the Saints are a
Between the chambers was the widness of twenty cubits Not between the side-chambers themselves but between them and those over against them Some had better entertainment then others some were to be in the chambers others in the widness or empty place Vers 11. Toward the place that was left See before vers 9. It was five cubits round about Vers 12. The building that was before the separate place Piscator makes the separate place to be Spatium resectum The Hebrew is ante faciem segmenti before the face of the Partition for it was particula respecta è suo atrio Toward the West Hebrew i s the Sea that is the Mediterranean-sea which lay Westward Vers 13 14 15. Containing the measures of the house the building before the seperate place the Walks Galleries and Porches of the Court and they were 100. cubits in length and 100. cubits in breadth Every thing here was measured and nothing neglected so exact was the Lord in Temple-work Vers 16. The Windows were covered Solomon made for the Temple Windows of narrow lights but not covered Sanctius saith they were covered Quia in retis modum erant fabricatae cancellato ordine aut in pertuso ligno frequentibus perfossae foraminibus They might be covered with lettises shuttings or curtains which might be remov'd at pleasure Vers 17. Within and without by measure Hebrew is measures Not onely the outside but inside also is measured the heighth breadth and length The Lord Christ will measure Christians of what heighth breadth and depth they are Their actions affections and graces will be measured Rev. 11.1 Vers 18. And it was made with Cherubâ—ms The Cherubims import the presence of the Angels in the Church 1 Cor. 11.10 Their Communion with the Saints in worship 1 Cor. 10.20 Rev. 5.11 7.11 12. Their Ministration unto or for them Heb 1.14 They are for the Lord of the Temple and those wait upon him there They look towards the Palm-trees and their wisdome and strength is laid out for their good Vers 19. So that the Face of a Man was toward the Palm-tree on the one side and the Face of a Lion c. Of the Cherubims faces see Chap. 1.10 what is said there In the 18 19 20 25 26. the Palm-trees are mentioned again which are ever green growing tending â—â—wards though pressed down with weight and signs of victory and great joy being carried in the hand or worn on the head and are ornaments to the place where they are figuring what the persons in this Temple should be Psal 92. 12 13 14. Joh. 12.13 Rev. 7.9 by sufferings and pressures they mount upwards overcome are fill'd with joy 2 Cor. 1.5 Acts 5.41 and so are great ornaments to the Church of God Of the Altar In the 22. vers it 's said The Altar of wood was three Cubits high and the ength thereof two Cubits and the corners thereof and the length thereof and the walls thereof were of wood and he said unto me This is the Table that is before the Lord. This Altar was the Altar of Incense and stood before the Oracle or Sanctum Sanctorum Such an Altar was in Moses days made for the Tabernacle Exod. 37.25 He made the Incense Altar In the Temple of Solomon also there was an Altar of Incense 2 Chron. 26.16 Vzziah went into the Temple of the Lord to burn Incense upon the Incense-Altar This Altar was a representation or Type of Christ who is said to be our Altar Heb. 13.10 and in many things it did represent him 1. Though it were of wood yet it was Of Shitten wood Exod. 30.1 which the Septuagints render 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of incorruptible wood So Christ his humane nature was incorruptible 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 it saw no corruption Act. 13.35 2. This Altar of Incense which Ezek. saw was larger then that under the Law it was two Cubits in length that but one it was three Cubits in height that but two as appears Exod. 37.25 This held out that the worship of God in Christs time should be inlarged it was among the Jews onely before but then it should be among the Gentiles also Mal. 1.11 From the rising of the sun unto the going down of the same my Name shall be great among the Gentiles and in every place Incense shall be offered to my name 1 Tim. 2.8 I will that men pray every where Under Christ the Incense-Altar was to be every where 3. Sweet Incense was offered up to God pure Incense Exod. 37.29 upon this Altar Exod. 30.7 8. where the people pray'd the Priest offered Incense Luk. 1.9 10. and when we pray Christ offers up our prayers with the Incense and perfume of his merits Rev. 8.3 4. The prayers of the Saints ascend up before God out of the Angel's hand who was Christ The Golden Altar for so the Altar of Incense is call'd Num. 4.11 Christ perfumes the prayers and services of his Saints with his merits and so presents them unto his Father It 's said Eph. 5.2 Christ hath given himself for us an offering and a sacrifice to God for a sweet smelling savour So that what ever he presents to the Father or is presented in his Name from the Saints is pleasing and acceptable to him All the imperfections and impurities of them are done away by him 4. Upon this Altar was incense morning and evening it was a perpetual Incense Exod. 30.7 8. So Christ our Altar offers up prayers perpetually for us Heb. 7.25 He ever liveth to make intercessiom for his 5. This Altar of Incense had horns Exod. 30.2 3. At every corner thereof was an horn which sets out the strength and power of Christ Rev. 9.13 I heard a voice from the four horns of the Golden Altar which was Christ whose power is in all the quarters of the World Christ's intercession with the Father is powerful to descry the enemies of his people and to deliver them This Altar is said to be the Table that is before the Lord. There is something in this expression worthy consideration 1. That poor sinful weak unworthy creatures may come to Christ not onely as an Altar to have their prayers presented unto God but as a Table to have refreshing for their souls There the hungry may have meat and the thirsty drink He is the bread and water of life His flesh is meat indeed his blood is drink indeed Joh. 6 35.55 He hath a Kingdome and a Table for his Luk. 22.30 He feeds them and leads them to living fountains of water Rev. 7.17 He hath hidden Manna for his and a Tree of Life to refresh them with Rev. 2.7 17. 2. That the Lord himself is delighted and satisfied in and with Christ as we are with a Table full of dainties having the choisest meats and choisest drinks Mat 3.17 This is my beloved Son in whâ—m I am well pleased with his person with his graces with his offices with his actions with his sufferings with
his meri s and with the prayers of the Saints he presents unto me I am well pleased Christ is the Altar the Table the Sacrifice and the meat and drink upon the same So is the Lord taken with the intercession and merits of Christ that his soul delights in him Isa 42.1 If any of the children of God sin and thirst for pardon and peace we have an Altar a Table before the Lord. 1 Joh. 2.1 If any man sin we have an Advocate with the Father Jesus Christ the righteous and he is the propitiation for our sins The Father is so pleased with him that for his sake presently he grants us pardon and peace Of the doors of the Temple Vers 23. The Temple and the Sanctuary had two doors which are described in the 24. and 25. vers These doors were to open and shut at pleasure and by them the entrance was into the Temple and Sanctuary or Most Holy place What else do these suggest unto us but the Media salutis the means whereby we come to be in and of the Church of God The Gospel and it's ordinances faith repentance and baptism are the means to salvation by them we obtain entrance into the communion of Saints the Favour of God and the Kingdome of Heaven Christ is said to be the way Joh. 14 6. and the door Joh. 10.7 because he hath given us the means which are the way and door to the Church and unto life These doors are to be open for the sheep and to be shut against the goats We may also understand by these doors the Ministers dispensing the Gospel and the ordinances thereof who are to be holy vigilant and zealous as the Cherubims and constantly green growing and flourishing as the Palm-trees vers 25. Vers 26. On the Windows Posts Chambers and thick Placks were Palm-trees on the one side and on the other They had Palm-trees wrought or ingraven on them on both sides implying that the materials of Christs Temple must not be common but curious and carved work if all the Walls of Solomons house were carved round about with carved figures of Cherubims and Palm-trees and open flowers within and without 1 King 6.9 much more must the house of Christ and every thing in it have carved work upon it viz. the ingravings of God's Spirit Psal 45.13 Rev. 21.18 19. The EXPOSITION continued upon the Remaining Chapters of EZEKIEL CHAP. XLII Vers 1 2 3 4 5 6 7. 1. Then he brought me forth into the outward Court the way towards the North and he brought me into the Chamber that was over against the separate place and which was before the building towards the North. 2. Before the length of an hundred Cubits was the the North door and the breadth was fifty Cubits 3. Over against the twenty Cubits which were for the inward Court and over against the pavement which was for the outer Court was Gallery against Gallery in three Stories 4. And before the Chambers was a Walk of ten Cubits breadth inward a Way of one Cubit and their Doors toward the North. 5. Now the upper Chambers were shorter for the Galleries were higher then these then the lower and then the middlemost of the building 6. For they were in three Stories but had not Pillars as the Pillars of the Courts therefore the building was straitned more then the lowest and the middlemost from the ground 7. And the Wall that was wâ—thouâ— â—v r agaiâ—st the Chambers towards the outer Court on the fore-part of the Chambers the length thereof was fifty Cubâ—ts IN this Chapter progress is made in the descripâ—ion of the Temple Chambers Walks Waies Galleries Walls Priests Garments Holy Things and the outward Courts are here spoken of Vers 1. Then he brought me forth into the outer Court Difference there is amongst Expositors what Court this was whether the utmost Court of all which wâ—s the Court of the people or the next Court to that which was the Priests Court or the Court the Temple stood in where the separate building was call'd the outer Court in respect of the Temple into which he was brought out of the Temple The 7 8 9 14. verses speak of outer Court and this outward Court was that where the Temple stood as Sanctius and others observe Formerly hath been spoken of the outward Court representing the amplitude of the Church here it 's conceiv'd to hold forth the visibility of the Church that which is outward is visible The Church whilest it 's in this world is the outward Court It 's not the outward Court which is the profane place It 's not the world but the outward Court which is a place separate from the world yet visible in the world The Church of Christ is prefigured in Scripture and set out by visible things Sometimes by the Arke of Noah as 1 Pet. 3.20 sometimes by a Mountâ—in as Is 2.2 sometimes by a Vineyard and Vine Isa 5.1 Psal 80.8 9. sometimes by a City Psal 122.3 Rev. 21.2 sometimes by a Ship Luke 5.3 sometimes by a Candlestick Rev. 1.20 sometimes by a Dove-house Isa 60.8 sometimes by a Garden and by a Spring Cant. 4.12 sometimes by a Bird Ezek 16.8 sometimes by a Flock and a Fold Psal 78.52 Joh. 10.16 sometimes by a Temple 2 Cor. 6.15 All these are visible things and set out the visibility of the Church eminently Vers 3. For the inner Court As the Church visible is by the outward Court represented so the Church invisible the Mystical Body of Christ is by the inner Court Vers 4. Before the Chambers was a Walk of ten Cubits breadth inward a Way of one Cubit There is a broad way and a narrow way a ten Cubit-way and an one Cubit-way The Church in this world is under various dispensations at one time it hath prosperity and freedome it 's in a Walk of ten Cubits brâ—adth It 's not straitened at all as in Salomons Hezekiahs and Josiahs days So in part of the Apostles days the Church had rest throughout all Judaea Galalaea and Samaria and were edified and walking in the fear of the Lord and in the comfort of the Holy Spirit were multiplyed Act. 4.31 At that time the Churches had liberty and prosperity they had ten Cubits breadth and the time will come when the Church shall have greater latitude liberty and prosperity than ever she yet had At another time the Church is in streights afflictions darkness temptations persecutions c. it 's in a Way of one Cubit vers 4. Such a way is narrow and streight and that is the way the Church is oft if not most in Was not the Church in the way of a Cubit when Elijah could see none but himself in that way The Lord Christ told his Disciples of such a way Mat. 7.14 Narrow is the way which leadeth unto life it 's a way of one Cubit and few do find it there be sharp afflictions Fiery Serpents Wild Beasts Thorns Bryars Pits Stones
Rocks Thieves and Robbers in this way all which the Church of God meets with sooner or later Rev. 7.14 These are they came out of great tribulation these suffered heavy and many things for Christs sake they were in the one-Cubit-way Vers 5. The Galleries were higher then these The Hebrew is did eat up or prevaill that is as Montanus renders the word Capiebant angulos ex ipsis they took away some room from the uppermost Chambers There is difference between particular Churches some are higher some are larger then others Vers 6. Had not Pillars The strength of this Temple was not every where a like some parts had Pillars some had none or not equal to others the Chambers had not Pillars as the Pillars of the Court. So in the Church of Christ some parts of it have strong Pillars eminent Teachers whereas other parts are destitute wholly or have such as are weak the Church at Jerusalem had strong Pillars in it all the Apostles who were full of the Spirit and taugh infallibility Other Churches had not such Pillars Those in Macedonia wanted help and therefore Paul had a vision of a Macedonian in the night begging of him to come thether and help them Act. 16.9 The Primitive Churches had able gratious and wise Officers such as were Pillars of a truth in them and sometimes since have been strong Pillars in some parts of the Church Pillars of Marble Brass yea Gold but in others none or weak ones The Building was straitned more then the lowest and the middlemost from the ground Some Buildings are broadest at the top this was not so but more strait upwrtds It 's harder with some parts of the Church then others Those are highest in the Church meet with more storms troubles temptations then those are lower the upper parts of the house are more obnoxious to winds and weather Paul was high in the Church and what hardships what tempests did he meet with See 1 Cor. 4.11 12 13. 2 Cor. 4.8 9. Chap. 11.23 24 25 26 27. These Chambers were some greater some lesser vers 5 6. plainly intimating that in the Church of Christ from what part soever men came there should be entertainment and suitable accommodation for them If the Kings of the East come in Rev. 16.12 there shall be Chambers for them Let men come from North South or West there be Gates to let them in and Chambers to receive them when they are in Isa 60 8. Men shall come flying from all parts as Doves to a Dove-house in which are many Lookers Holes or Chambers for all the Doves So in the Church of Christ when men come thither they shall find Chambers good accommodation Vers 7. The Wall over against the Chambers the length thereof was fifty Cubits This Wall was answerable to the Chambers which were fifty Cubits in length vers 8. The Wall of God's protection extends as far as the Church doth or any part thereof Vers 8. Before the Temple were an hundred Cubits Fifty Cubits in the inner Court and fifty in the outer Court saith Junius Vers 9. The entry on the East-side Some read the words thus When he that brought me from the East The Prophet was led by a Divine hand from one place to another Chap. 40.3 Vers 10 11 12. There Chambers towards the East North and South are mentioned These Chambers were some greater c. Vers 13 14. 13. Then said he unto me The North-chambers and the South-chambers which are before the separate place they be Holy chambers where the Priests that approach unto the Lord shall eat the most Holy things there shall they lay the most Holy things and the Meat-offering and the Sin-offering and the Trespass-offering for the place is Holy 14. When the Priests enter therein then shall they not go out of the Holy place into the outward Court but there they shall lay their garments wherein they minister for they are holy and shall put on other garments and shall approach to those things which are for the people Of the Chambers and the Priests in the 13 14. verses The Chambers and the Priests are the two principal things in these verses 1. For the Chambers they are described 1. From their situation they were North South and before the separate place 2. From their Holiness they were Holy Chambers 3. From their use which was 1. For eating of Holy things 2. For custody of Holy things 2. For the Priests here is 1. Their duty which is 1. To approach unto God 2. To lay up the Holy things 2. A direction what garments they are to Minister in how to dispose of them and what they must use at other times The building where these Chambers were was very large as appeareth from Chap. 41.12 it was seventy Cubits broad and the Wall of the Building five Cubits thick round about and the length thereof ninety Cubits and it was before the separate place Some make the separate place the Temple but it 's better understood of the space of ground at the West-end of the Temple and lay next to the Chambers joyned to the Temple or between those Chambers and the Priests-chambers In time of the Gospel great numbers in the Western parts from Jerusalem have come in to Christ and imbraced the Gospel which was prefigured by the great Building and the separate place which were at the West-end of Ezek. Temple and ever since the Gospel came into these Western parts and Christ hath had a Church here there hath been a thick wall of protection about it so that neither Heathenish nor Anti-Christian Powers could destroy it Here be many things considerable about the Ministers of the Gospel who are represented by the Priests what they did and had The Priests did approach unto the Lord it was their office to do so and to minister unto him Ezek. 43.19 Aaron and his Sons ministered unto God in the Priests office Exod. 28.1 41 43. And it 's the office of the Ministers under the Gospel to approach unto the Lord to offer up prayers unto him for the people 1 Tim. 2.1 They are so near unto God that they are call'd his Stewards Tit. 1.7 H s Servants Act. 16.17 They approach unto God as Stewards and Servants to their Lords and Masters The Elders were near the Lamb and had golden vials full of odours which are the prayers of the Saints Rev. 5.8 they presented the requests of the Saints unto the Lord In all administrations of the Gospel the Ministers approâ—ch near unto God and in all their approaches he looks to be sanctified by them The Priests who were in God's service had good accommodations they had Chambers and were to eat of the most holy things this signified the care God would have of the Ministers in the days of Christ and the good provision he would make for them they should not be without accommodations and means Gal. 6.6 Let him that is taught in the word communicate unto him that
unto him The humble find mercy and are raised when the proud meet with judgment and are thrown down The 2. consequent is The Spirit leading of him and that was into the inner Court He had led him into several places and now leads him into the inner Court whereby he came to understand the mysteries of and behold the glory in the Temple which none are able to do without the leading of the Spirit None destitute of the Spirit can enter into the Church to understand the things thereof and behold the glory thercin 1 Cor. 2.14 15. 2 Cor. 3.18 It 's the Spirit makes men discern spiritual things it 's the Spirit that leads us from knowledge to knowledge from mystery to mystery and from glory to glory he leads into the Temple and into the inner Court he reveals the deep and glorious things of God unto the Saints The 3. is the filling of the house and that with glory vers 3. Behold the glory of the Lord filled the house There was aboundance of glory in it the Temple and Sanctum Sanctorum were full of it This leads us to consider not onely the Temple re-built after the Babylonish Captivity which the Lord said by Haggai Chap. 2.7 that he would fill it with glory And that the glory of it sh uld be greater then of the former house vers 9. which was fulfilled in Christ's bodily presence there but it leads us also unto Christ who was filâ—'d with the glory of the Spirit and fullness of the Deity Col. 2.9 and unto the Church of Christ which is fill'd with the glory of the Gospel for it is glorious and hath shining light in it 2 Cor. 4.4 but chiefly unto the New Jerusalem wherein a greater glory is expected to be seen then hath ever yet been there will be aboundance of grace and glorious effusions of the spirit See how glorâ—ous the New Jerusalem is Rev. 21. The 4. thing is the Lord speaking unto Ezekiel vers 6. And I heard him speaking unto me The Hebrew is I heard a Saying to me from the house a saying from the glory or from the Lord being in that Glory which fill'd the house The Temple saith Vatablus the Sanctum Sanctorum saith Maldonate but we understand it of both As the glory was in the Temple so the voice came from the Temple The Lord spake not of the Temple as Lyra would have it but from or out of the TempIe The thing pointed out hereby is this That God reveals and makes known his mind in his house in the Church he speakes from the Temple unto his Isa 66.6 A Voice from the Temple a voice of the Lord. There God discover'd his displeasure towards his enemies and his good will towards his servants In Judah is God known Psal 76. There his mind is known The law goes forth out of Zion and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem Isa 2.3 Where his Church is there is his presence there he utters his voice there he opens his mind Why did David desire to dwell in the house of the Lord all days of his life but to behold the beauty of the Lord which appeared there eminently and to inquire in his Temple because the Lord there spake and answered the desires of his servants Psal 27.4 When he was troubled at the prosperity of the wicked what did he then but enter into the Sanctuary of God and there he was resolved he understood their end Psal 73.17 The Spirit and Christ spake in the Churches and to the Churches Rev. 2. and 3 Chap. And in the 16. Chap. vers 1. A great voice was heard out of the Temple And the Man stood by me The Hebrew is And a Man was standing by me Some make this Man to be an Angel but it was he mentioned Chap. 40.3 The Man whose appearance was like the appearance of brass with a line of flax in his hand and a measuring-reed This was Christ the Master-builder Zech. 6.12 Behold the Man whose name is the Branch he shall grow up out of this place and he shall build the Temple of the Lord. This Man stood by Ezek. to assist incourage and interpret things unto him Whence cometh this Observation That the Lord Christ who is the chief Architech in Temple-work stands by his Prophets and Servants who are imployed therein When the Temple was first built many were imploy'd therein but they were not left to their own wisdom and skill Solomon was principâ—l therein he was present counselled directed and assisted therefore it 's said he built the house of the Lord 1 King 6.2 So in Ezekiel's Temple a Type of the Gospel-Temple Christ was present he counselled directed assisted he stood by the Prophet he stood by the Apostles Mat. 28.20 Lo I am with you always even unto the end of the world He stood by Paul Acts 18.10 I am with thee so Chap. 23.11 And Paul doth acknowledge it 2 Tim. 4.16 17. All men forsook me they shew'd their unfaithfulness Notwithstanding the Lord stood with me and strengthened me he was about Temple-work for it follows that by me the Preaching might be fully known and that all the Gentiles might fully hear Christ was with him to instruct incourage and bless him and his labors Christ walkes in the midst of the Churches and holds the stars thereof in his right hand Rev. 2.1 And Chap. 5.6 it 's said In the midst of the Elders stoâ—d a Lamb. There be two things worthy notice from the 5 and 6. verses considered together The 1. Is the distinction of Subsistences in the Divine Nature and Essence Here are 3. distinct Ones named 1. The Spirit which took up Ezekiel 2. The glory of the Lord whom he heard speaking out of the house which was the Father 3. The Man standing by him which was Christ Here is the Spirit Father and Son who as they have distinct personalities so distinct operations The Spirits work is raising up the Fathers speaking and the Sons assisting or standing by The 2. thing is the gradual proceedings of God in carrying on his from mercy to mercy Here be 5. steps of mercy The 1. Is the Spirit taking up the Prophet being fallen upon his face Had any one come and raised the Prophet being down it had been kindness Especially if Daniel Zorobabel or some Elder of Israel had done it but one greater and better then them all did it viz. the Spirit of God This was great mercy The 2. Is the Spirit leading of him into the inner Court He did not raise him and then leave him but led him And whither not into the outward Court but into the inner Court This was a further mercy a choise mercy to be brought so near the Temple The 3. Step was a sight of glory he saw the glory of the Lord filling the house this was a grand mercy which none of the Jews besides himself saw As when Christ was transfigured and the Mountain shin'd with the glory of his
transfiguration Peter and John saw it whch was a favour unto them to see such glory and the greater because none of the other Apostles did see the same The 4. Step is the Lords speaking unto him being compassed about with glory To have heard the voice of an Angel had been mercy but to hear the voice of the great and glorious God out of the Temple this was a height of mercy such as Moses had Exod. 33.11 The 5. and last Step is the presence of Christ he stood by him Here was another mercy and no mean one Christ In whom were hid all treasures of wisdome and knowledge Col. 2.3 So then here was the whole Trinity imploy'd at once about Ezekiel which was transcendent and superlative mercy Those are call'd to be agents in Temple-work have need of the whole Trinity help of the Spirit to raise or led them of a sight of glory to darken all humane and mundane glory before their eyes of hearing God speak that they may be taught of him and of having Christ present with them that they may be inabled to go through their work John in the Revel was led from mercy to mercy from vision to vision as appears throughout that book and especially in the 21. Chap. 1 2.3 c. The time will come when the Spirit will lead the Saints into the inner Court where they shall see the glory of God hear his voice and find Christ standing by them Vers 7 8 9. 7. And he said unto me Son of man the place of my throne and the place of the soles of my feet where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel for ever and my holy name shall the house Israel no more defile neither they nor their Kings by their whoredome nor by the carkeises of their Kings in their high places 8. In their setting of their threshold by my thresholds and their post by my posts and the wall between me and them they have even defiled my holy name by their abominations that they have committed wherefore I have consumed them in mine anger 9. Now let them put away their whoredome and the carkeises of their Kings far from me and I will dwell in the midst of them for ever The 2. part of this Chap. being the speech of God to the Prophet begins at the words read and in them we have 1. A promise of Gods abiding with his people and the effect thereof viz. Sanctification 2. A declaration of the cause why God formerly departed from them 3. A duty or charge laid upon them vers 9. The promise of Divine presence and continuance is partly in the 7. verse viz. in these words The place of my Throne and the place of the soles of my feet where I will dwell in the midst of the children of Israel for ever and partly in the 9. verse the last words of it viz. I will dwell in the midst of them for ever By the place of God's throne and of the soles of his feet is meant the Temple and City of Jerusalem where God had formerly dwelt Jer. 17.12 A glorious high Throne from the beginning is the place of thy Sanctuary it was God's Throne and it was the footstool of God 1 Chron. 28.2 It 's granted by all that Jerusalem having the Temple in it represented the Church of God under the Gospel in which the promise here is that God will dwell for ever The Christian Church shall have the presence of God in it and abiding with it for ever Mat. 28.20 I am with you always even unto the end of the world John fixes this presence of God in the New Jerusalem Rev. 21.2 3. When New Jerusalem came down from heaven then he heard a voice saying behold the Tabernacle of God is with men and he will dwell with them and they shall be his people and God himself shall be with them and be their God So Chap. 22.3 The Throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it There both God and Christ will be and dwell This sets out the great esteem God had of and the great complacency he had in Jerusalem he esteem'd it as his Throne and took delight in it as in his chiefest dwelling Isa 69.1 God saith Heaven is his Throne and earth his Footstool this is the honour he puts upon heaven and earth and the same he puts upon Jerusalem and now puts upon the Christian Church It 's his Throne his Footstool the place he esteems above all others the place he takes more complacency in then all others Such shall be the presence of the Lord in it that it shall be call'd Jehovah-Shammah that is The Lord is there Ezek. 48.1 And such shall be his content and delight therein that Jeremy tells you it shall be call'd the Throne of the Lord Jer. 3.17 At that time they shall call Jerusalem the Throne of the Lord and all the Nations shall be gathered unto it The effect of God's presence viz. sanctification is comprehended in these words My holy name shall the house of Israel no more defile neither they nor their Kings by their whoredome c. Of prophaning and defiling God's holy name was spoken Chap. 36.20 To let that pass the sense here is they shall avoid all things which do defile and sanctifie God's holy name they should keep the worsh p of God keep from idolatry and all arbitrary inventions of men which Jerome and Maldonate refer to the state of heaven ad Templum Coeleste and not to the Temple built after the Babylonian captivity because that was oft defiled by Antiochus Pompey and Titus and deserted by the Lord. Others refer it as is here said to that Temple because the Jews after their captivity did for ever hate idolatry and serve the true God though not in a right manner If these words do in part refer to the state of the Church after the captivity yet principally they refer to the state of it after Christ and that time too when New Jerusalem shall be extant for Anti-christ hath greatly defiled the holy name of God with his idols and will-worship but then nothing that defileth shall enter Rev. 21. 27. then shall be made good that in Zech. 14.21 In that day there shall be no more the Canaanite in the house of the Lord they shall be all true Israelites Nor their Kings by their whoredome By whoredome the Prophet understands Idolatry which is spiritual whoredome of which hath often been spoken Not onely the people but even Kings and Princes were given much to idolatry in Israel and in Judah they caused idols and altars to be set up in most places and countenanced them they imitated the very heathens and became like yea worse then them Ezek. 5.6 7. Chap. 16.47 2 King 21.2 3 4 5 6 7 9. It 's said of Jehoahaz or Jehoiakim and Jehoiakim that they did evil in the sight of the Lord according to all that their Fathers had done
neither be corner foundation or wall-stones Jem 51.26 and the stones of Sion which are pretious and living they begin to creep out of the dust of contempt and to appear like the stars of the morning now there is a spirit of prayer more then formerly and more then ordinary for the accomplishment of this vision and great expectation raised in many to see such a spiritual Temple Fifthly Observe The end of making known the laws and ways of God's house is that they may be observed and practised Ezekiel must shew them and write in their sight the forms laws and ordâ—nances of the house that they may keep and do them God propounds not divine things onely to be known but chiefly to be done It 's not enough to know virtue but men must endeavour to have it and to do virtuously Did a man know all the forms comings in and goings out of God's house all the laws and ordinances thereof and not observe them it would not advantage him at all but make his condemnation the greater The end of humane laws and ordinances is observation else they are no better then cyphers So the end of God's laws is keeping and doing of them it 's not knowing nor hearing nor praising but practise which commends them Disobedience is a dishonour to God to his house to his laws Let us hearken to James in this case Chap. 1.22 his counsel is good Be ye doers of the word and not hearers only deceiving your own selves Vers 12. This is the law of the house upon the top of the mountain the whole limit thereof round about shall be most holy c. Sanctius reads the words thus This is the law of the house upon the top of the mountain and there makes the distinction from the following words Others make it before and refer the words upon the top of the mountain to the latter words not the former There is no considerable difference whether the note of distinction be in the one or the other place For the house was upon the top of a mountain Chap. 40.2 6. The law of this house viz. the fabrick mountain and whole compass thereof was holiness It 's here said to be most holy The Hebrew is Sanctitas sanctorum The holiness of holiness The Hebrews do double the word when they intend a superlative as a Servant of Servants Gen. 9.25 that is most servile a King of Kings Ezra 7.12 that is the most eminent and greatest of Kings and here the holiness of holiness that is the most holy Such was this house and the mountain whereon it stood and the compass of it round about which was by a wall of 500. reeds long and so many broad or thereby was the separation made between the Sanctuary and the prophane place Chap. 42.20 This house was to be the habitation of God his Throne a representation of New Jerusalem and Heaven it self therefore it is styl'd not onely hold but most holy First Observe The Church of God hath a good Foundation It 's an house upon a mountain and that is strong Job 39.28 Rocks and mountains are strong places they stand immovable The rock or mountain on which the Church is founded and built is the Lord Christ himself 1 Cor. 3.11 call'd a mountain Dan. 2.35 A precious corner stone a sure foundation Isa 28.16 A rock 1 Cor. 10. 4. The strength of Israel 1 Sam. 15.29 The root of David Rev. 22.16 and upholder of all things Heb. 1.3 He upholds the world and the Church Secondly Observe The Church of God is eminent and conspicuous It 's on the top of a mountain and that mountain was very high Chap. 40.2 where he saw this Temple which holds forth the visibility and eminency of the Church under the Gospel Isa 2.2 It shall come to pass in the last days that the mountain of the Lord's house shall be established in the top of the mountains and shall be exalted above the hills and all nations shall flow unto it When one mountain is laid upon another the uppermost must be very eminent the Church here is call'd a mountain and this mountain is seated upon the top of another mountain even that mountain that fills all the earth Dan. 2.35 It must therefore of necessity be high and be seen of the nations for it 's Prophesied that all nations shall flow unto it This suits with that Rev. 21.24 Thirdly Observe The whole Church of God is to be made up of holy materials The house upon the top of the mountain the whole circuit thereof round about shall be mâ—st holy There must not be one part of the house profane another part holy but the whole house and every part thereof must be holy Isa 35.8 There shall be the way of holiness the unclean shall not pass over it the purity of that way will be such as wicked ones will not dare to tread in it Joel 3.16 17. The Lord shall roar out of Sion and utter his voice from Jerusalem and the heavens and the earth shall shake terrible doings there shall be but the Lord will be the hope of his people and the strength of the children of Israel So shall ye know that I am the Lord your God dwelling in Zion my holy mountain then shalâ— Jerusalem be holy that is all Jerusalem shall then be holy and there shall no strangers pass thorow her any more to pollute and defile her Then shall every pot in Jerusalem and Judah be holiness unto the Lord as Zech. speaks Chap. 14.21 Then shall be shut out all dogs sorcerers whoremongers muâ—derers Idolaters and lovers with makers of lies as John saith Rev. 22.15 and whatever defileth Rev. 21.27 Peter calls them of this Temple lively stones 1 Pet. 2.5 John calls them seal'd ones Rev. 7.4 Such as had the Fathers name written in their foreheads Rev. 14.1 Precious stones Rev. 21.19 Ephes 2.19 20 21.22 Fourthly Observe The law of this house which is holiness is specially to be observed The verse begins and ends alike This is the law of the house bebold This is the law of this house Hujus domus so Vatablus Istius domus so Junius As the house is emphatical so is the law of it set out with an Ecce Behold This is the law of it holiness of holiness All in this house hath a law of holiness writ in it or upon it If any thing or person could come in here without holiness such things and persons would be cast out as unclean as the man was who came into the Marriage-Supper without a Wedding Garment Mat. 22.12 13. They violate the law of holiness and must suffer for it but such shall not be suffered to enter Rev. 21.27 There shall in no wise enter into it any thing that defileth no false doctrine no humane inventions or will-worship shall be there no profane person no formalist or hypocrite shall get in there but they who are written in the Lambs book of life vers 12.
not to know any thing among the Corinthians that is to make known any thing to preach any thing save Jesus Christ and him crucified That should be his work to measure out Christ to them So Philip preached Christ to the Samaritans Act. 8.5 And Peter preached Christ unto the Jews and others Act. 2. The virtue of Christ crucified is to be made known fully Vers 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27. 10. And he said unto me Son of man thus saith the Lord God These are the ordinances of the Altar in the day when they shall make it to offer Burnt-offerings thereon and to sprinkle blood thereon 19. And thou shalt give to the Priests the Levites that be of the seed of Zadock which approach unto me to minister unto me saith the Lord God a young Bullock for a Sin-offering 20. And thou shalt take of the blood thereof and put it on the four horns of it and on the four corners of the settle and upon the border round about Thus shalt thou cleanse and purge it 21. Thou shalt take the Bullock also of the Sin-offering and he shall burn it in the appointed place of the house without the Sanctuary 22. And on the second day thou shalt offer a Kid of the Goats without blemâ—sh for a Sin-ffering and they shall cleanse the Altar as they did cleanse it with the Bullock 23. When thou hast made an end of cleansing it thou shalt offer a young Bullock without blemish a Ram out of the flock without blemish 24. And thou shalt offer them before the Lord and the Priests shall cast salt upon them and they shall offer them up for a Burnt-offering unto the Lord. 25. Seven days shalt thou prepare every day a Goat for a Sin-offering they shall also prepare a young Bullock and a Ram out of the flock without blemish 26. Seven days shall they purge the Altar and purifie it and they shall consecrate themselves 27. And when these days are expired it shall be that upon the eighth day and so forward the Priest shall make the Burnt-offerings upon the Altar and the Peace-offerings and I will accept you saith the Lord God HAving prescribed the form of the Altar the Lâ—rd gives out to Ezekiel the Ordinances thereof the Lâ—ws and Rites which concern'd the Sacrifices and Priests shewing him what Priests he would have imployed in the service of this Altar as also what Sacrifices and how the Altar is to be purified which things extend to the 27. vers and therein the daily work and worship of the Altar is appointed Although the chief scope of this Vision be to set out the glory and greatness of the Church under the Gospel and among the Gentiles yet because the Jews at this time being in Babylon were to return unto Jerusalem therefore the Lord alludes to Ordinances Rites and Ceremonies which were well known among the Jews holding out under them the spiritual worship of the Gospel The Priests to be in the service of this Altar and to draw near to God were to be of the seed of Zadock David being on his death-bed Abiathar the High-priest sided with Adonijah the eldest Son to make him King but Zadock was for Solomon whereupon after the death of David Solomon obtaining the Kingdome Abiathar was put out of his place and Zadock made High-priest 1 King 2.36 Zadock was constant and faithful a just and upright man as his name signifies and such men were to serve at this Altar such as are constant to Christ faithful just sincere ought to be in Gospel administration and to draw near to God in these Ordinances which belong to the Gospel which differ from the Judaical Here are three sorts of Sacrifices mentioned the Burnt-offering the Sin-offering and the Peace-offering vers 18 19 27. of which and their different Rites you may read Levit. 1. per totum Levit. 6. from the 24. to the end Levit. 3. per totum with Chapt. 7. from the 11. to the 22. These Sacrificee were not sufficient to expiate sin but they were media cultus leading them unto Christ So Baptisme and the Supper are not of great validity as to purge away sin but they are means of worship leading unto Christ who onely is the expiatory Sacrifice for sin Heb. 7.27 Chap. 10.10 11 12 14. Concerning the Bullock for the Sin-offering two things are proposed 1. That the blood thereof be taken and put upon the four Horns of the Altar and upon the f ur Corners of the Settle and upon the Border round about vâ—rs 20. And the like wâ—s to be done with the Kid of the Goats vers 22. This presignified the abundant shedding of the blood of Christ which cleanseth from all sin 1 Joh. 1.7 Rev. 1.5 â—nd that Christ crucified should be preached to the four corners of the earth Mat. 28.19 1 Cor. 1.23 2. This Bullock was to be burnt in the appointed place of the house without the Sanctuary which shadowed out the place of Christ's suffering as it 's written Heb. 13.11 12. The Sin-offering was burnt without the Camp Wherefore Jesus also that he might sanctifie the pe ple with his own blood suffered without the Gate even in the place appointed Luk. 23.33 As for the Burnt-offering of a young Bullock and a Ram out of the flock both without blemish the Priests were to cast salt upon them vers 23 24. In Leviticus they were commanded with all their Offerings to offer salt Chap. 2.13 Salt makes all things savory and preserveth from corruption by the heat and shâ—rpness of it and therefore salt was accounted an embleme of duration and eternity 2 Chron. 13.5 Num. 18.19 We read of a covenant of salt which notes an inviolable incorruptible and perpetual covenant Sanctius thinks salt was used in Sacrifices because it notes prudence and wisdome without which Sacrifices are unsavory Without question it notes the wholesome doctrine of the Gospel gratious words and seasonable reproofs Col. 4 6. Eph. 4.29 which are savory to God and Man This salting the Sacrifices by the Priests types out the office of Gospel Ministers who are styled by the Lord Christ The salt of the earth Mat. 9.13 and are to season others with wholsome doctrine and sharp reproofs Titus must rebuke the Cretians sharply that they may be sound in the faith Tit. 1.13 The salt of the Gospel will eat out those ill humors are in men Christ saith Mark 9.49 Every â—ne shall be salted with fire that is with the fire of the Spirit the fire of afflâ—ctions or the fire of hell and every Sacrifice shall be salted with salt that is with grace and especially the grace of mortification which will eat out and consume those lusts which are offensive to God to themselves and others and the grace of zeal which will make the affections mount up to the Lord. True Christians are sacrifices well season'd uncorrupt doctrines will make uncorrupt souls and bodies the salt makes both immortal men
thing causeth that signifying they must do nothing may justly cause an ill savour Their loyns must be girt with sincerity and their conversations such as may be in offensive before God and men Of putting off their garments and putting on others when they go out from their ministration wss spoken Chap. 42.14 And they shall not sanctifie the people in their garments Common things were made holy by the touching of holy things according to the Law Exod 29.37 The Priest's therefore put them off lest going out in them the people might touch them and so being sanctified be necessitated to leave their callings Vid. Diodate OEcolampad saith Sanctificare hoc loco est velle haberi sanctum And so the Priests were not to go forth in their garments that the people might esteem them holy The Chalde is Non commiscebuntur cum populo They shall not mingle with the people being in those holy garments and so profane them Pintus hath it to good purpose thus Non exibunt in vestibus sacerdotalibus ad benedicendum populo They shall not go out in their Priestly garments to bless the people but do it in their common garments They must be in another frame of spirit in their approaches to God than in common dealings with the people The 2. Rule given them is concerning their heads They must not shave them nor wear long locks but poll their heads Ths Heathens used to shave their heads especially their idolatrous Priests and God would not have those ministred unto him to conform unto idolaters His must not shave their hair then it would be too short nor nourish it then it would be too long but poll the same keep a medium between both The Ministers of Christ must not shave their heads lest they shouid symbolize with Anti-christian Monks and Friars nor wear it long which is the garb of luxurious barbarous and military men they must neither neglect their hair nor be effeminate in the length powdering or curling of the same but have such a care of that and their habit as becomes the Gospel and the servants of Christ A 3. Rule is the prohibition of Wine nor simply but when they enter into the inner Court This was a law laid upon Aaron and his sons Levit. 10.9 Do not drink wine nor strong drink thou nor thy sons with thee when ye go into the Tabernacle of the Congregation lest ye die It shall be a statute for ever throughout yâ—ur generations Notwithstanding this law the Priests and Prophets were faulty and complaint is made Isa 28.7 The Priests and theProphets have erred through strong drink they are swallowed up of wine they are out of the way through strong drink they erre in vision they stumble in judgement The Jewish Priests were absolutely forbidden wine it 's conceiv'd lest it should cause them to speak or do undecently in their ministrations but wine is not wholly prohibited to the Ministers of the Gospel Paul bids Timothy drink wine 1 Tim. 5.23 Here temperance and sobriety are commanded and commended unto the Ministers of Christ they must not be men given to wine Titus 1.7 but sober vers 8. A 4. Rule is touching their marriage they are not forbidden to marry but are caution'd about the same and shew'd who they must not marry not a widow or one dâ—vorced And Moses mentions two more Levit. 21.14 a profane one and a harlot which they might not take a Virgin or a Priest's widow they might and these must be of the seed of the house of Israel Strange virgins or strange widows they might not joyn themselves unto The scope of the words is that they should marry them were modest chast pious sober and well educated that so they might be a comfort aâ—d an honour to their husbands in that office The Preists were Types of Christ and the Ministers of the Gospel are in Christ's stead unto the people and marriage represents the mystical union and marriage between Christ and his Church therefore of all men they should see to it what wives they take even such as will be subject in all things as the Church is unto Christ Ephes 5.24 and so mind others of their duty Vers 23 24 25 26 27. 23. And they shall teach the people the difference between the holy and profane and cause men to d scern between the unclean and the clean 24. And in controversie they shall stand in judgement and they shall judge it according to my judgement and they shall keep my laws and my statutes in all mine assemblies and they shall hallow my sabbaths 25. And they shall come at no dead person to defile themselves but for father or mother or for son or for daughter for brother or for sister that hath had no husband they may defile themselves 26. And after he is cleansed they shall reckon unto him seven days 27. And in the day that he goeth into the Sanctuary unto the inner Court to minister in the Sanctuary he shall offer his Sin-offering saith the Lord God MOre Rules are prescribed here for the Priests of this new Temple The 1. is that they putting difference in things and persons between the holy and profane the clean and the unclean should teach the people the same This was the Priest's duty of old Levit. 10.10 11. And because it was neglected God complains of the Priests Ezek. 22.26 They have violated my law they have profaned my holy things they have put no difference between the holy and profane neither have they shewed that is to the people difference between the clean and the unclean But now it should be otherwise the Ministers of the Gospel should teach the people sound and discriminating doctrine so that they should know truth from error men sound in the faith from such as were corrupt and heretical Paul taught Timothy to discern between men having a form of godliness and the power of it 2 Tim. 3.2 3 4 5 6 7 8. And Titus he taught to distinguish of persons Chap. 1.10 11 12 13 14 15 16. And John put difference between the clean and the unclean Rev. 21.27 And Christ taught his Apostles and in them all others that holy things must not be given unto dogs Mat. 7.6 The 2. Rule is about Controversies and what they are to do therein When controversies arise they are to hear judge and determine them by the law of God vers 24. In controversies they shall stand in judgement and shall judge according to my judgements not according to their own wills desires of others or laws of men but as God's laws direct and command Christians should bring their differences to theis Ministers and Church-officers that they may make and maintain peace between them judging and determining their controversies according to the Word of God Paul blamed the Corinthians that brother went to law with brother and that before unbelievers and brought not their cases unto the Church 1. Cor. 6.6 Ecclesiastical differences onght to be
of Ahab Jezabel and the instruments they set on work but in this new Political estate it must be otherwise Isa 60.18 Violence shall no more be heard in thy land wasting nor destruction within thy borders Execute judgment and justice Princes and Magistrates are God's deputies they ought to be like unto him and to act for him they should be men of knowledge able to judge in controversies to discern where the right lies Deut. 1.16 17. And men of courage to rule for God executing judgment and justice impartially As David did 2 Sam 8.15 He raigned over all Israel and executed judgment and justice unto all his people and this was one of his last words He that ruleth over men must be just ruling in the fear of God 2 Sam. 23.3 And when men rule so there will be no place for injustice and oppression Such we have warrant to expect for the Lord hath said I will make thine officers peace and thine exactors righteousness Isa 60.17 Take away the exactions from my people The Vulgar reads the words Separate confinia vestra à populo meo Separate your confines from my people When Princes and great men have fields and inheritances lying near to their inferiors grounds as Ahabs did to Naboths they covet the same and find out ways to get the same and in time eat up their possessions therefore to prevent this the Lord calls upon them to separate their borders from their neighbours Junius and Polanus read the words Tollite depastiones vestras They force men out of their houses and inheritances as it is Mic. 2.2 They covet fields and take them by violence and houses and take them away So they oppress a man and his house even a man and his heritage These were exactions as we read it And of the great ones exactions you may see 2 King 15.20 Ch. 23.35 sometimes under pretence of law and necessity they did exact of the people But these must cease and when the new heavens and new earth come there shall righteousness be in them no exaction or oppression 2 Pet. 3.13 Vers 10. Ye shall have just ballances In this and the other two verses Ordinances are given out about Weights Measures and Money 1. Concerning Weights the ballances must be just In former days they did pervert or falsifie the ballances by deceit Amos 8.5 Which was abomination to the Lord Prov. 20.10 There was a law in Deut. against the same Chap. 25.13 14 15. it was against diverse weights and diverse measures tying them to one and that perfect and just so here just ballances are required God wouâ—â— have the people just and equal in their dealings not defrauding one another A just Ephah and a just Bath c. The Measures of the Hebrews were of dry liquid things both which are here mention'd To begin with the Homer which was the greatest measure they had and signifies an Heap it held so much Some make the quantity to be what a Camel or an Asse could bear and carry The Homer is the same with that measure call'd Cor or Corus as the 14. verse shews each of them containing ten Baths or ten Ephahs A-lapide makes the Bath and Ephah to contain three Bushels a piece and so the Homer to be thirty Bushels But if we make Mâ—dius to be but half a Bushel then the Ephah and Bath contain one Bushel and an half a piece and the Homer fifteen But Ainsworsh upon Levit. 27.16 makes the Homer to be ten Ephahs that is ten Bushels so that the Ephah and the Bath held the measure of a Bushel The Ephah was a measure for dry things Wheat Barley Meal Flower 1 Sam. 17.17 Judg. 6.19 Num 5.15 And it was the common-measure reliquarum omnium mensurarum quasi fundamentum There is a seeming contradiction between what you have in Exod. 16.36 where it 's written An Omer is the tenth part of an Ephah and what you have here in Ezek. who saith An Ephah is the tenth part of an Homer For answer Know the words Omer and Homer in the Hebrew differ The first is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Omer with Ain which signifies an Handful Levit. 23.10 Ye shall bring a sheafe of the first fruits The Hebrew is an handful an Omer It 's conceiv'd the wheat beaten out of that sheafe did fill the Omer which contain'd above a pottle about five points and so was the tenth part of an Ephah which contain'd of our English-measure seven gallons and an half which makes our Bushel The second word Homer is written with 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Cheth and is that great-measure containing ten Ephahs of which is spoken The measure call'd a 〈◊〉 was of liquid things and contain'd as much as the Ephah seven gallons and an half the tenth part of an Homer Wine and Oyl were usually measured by it as 2 Chron. 2.10 Ezra 7.22 In Isa 5.10 we find these words Ten acres of vineyard shall yield one Bath God would so blast their vines that ten acres planted with vines should not yield ten gallons they should fill but one Bath and the seed of an Homer that is ten Bushels should yield an Ephah that is one Bushel Here the Bath is the measure of Wine and the Ephah the measure of Corn. And the Shekel shall be twenty Gerahs Having spoken of the measures he proceeds to the Money that it might be of a just value The Shekel must be twenty Gerahs a Gerah was to weigh sixteen Barley-corns so that twenty Gerahs amounted unto three hundred and twenty barley corns and so much the Shekel was to weigh of it was spoken Chap. 4. v. 10. 8.60 Shekels made the Maneh or pound Some pieces of their money were twenty Shekels some twenty five some fifteen and these together made their Maneh First Observe Princes and Magistrates commonly are covetous and cruel The Princes of Israel used violence and spoil they exacted upon the people Zeph. 3.3 Jerusalem's Princes were roaring lyons her Judges evening wolves they were greedy of the prey Nero was a lyon to the people of God 2 Tim. 4.17 Nebuchadnezzar was both a lyon a bear and a dragon Jerem. 51.34 saith Jerusalem He hath devoured me he hath crushed me he hath made me an empty vessel he hath swallowed me up like a dragon he filled his belly with my delicates he hath cast me out His belly was so bigg his desires so inlarged that he eat up Citties Kingdomes and Nations As it was said of Pompey Nostra miseria tu es Magnus so of most Princes in the world may the peoâ—le say By our miseries ye are become great Secondly Observe Christianity doth not overthrow but establish Magistracy The Lord here speaking what reformation should be under the Messiah doth not take Magistrates away but corrects their exorbitances saying Remove violence and spoyle take away exactions He abridges them not of just power but decrys their Tyranny Paul approov's of Magistrates Rom. 13. 1 Tim. 2.1
9.24 And lives for ever to make intercession for us Heb. 7.25 He doth that always which the Priests did in the Feasts New-moons Sabbaths and Solemnities the virtue of this sacrifice is ever useful Vers 18 19 20. 18. Thus saith the Lord God In the first month the fiâ—st day of the month thou shalt take a young Bullock without blemish and cleanse the Sanctuary 19. And the Priest shall take of the blood of the Sin-offering and put it upon the posts of the house and upon the four corners of the settle of the Altar and upon the posts of the gate of the inner Court 20. And so thou shalt do the seventh day of the month for every one that erreth and for him that is simple so shall ye reconcile the house HEre we have an ordinance for cleansing the Sanctuary much like that ordinance in the 43. Chap. for cleansing the Altar of Burnt-offerings There was no suâ—h â—rdinance among the Mosaicals as Jerome Sanctius and others observe This was a new ordinance which the Levitical-law knew not and speaks out the newness of all under the Gospel the cleansing of the Church by the bloud of Christ who in due season being without sin was made sin for us 2 Cor. 5 21. And by his bloud wash'd away the sins of his Rev. 1.5 Heb. 13.11 and 〈◊〉 it made way for entring into the Holiest Heb. 10 19. And whereas the posts of the house and posts of the gate and four corners of the settle of the Altar were all sprinkled with bloud It tells us that all great or small whencesoever they come from East West North or South cannot be cleansed or saved but by bloud even the bloud of Christ Heb. 9.22 23. It 's nothing in man or from man himself not his righteousness free-will or sufferings which doth cleanse him from his sin that onely is from the virtue of Christ's bloud 1 Joh. 1.7 The 20. verse leads to speak of sins of ignorance Under the law there was a sacrifice for the men sin'd ignorantly Levit. 5.17 18. He was to bring a ram to the Priest and by the sacrificing of that his sin was forgiven him and peace made Here the ordinance differs from that In stead of a Ram must be a young Bullock sacrificed signifying that the bloud of Christ is for the erroneous simple ignorant as well as others When men sin wilfuâ—ly it 's dangerous Heb. 10.26 27. But for those are simple and through ignorance do erre there is a remedy provided 1 Joh. 2.7 My little Children I write unto you that ye sin not that 's impossible they might have replyed For in many things we sin all James 3.2 And if any man do sin that is through weakness ignorance simpleness strength of corruption or temptation we have an advocate with the father Jesus Christ the righteous and he is the propitiation for our sins This remedy Christ holds out in the Gospel to such sinners and would have his Ministers do the like Gal. 6.1 If a man be overtaken in a fault ye which are spiritual restore such an one bring him to Christ cause him to look upon Hâ—m crucified and expiating his sin with His own bloud and then he will weep for his error his simplicity and so he is restor'd Vers 21 22 23 24. 21. In the first month in the fourteenth day of the month ye shall have the passeover a feast of seven days uncleavened bread shall be eaten 22. And upon that day â—hall the Prince prepare for himself and for all the people of the land a bullock for a Sin-offering 23. And seven days of the feast he shall prepare a Burnt-offering to the Lord seven Bullocks and seven Rams without blemish daily the seven days and a Kid of the Goats daily for a Sin-offering 24. And he shall prepare a Meat-offering of an Ephah for a Bullock and an Ephah for a Ram and an Hin of Oyle for an Ephah IN these verses are ordinances for keeping the Passover c. Of the Mosaical you may see Exod. 12. and Levit. 23. from which this diffeâ—s in many things as Polanus notes and presents unto us Christ our Passover who was sacrificed for us 1 Cor. 5.7 The Passover was In the first Month the fourteenth day when the Moon was at the Full and the Sun ascending all things began to revive which shew'd that Christ was not to be sacrificed presently after his birth but when the fullness of ceremonial light was come and that by his death Jewish shadowes being abolished true light life and reviving came into the world The feast of unleavened-bread shew'd how we are to keep the feast of the Christian-Passover viz. not with old leaven that is our old corrupt hearts neither with the leaven of malice and wickedness but with the unleavened-bread of sincerity and truth Men should not come to his Ordinance with old malitious or wicked hearts but with hearts sincere and true all corrvution of nature doctrine and manners should be purg'd out And Christians should live their whole life noted by the seven dayes here free from hypocrisie lying malice and unrighteousness they should study and endeavour to be holy as God is holy It 's said vers 22. that the Prince must prepare for himself and for all the people a Bullock for a Sin-offering This Prince therefore seems not to be Christ but the High-priest who was sinful and offered first for himself and then for the people Heb. 7.27 Christ had no sin and so could not offer Sacrifice for himself For answer hereunto know that Christ considered in himself was an immaculate Lamb without blemish 1 Pet. 1.19 An High-priest holy harmless undefiled Heb. 7.26 But consider him as our surety as head of the body so he had sin His own self did bear our sins in his own body 1 Pet. 2.24 He was made sin for us 2 Cor. 5.21 He was offered to bear the sins of many Heb. 9.28 The Lord laid upon him the iniquities of us all Isa 53.6 And was numbred with transgressors vers 12. Our sins were imputed to him so that he stood as a sinner and malefactour in our stead and offered up himself a Sacrifice for himself that is for his body the Church Thus nothing hinders but by Prince here we may understand Christ The Burnt-offering and Sin-offering which were to be daily set out the virtue of Christ's death and intercession which is not for a day or a few years but for ever or they may acquaint us with the Saints their total and constant dedication of themselves unto God and his service An Hin of oyle Of the Ephah Bath Homer and Cor was spoken in the former part of the Chapter An Hin was for liquid things and contain'd as much as twelve Logs and each Log contain'd six Eggs so that an Hin held as much Wine or Oyle as seventy two Eggs and according to some is three quarts of our English-measure Vers 25. In the seventh month
God Princes may not change any thing in the Worship of God abrogate or institute ought by their wills or power Vzziah was smitten with the leprosie for medling 2 Chron. 26. and Ahaz for his adding 2 Kings 16. his altering detracting and abrogating 2 Chron. 28. was branded for his wickedness They kept not at the post and threshold of the gate but entred into the inner Court 2. They are to countenance and maintain the Worship of God The Prince must stand at the post of the gate and see the Priests do their Office He found the Burnt Peace and Meat Offerings and the Priests prepared them that is fitted them for Sacrifices The Princes and Powers of the Christian World should countenance preserve propagate and maintain the true VVorship of God in their Territories VVhen Joash was made King he had the Testimony given unto him 2 Chron. 23.11 that was the Book of the Law And why was this given him It was to inform Princes that they should rule according thereunto that they should countenance preserve propagate and maintain the same and the VVorship it held forth 3. That Princes must worship the Lord publiquely on Sabbath days and when special occasions are as well as other people He shall worship at the threshold of the gate Let Princes be never so great rich learned wise yet they must fall down at Gods foot-stool serve him with fear and kiss the Son they must observe the times of Gods VVorship bow to him and not leave all to their inferiors 4. They must not impede the Worship of God The Prince shall go forth but the gate shall not be shut where he hath worshipped he must not hinder othâ—rs It was a vile practice in those who shut up the doors of the Lords house and would not let the people or Priests come there to worship 2 Chron. 28.24 Princes should see to it that the door be open for publique Worship not onely at the appointed times but upon special occasions If we take the Prince here to be Christ as Oecolampad and Polanus do then his coming to and standing by the post of the gate his sacrificing and worshipping do prefigure his coming in the flesh and his standing at the gate of Heaven for us offering up Prayers and Supplications for us with strong crys and tears Heb. 5.7 Luke 22.44 and whereas it is said The Priests shall prepare his burnt-offering and his peace-offering this presignified the Priests delivering up Christ to be crucified for us Luke 24. â—0 The chief Priest and Rulers delivered him to be condemned to death and crucified him who was the Prince of life Acts 3.15 yet he laid down his life freely Joh. 10.17 18. And for his worshipping at the threshold of the gate it may point out that time when Christ being on the Cross said It is finished and so bowed his head and gave up the Ghost John 19.30 Now was he at the threshold of the gate for he said to the Thief immediately before This day shalt thou be with me in Paradise Luke 23.43 Then his soul went forth of its earthly tabernacle and shortly after reassuming that he left the world and went to his Father John 16.28 The gates standing open until evening that so the people might come and worship at the door of the gate before the Lord this some interpret of the door of Mercy and Reconciliation which Christ hath set open for sinners during this life and if they come not thither before death and worship God then it s shut for ever against them On Sabbath days men should draw near to God seek Reconciliation with him for on such days the gate is widest open for Grace and Mercy On the six days it s shut that is comparatively shut Christians do celebrate Sabbaths and New-Moons when they have inward spiritual rest in their souls through faith in Christ and do receive light from him to see what is evil and so to avoid it and what is good and so to practice it In Vers 4 5 6 7. the Offerings Oblations and Sacrifices of the Prince for the Sabbath days and New-moons are mentioned The Olaâ— or Burnt-Offering for the Sabbath was to be six compleat Lambs without blemish and one Ram which differs much from the appointment in Moses days Numb 28.9 then there were but two Lambs here six are appointed And so the Meat-Offering is larger here then there but for the Offering in the day of the New-Moon it was short of that in Moses time for then two Bullocks seven Lambs and one Ram were appointed and here one Bullock six Lambs and one Ram are nominated for the Offering which shews the Levitical VVorship was to be changed And taking the Prince for one of the Princes of the earth it tells us he ought to provide for the VVorship of God But if we take this Prince to be Christ then it imports that Christ hath ordained more spiritual pure and efficacious VVorship on Sabbaths under the Gospel then was under the Law and more extensive then was before also that Jewish shadows are fled away by the coming in of the glorious light of the Gospel that old things are past away and all things become new Neomenâ—â— nostra est spiritualis est novum in Christo seculum saith Polanus These Sacrifices do point out Christ he was instar omnium he was the Lambs the Rams the Bullock the Meal the Flowre and the Oyl This Prince sacrificing of himself did more by that one and once Sacrifice then all the Sacrifices from the first to the last Hebr. 10.14 Verse 5. As he shall be able to give The Hebrew is the gift of his hand and so it s in the Margent in Verse 7. it is thus as his hand shall attain unto and in the eleventh as he is able that is as God hath blessed him God in that dispenced with mens disabilities in Moses Law Lev. 5.11 and 14.21 if they were poor and not able to bring Lambs or two Turtle Doves they must bring one Lamb or the tenth part of an Ephah of flower something he would have and to such a proportion But here it s left to mans liberty to give according to his ability no proportion is prescribed so men give freely what ever it be it shall be accepted God looks not for much where little is The grace and favour of God under the Gospel exceeds what was under the Law Verse 6. And in the day of the New moon New-moon days were holy and had special Sacrifices as in this ver 8. Numb 28.11 on those days they might not buy or sell or do worldly work Amos 8.5 but they were to look unto Christ of whom those days were shadows Col. 2.16 17. and to meditate of that light grace and comfort comes by him The gate of the inner Court was to stand open on these days as well as on Sabbaths ver 1. And Isaiah prophesied Isa 66.23 That all flesh should come to worship
9.15 He is a chosen vessel unto me to bear my name before the Gentiles and Kings and the children of Israel He had been a great persecutor blasphemous injurious but when he embraced the Faith of Christ he was made the cheif of the Apostles 3. God of his good pleasure and free grace calls and recalls whom he will These Danites had nothing in them to move God to own them for his people at first nothing to move him to recall them being degenerate and fallen into idolatrous passages unless we make wickedness an argument thereunto and if so there is sufficient of that in the Devils to move the Lord to shew mercy but wickedness provokes to destroy not to shew mercy The best thing in man induceth not God to shew mercy that is from his will Rom. 9.15 It was Gods free grace which took Abraham at first out of an Idolatrous Counrry and Faâ—ily Josh 24.23 It was free grace that he took Isaac not Ishmael Jacob not Esau and so that he took Dan at first and recalled him at last and so the Prodigal Dan and the rest of the Tribes had their several portions being all in captivity both Judah and Benjamin at this time allotted unto them which may represent unto us what the condition of the Jews shall be under Christ however now they be scattered yet doubtless there is a time wheâ— they shall come to Sion and have their several portions in the Church of Christ Johns Vision Rev. 7. addâ— great weight to this Tenet He saw twelve thousand sealed out of every Tribe which he distinguishes from those of other nations who are not said to be sealed hereby strongly intimating they were Jews whose conversion Paul had spoken of Rom. 11.26 So all Israel shall be saved that is all the twelve Tribes shall come in and stand with the Lamb on mount Sion Rev. 14.1 These Tribes had their portions from East to West all of them which was the length of this Land of Canaan and their breadth from North to South which informs us of the large extent of the Church of Christ it reaches to the ends of the earth for the Father gave him the Heathen for his inheritance and the uttermost parts of the earth for his possession Psal 2.8 His dominion was to be from sea to sea and from the river to the ends of the earth Psa 72.8 He was to be Governour among the Nations Psal 22.28 and not onely of some few or many of them but of all them that shall inherit all Nations Psal 82.8 And be King over all the earth Zech. 4.9 He was from eternity appointed heir of all things Heb. 1.2 And he must have possession of all which John in his vision saw accomplished Rev. 11.15 The Kingdoms of this world are become the Kingdoms of the Lord and of his Christ So that Christs Church and Kingdom is large and extends to all quarters The Portion here given to the seven Tribes Dan Asher Naphtali Manasseh Ephraim Reuben Judah and to the other five Tribes Benjamin Simeon Issachar Zebulun Gad in the 23 24 25 26 27 28 and 29 verses of this chapter besides the largeness and unlimitedness of the Church do here inform us 1. That there is sufficiency of meâ—ns and mercies for all that have part in the Church and Kingdom of Christ Rev. 7.15 16 17. 2. That what portion soever any one hath is by divine appointment The Lord allots every one his portion of what kind soever Rom. 12.3 Luke 19.19 and 22.29 3. That there ought to be communion between those who are of Christs Kingdom The Tribes lay near together and their portions and were to have communion one with another Eph. 2.19 4. That as there be several portions here for the Tribes so there are several Mansions for them in the Heavens Joh. 14.2 And not onely for beleeving Jews but Gentiles also Rev. 7.9 Verse 8 9 10 11 12 13 14. And by the border of Judah from the East side unto the West side shall be the offering which they shall offer of five and twenty thousand reeds in breadth and in length as one of the other parts from the East side unto the West side and the sanctuary shall be in the midst of it The oblation that ye shall offer unto the Lord shall be of five and twenty thousand in length and of ten thousand in breadth And for them even for the Priests shall be this holy oblation toward the North five and twenty thousand in length and toward the West ten thousand in breadth and toward the South five and twenty thousand in length and the sanctuary of the Lord shal be in the midst thereof It shall be for the Priests that are sanctified of the sons of Zadok which have kept my charge which went not astray when the Children of Israel went astray as the Levites went astray And this oblation of the Land that is offered shall be unto them a thing most holy by the border of the Levites And over against the border of the Priests the Levites shall have five and twenty thousand in length and ten thousand in breadth and the length shall be five and twenty thousand and the breadth ten thousand And they shall not sell of it neither exchange nor alienate the first fruits of the Land for it is holy unto the Lord. THe offering of five and twenty thousand reeds of land in length and breadth for the Sanctuary the Priests the Levites the City and the Prince we had in the five and fortieth Chapter â—nd therefore shall say little unto these things Verse 8. The Sanctuary shall be in the midst of it The Sanctuary is the habitation of God and it s in the midst that all may equally have access unto it Ver. 9. The oblation to the Lord was five and twenty thousand reeds in length and ten thousand in breadth which was a great compass and sets out the largeness of the Church in the times of the Gospel The Priests had a large portion ver 10. five and twenty thousand reeds of land in length both Northward and Southward and ten thousand in breadth both Eastward and Westward This large provision was made for the Priests who were holy from Zadock which had kept Gods charge and been faithful and constant in Apostatizing times Verse 11. The Levites also had the same length and breadth of Land assigned them vers 13. Now neither Priests nor Levites might sell exchange or alienate the first fruits of the Land because it was holy ver 12 14. So that holy things which are the Lords and not mens are not to be bought and sold and diverted to other uses Those who sell holy things sell what is the Lords not their own and there is no justice in that By these portions of the priests and Levites is prefigured the increase and maintenance of the preachers of the Gospel for as maintenance was due to the Priests by the Levitical Law so now
it is due by the light of nature 1 Cor. 9.9 The mouth of the Ox that treadeth out the corn must not be muzled and by the light of the Gospel vers 14. the Lord hath ordained that they who preach the Gospel should live of the Gospel Verse 11. The Priests that are sanctified The Priests were first to be separated Numb 8.14 Deut. 10.8 Heb. 5.1 and their separation was from common persons things and ends They were to be for an holy God holy services and for holy ends 2. They were to be sanctified and consecrated unto God Exod. 30.30 Levit. 21.10 3. They were to approach and come near unto God Levit. 31.17 Numb 4.19 Ezek. 43.19 4. They were to offer the sacrifice which the people were to bring unto them otherwise they were not accepted Levit. 5.8.10 Verse 15 16 17 18 19 20. And the five thousand that are left in the breadth over against the five and twenty thousand shall be a prophane place for the City for dwelling and for suburbs and the City shall be in the midst thereof And these shall be the measures thereof the North side four thousand and five hundred and the South side four thousand and five hundred and on the East side four thousand and five hundred and the West side four thousand and five hundred And the Suburbs of the City shall be towards the North two hundred and fifty and towards the South two hundred and fifty and towards the East two hundred and fifty and towards the West two hundred and fifty And the residue in length over against the oblation of the holy portion shall be ten thousand Eastward and ten thousand Westward and it shall be over against the oblation of the holy portion and the increase thereof shall be for food unto them that serve the City And they that serve the City shall serve it out of all the Tribes of Israel All the oblation shall be five and twenty thousand by five and twenty thousand ye shall offer the holy oblation four square with the possession of the City THe place where the City was to be is called a prophane place not simply and absolutely so but respectively as compared with the possessions of the Priests and Levites for in Scripture sence that is counted common uncircumcised or prophane which is compared with that is more holy in Levit. 19.23 Israel prophanus est ad sacerdotem This place then though it were prophane in respect of the portion of the Priests and Levites yet was it holy in part for it was part of the holy portion Chap. 45.1 and a type of the Heavenly Jerusalem The City was to be in the midst of it and was four square having four thousand and five hundred Cubits say some reeds say others and so was of vast extent The Suburbs also on each part of it were alike of two hundred and fifty measures a piece It s said verse 18. that the increase of the ten thousand measures East-ward and West-ward shall be for food to them that serve the City God is careful of and bountiful to those shall serve him if any shall come to this City the Church of God and serve him and his people there they are provided for before hand God hath allotted out ten thousand reeds of land East and West which he will blesse so as it shall increase and that increase shall be for them in the Apostles times when the Church was grown numerous there was not any among them which lacked God provided for them by stirring up the hearts of owners to sell lands and houses Act. 4.34 35. and not onely here are we to look at the temporary provision God makes for the faithful but that eternal reward also which they shall have in Heaven the citie which hath foundations Heb. 11.10 where they shall have an exceeding and eternal weight of glory 2 Cor. 4 17. The 19. vers dictates three things unto us First that the Citizens of this City are holy men not common prophane men they are Israelites not Gibeonites Sanctam urbem communes homines non inhabitabunt Oecol Rev. 21.27 There shall in no wise enter into it any thing that shall defile those that keep the Comands of God shall enter into this City Rev. 22.14 Dogs Sorcerers Whoremongers Murderers â—dolaters Lyars shall be shut out ver 15. Secondly that they are men chosen not out of one or two Tribes but out of every Tribe they that serve this City must be out of all the Tribes God did not take some onely out of Judah and Ephraim the great and more honourable Tribes but some out of the other and lesser Tribes God is a free Agent and may take where when and whome he pleases Rev. 7. some were sealed out of every Tribe Thirdly those that are of this City are to be serviceable they are to improve their Talents what ever they be for the good of the City they that serve the City shall serve it out of all the Tribes of Israel the Apostles were servants to this City and they went up and down into all the Tribes of Israel to serve this City Ministers and Christians should now expend themselves for the Church of God and labour to bring some into it out of all parts God gives gifts and graces to Ministers and others for this end that they should be serviceable to the City of God 1 Pet. 4.10 as every one hath received the gift of God even so minister the same one to another as good Stewards of the manifold grace of God Vers 20. The whole of the holy oblation made a four-square every square being five and twenty thousand reeds The City which John saw lay four-square Rev. 21.16 such a figure hath beauty and stability in it and represented the beautifulness and stableness of the Church Cant. 6.16 Mat. 16.18 Verse 21 22. And the residue shall be for the Prince on the one side and on the other of the holy oblation and of the possession of the City over against the five and twenty thousand of the oblation towards the East borders and Westward over against the five and twenty thousand towards the West borders over against the portion for the Prince and it shall be the holy oblation and the Sanctuary of the house shall be in the midst thereof Moreover from the possession of the Levites and from the possession of the City being in the midst of that which is the Princes between the border of Judah and the border of Benjamin shall be for the Prince THe Prince here spoken of is the same with him Chap. 45.7 8. interpreted to be neither any civil Prince nor the high Priest but the Lord Christ who is King of Sion Whatever of the holy oblation was not for the Sanctuary Priests Levites and the City was the Princes and what was beyond the holy oblation was his His Territories extend far and such is the dignity of his person as that the father hath given
him the ends of the Earth to possess Psal 2.8 Not only Canaan which typed out the Church was his Dominion bu even the Nations and whole earth Psal 82.8 Zach. 14.9 The Sanctuary the City the Priests and the Levites were in the midst the Princes portion was on both sides of them he was their security and defence Christ is the defence of his Church and people he is on both sides of them round about them he is a wall of fire round about Jerusalem Zech. 2.5 He is the Watchman thereof and keeps it night and day Isa 27.3 That is his glory and himself is the defence of his glory Isa 4.5 Verse 28. By the border of Gad at the Southside South-ward the border shall be c. When Jacob did prophetically bless the Tribes Dan and Gad went together Gen. 49.17 19. but here they are placed opposite Dan in the utmost part of the North ver 1. Gad in the utmost part of the South for Tamar which signifies a Palm Tree and after was called Palmira was the furthest Town South-ward in Judea near the Lake Asphaltites or the Dead Sea This portion of Gad reached unto Meribah Kadesh which was in the Wilderness of Zin Deut. 32.51 There was another Meribah in Rhephidim Exod. 17.7 where the Israelites did chide with Moses for want of wâ—ter after they came out of the Wilderness of Zin ver 1.2 The Lord may dispose of Tribes and Families and seat them in North or South or whereever he please in hot or cold Countries in Fruitful or baren Lands Verse 29. This is the Land which ye shall divide by lot unto the Tribes of Israel for inheritance The Hebrew is thus This is the Land which ye shall make or cause to fall from or for the inheritance to the Tribes of Israel That is by lot you shall make the inheritance fall unto every Tribe none were to choose what inheritance they would have but to take that where the lot fell This as Oecolampadius saith is the conclusion of the whole Chap. and that which follows is the Situation and measures the gates and Ministers of the City their maintenance and use These are their portions saith the Lord God the Hebr. is Adonai Jehovah the Lord Lord the Lord who is Soveraign of all the Lord who gives being to all things and to his word Verse 30 31 32 33 34 35. And these are the goings out of the City on the North side four thousand and five hundred measures And the gates of the City shall be after the names of the Tribes of Israel three Gates northward one Gate of Ruben one Gate of Judah and one gate of Levi. And at the East side four thousand and five hundred and three gates one gate of Joseph and one gate of Benjamin and one gate of Dan. And at the South-side four thousand and five hundred measures and three gates one gate of Simeon one gate of Issachar one gate of Zebulun At the West side four thousand and five hundred with their three gates one gate of Gad one gate of Asher one gate of Napthali It was round about eighteen thousand measures and the name of that City from that day shall be The Lord is there Verse 30. These are the goings out of the City Some understand by the goings out the gates but Jerom makes them to be the compass of the City a quatuor ejus lateribus from its four fides for not the gates but the sides had four thousand and five hundred measures at these goings out was the utmost term and extent of the City Verse 31. The gates of the City shall be after the names of the Tribes of Israel c. In the distribution of the portions of land Levi was left out he must not be troubled with the things of this world but in the assignment of the gates there is one of Levi or for Levi he had right to the City and all the priviledges of it as much as the other Tribes In the 45. chapter and several verses of this 48. mention is made of the City but in the sixteenth verse and these last six verses is the fullest description of the City and it s described 1. From the measures which were on each side for as the goings out of the City northward were four thousand and five hundred measures so were the goings out of the South East and West and that we may not question it the sixteenth verse asserts it in terminis These shall be the measures thereof the North side four thousand and five hundred and the South side four thousand and five hundred and on the East side four thousand and five hundred and on the West side four thousand and five hundred they were all alike in their measures What these measures were is of moment to enquire We have onely two mentioned in this vision Reeds and Cubits by these the Temple City and thingr pertaining unto them were measured chap. 40.5 The measuâ—ing reed in the mans hand was six cubits long and a handful breadth and if we take measures here for reeds viz. four thousand and five hundred reeds in all they come to eighteen thousand reeds which make one hundred and eight thousand cubits and eighteen thousand hands breadth and after this account every side of the City is eight miles and one hundred paces for eighteen thousand reeds make thirty two miles and four hundred paces as A Lapide observes So that this City was very large Others lessen the City greatly and make the measures to be onely cubits and so each side of the City comes to be a mile and almost a half long which was no great length nor breadth being both equal Naffenrefferus makes the measures to be cubits and insists upon it much but others are of a different judgement from him And seeing the City in the Revelations was measured by the reed it seems also more then probable that this also was measured by the same measure Rev. 21.15 16. he measured the City with a reed twelve thousand furlongs As Ezekiels City exceeded the former City much so Johns City exceeded Ezekiels far more for being square as the other was it had three thousand furlongs on each side which make three hundred seventy and fivemiles reckoning eight furlongs to a mile So that this City being three hundred seventy and five miles in length and as many in breadth was the best City that ever was 2. It s discribed from the gates of it This City had twelve gates three on every side and these gates were according to the names of the Tribes of Israel Ruben Judah Levi had the North-gates Joseph Benjamin Dan had the East gates Simeon Issachar Zebulon had the South gates Gad Asher Naptali had the west gates The several names of the Tribes were written upon the gates Herein Ezekiels and Johns City the new Jerusalem do fully agree for Johns had twelve gates three on each quarter and the names of the twelve
unto the Jews and the one thousand two hundred and sixty days put for years are drawing to an end and God is about some great things to be done in the world and will ere long break forth That by this City is represented the Church some Rabbins themselves do acknowledge for though they deny our Christ to be the Messiah because he never built them such a Temple and City as Ezekiel describes yet they acknowledge this City and Temple to be understood not corporally or literally but mystically and spiritually And the Talmudists affirm That by Jerusalem we are to understand the gathering of the Gentiles to Christ or the whole body of Christians There be several things observable concerning this City or Church of Christ 1. That it is well and strongly founded usually Cities are built upon hills and mountains which are the strongest parts of the earth and so was this City chap. 40.2 Ezekiel saw the frame of this City upon a very high mountain and on such a mountain is the Christian Cfiurch built on the mountain of Gods Decree and Power on the mountain of Righteousness and Truth it s built upon Christ the rock of ages such a rock as the gates of hell cannot shake or shatter John tells us of this City the new Jerusalem that it had twelve foundations three on every square which were sure firm and would never fail The Lord Christ the holy Scriptures and the Doctrine of the holy Prophets and Apostles must fall to the ground before the Church shall be ruined 2 Tim. 2.19 2. It is comely and beautiful Cities which are built four square especially are so and such was this City it had four thousand and five hundred measures on each quarter there was nothing unfightly on any of the four quarters they were all parallel and had gates alike in them which presented it very delightful to the eye the Church of Christ is comely and beautiful its built not of unhewen stones or timber but such as are well hewen and orderly laid together Hence the Church of Corinth is called Gods building 1 Cor. 3.9 and the Church in general the City of the living God Heb. 12.22 The Church is such a building such a City as is full uf comeliness and beauty it s a congregation of Saints Psal 149.1 It s the garden of Christ Cant. 4.12 his Kingdom Matth. 13.41 his Spouse whom himself saith is fair yea the fairest among women Cant. 1.8 pleasant verse 16. and beautiful 7.1 the Church is Christs body Eph. 1.23 the Spirits Temple 1 Cor. 3.16 and therefore hath curious work in it very glorious and beautiful What David said of Sion Psal 50.2 that it was the perfection of beauty is most true of the Church under Christ and in Christ it s the perfection of beauty Heb. 10.14 By one offering he hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified 3. The greatness and amplitude of this City it had four thousand and five hundred measures Eastward West North and Southward it was eighteen thousand measures in compass which sets out the greatness and vast extent of the Church of Christ Zach. 10.10 God saith he will bring the Jews from Egypt and Assyria and so multiply them that place shall not be found for them Isa 49.20 The children shall say in thine ears that is in the ears of the Church the place is too strait for me give place that I may dwell The Christian Church is spoken of which should multiply so that their habitation must be enlarged as it is Isa 54.1 2 3. Now the tents and curtains of Sions habitation are stretched to the ends of the earth Psal 2.8 Mal. 1.11 From the rising of the sun unto the going down thereof 4. The City hath access unto it from all parts great Cities have many gates East gates West gates North gates and South gates so had this City twelve gates in every quarter three which signifies unto us the great access should be unto the Church of Christ from all parts not onely Jews should come out of the twelve Tribes to enter and dwell in this City and be under the Government of it but multitudes of Gentiles out of all nations and quarters of the world should do so Rev. 7. John saw not onely twelve thousand Jews enter in at each gate but a great multitude also which no man could number of all Nations kindreds peoples Tongues The Jews were numerable forty four thousand but the Gentiles were above so many millions the number of them which entered by the gates was innumerable 5. The happiness of this City which is from the Lords inhabiting there and giving it its denomination the name of it shall be Jehovah Shammah The Lord is there Alexandria was not so happy in Alexander nor Constantinople so happy in Constantine nor Jerusalem in Solomon as this City shall be in Jehovah We read in sacred Scripture of a golden City Isa 14.4 of a Royal City 1 Sam. 27.5 of a renowned City Ezek. 26.17 But their glory and happiness was a shadow to the glory and happiness of this City they were cities without God Jehovah was not there but here will the Lord himself be These words Jehovah Shammah import 1. The presence of God in the Church and that is a happiness to have his presence when God left the Temple and City of Jerusalem that was their great misery Hos 9.12 His presence in Heaven makes it Heaven and his presence in the Church makes it happy Thus saith the Lord I am returned unto Sion and will dwell in the midst of Jerusalem and Jerusalem shall be called a City of truth and the mountain of the Lord of Hosts the holy mountain Gods presence makes it a City of Truth and an holy mountain and that City is happy which hath truth and holiness in it Zech. 8.3 2. His continuance in it he will not be ut hospes in diversorio sed ut haeres in patrimonio he will dwell there he will not leave this city nor depart from it as he did from Jerusalem of old and as he did from the Jews after their captivity Jer. 32.40 I will not turn away from them to do them good Ezek. 37.26 I will set my sanctuary in the midst of them for evermore Rev. 7.15 He that sitteth upon the throne shall dwell with them It is the happiness of a Saint to have the Comforter and his great happiness to have the same abide with him and that for ever Joh. 14.16 So it s the happiness of the Christian to have Christs presence and exceeding happiness to have it for ever 3. His upholding and preserving of it the Church is Gods building 1 Cor. 3.9 He said in Isaiahs days I will lay thy stones with fair colours and lay thy foundations with Saphires I will make thy windâ—ws of Agates and thy gates of Carbuncles and all thy border of pleasant stones Isa 54.11 12. and when the Lord shall do this he will
be Jehovah Shammah he will uphold and preserve that building Matth. 16.18 Vpon this rock will I build my Church and the gates of hell shall not prevail In ecclesia est Deus qui est suum esse omnium rerum esse praeservare He is the keeper of Israel Ps 121.4 I will keep this city from being besieged stormed or plundered 4. His making himself and his mind known in an especial manner as he did to Moses Exod. 6.3 I appeared to Abraham unto Isaac and unto Jacob by the name of God Almighty but by my name Jehovah was I not known unto them but unto Moses he was known by that name and imparted his mind unto him above others So shall it be in this city Isa 11.9 The earth shall be full of the knowledge of Jehovah Isa 52.6 My people shall know my name Isa 60.16 Thou shalt know that is the Church that the Lord I Jehovah am thy Saviour They in Judah Israel Salem and Sion had other knowledge of God and his Name then the Nations had and they of this city shall have peculiar knowledge of God what others had in the ear they shall have in the eye what others had in the head they shall have in the heart Christ will make great and glorious discoveries of himself and of his mind unto the citizens of this city Rev. 11.19 The temple of God was opened in Heaven and there was seen in his Temple the Ark of the Testament Christ is the Temple of God and his Temple was opened in Heaven that is the Church frequently called Heaven in this Book of the Revelation The Ark in the Old Testament-Temple which had the Table of the Law and the pot of Manna in it typed out Christ the Gospel and mysteries thereof which held out that Christ the spiritual Ark shall not be hid Jehovah Shammah God is present in Christ and Christ will so open himself to this city that himself Father and mysteries of the Gospel will be more plain and manifest then ever 5. His ruling and governing of this City and it s a happy city which hath Jehovah Christ the King of Righteousness to govern it Zech. 14.9 Jehovah shall be King over all the earth and in that day there shall be one Lord not many Lords but one Lord even the Lord Jesus Christ Ezek. 37.22 One King shall be King to them all to all the converted Jews and Gentiles which make this city of God Zech. 6.13 it is said of Christ there that he shall build the Temple of the Lord and he shall hear the glory and shall sit and rule upon his Throne Christ shall bear the glory not onely for building the Temple and the city but also for ruling because he will rule righteously and faithfully to the satisfaction of all Isa 11.5 Righteousness shall be the girdle of his loins and faithfulness the girdle of his reins This girdle he never puts off but is girt therewith always shewing his readiness to be faithful and righteous in his government 6. The pouring out of his Spirit Jehovah is there to pour that out more fully what men had formerly was onely the first fruits of the Spirit Rom. 8.23 A few had it poured out upon them but then will be a more plentiful effusion all the Citizens of this City shall be filled with the Spirit Zech. 12.8 He that is feeble among them at that day shall be as David and the house of David shall be as God and the Angel of the Lord before them then shall the weakest by the Spirit of Christ abound in gifts and graces and be as David who excelled all in his days and his house shall be as God that is full of the Spirit or as the Angels that is having such grace qualities and estimation 7. The making the City and Citizens honorable and glorious then shall it be the renowned royal and golden City guilded with the beams of Christs glorious presence from the head commeth glory to the body A Wife shineth radiis mariti Christ gloria patris sui and this City with the glory and beauty of Christ His presence made the glory of the latter Temple and City greater then the glory of the former and this presence in this Temple and City will make the glory of it grrater then that of the larter Temple and City for then he was there in a state of humiliation but he shall not be so in this he will be in his reigning state and his citizens will be honorable Zech. 9.16 They shall be as the stones of a Crown lifted up not as common stones but as the stones of a Crown and not as stones of a Crown falling to the earth but as stones of a Crown lifted up to be put on the head of a King O quanta dignitas horum civium How great is the honour of these Citizens They are brought in Rev. 5.10 speaking of it themselves Thou hast made us unto our God Kings and Priests and we shall reign on the earth And this is not all the honour for besides this they shall have every one three honourable names for Christ Rev. 3.12 will write upon them the name of his God and the name of the City of God and his own new name 8. The keeping them in unity and love The Citizens shall then be of one minde Zech. 14.9 In that day there shall be one Lord and his name one the invocation and Worship of his Name shall be one then shall that be fulfilled Zeph. 3.9 Then will I turn to the people a pure language that they may all call upon the name of the Lord to serve him with one consent The Hebrew is with One shoulder A metaphor taken ftom Oxen in the Yoke which draw together as with one shoulder so these Citizens shall joyntly and unanimously knit together and worship the Lord Christ There shall be no Schisms names of distinction as now there are far if when Christ left the World the Saints were all of one heart Act. 2.32 Much more so shall it be in this City when Christ shall be in the midst thereof and guide them by his Spirit into all truth 9. These words Jehovah Shammah import the great delight the Lord will take in this City and the Citizens threof in the Church and members thereof Isa 60.4 She shall be called Hephzi-bah that is my delight is in her Then it will appear the Church is his pleasant portion Jer. 12.10 And the dearly beloved of his soul Verse 7. His glory Isa 46.13 The throne of his glory Jer. 14.21 Yea the crown of his glory Isa 62.3 He will delight in them to do them good to communicate himself unto them Revel 7.15 16 17. He that sitteth on the Throne shall dwell among them They shall hunger no more neither thirst any more neither shall the sun light on them nor any heat For the Lamb which it in the midst of the Throne shall feed them and shall
475 476. There is a time for Christ to reign over the Jews 478. In his kingdom no succession of Princes 479. He is chief builder of the Church 288 he is the way the do or 289. he is the altar table sacrifice 322. stands by his servants in Temple-work 349. an Altar Harel and Haariel 371 372. he measures all 556 Christians liked to trees in eight respects 565 566. true ones are fruitful 576. always fruitful ibid. 577. what makes them so ib. Christianity not against Magistracy 412 413 Church God hath a special care of it being exposed to many dangers 108. others fare the better for the Churches sake 228. freed from former evils 240 241. when most afflicted most cared for 285. Church subject to calamities 202. what shall comfort her 203. God will revenge her wrongs 213. Cared for in lowest estate 287. what its called ibid. and 288. it s well seated and ordered ib. it s an house not a tabernacle 291. the greatness of it 302 314. visible and likned to visible things 326 327. under various dispensations 327 328. It s an exact building 336. the extent and latitude of it 337. stability lustre safety and holiness of it ibid. and 338. God made known there 348. Church-work must be according to the pattern God gives 164. hath distinct laws of its own 365. what it shall be ibid. made up of holy ones 368. it s holy most pure part of the world 404. It s large ibid. in is provision and protection 405 407 594. it Christs portion ibid. it s large under the Gospel 582. Who members of it ibid. and 583 priviledges of it equal to all 583. all blessings of it of free grace ibid. Gentiles of it 584 Church-state preserves propriety and mens rights 405 City Citizens what and what to do 595. description of it 599 500 601. c. difference between Ezekiels City and Johns 602 603. what meant by it ibid. it s well founded great receives many 604 c. Cities have their periods 143 Communion with God exprest by eating 382 Complaint no cause to complain of Gods dealings 226 Condition none so desparate but God can bring out of 402. see State Confederates with great ones must suffer 228 Contradictions seeming in Scripture 236 362 411 Controversies how and by whom to be determined 396 Conversion of sinners a gradual work 559. Covenant Of making or cutting a Covenant 218 481 condescention in God to enter into Covenant with man 220. what it should work 221. those in covenant nothing shall hurt 223. God doth much for them 380 Covetousness what it doth 162. its professors sin 166. evil of it 167. men coveting what is others lose their own 273 Court of aid 301. what the Courts represented ib. and 302 Cuhit the legal and Sanctuary one differ and wherein â—91 D DAy of the Lord how taken 3. sad days succeed merry ones 6. approach of such days matter of mourning 7. the day of a place 11. of recompence to godly 245. Lords day the eighth and first 377 Daughters how taken 25 David Christ so called upon what account 471 472 Dead to be buried after great victories 252. ignominious to be unburied 260 Death no defence against it 92 Deliverance is from the Lord 469 Desert men think they deserve 387 Design Gods designs go on whatever obstacle be in the way 17 496 Difference to be made in things and persons 395 Divine things our hearts and minds should be upon them 289 380. attained by degrees by labour by progress 295 those have the charge of them must be exact 387 546 revealed by degrees 564 Doing of the word is expected by the Lord 171 366 Dâ—ors of the temple what they note 322 Doubling of words in Hebrew note a superlative 366 Dwellings God knows them and what sins are acted in them 468 E EAst notes spiritual things West temporal 293. east-gate 343. Christ from thence ibid. Eastern worship not allowed 554 Eating bread before the Lord what it imports 382 383 Edomites 254 255 Enemie 235. God is an enemy to his peoples enemies 252. harsh dealings insences him 253. they add affliction to the afflicted 285 286. Enemies are from all quarters 496. make great preparation 497. they watch and seek occasion to ruine the Church 209. have helpers to do it 214. their coming against the Church not casual 218 Envy whence it ariseth 47 the nature of it 263 Ephah what 411 Ethiopia whence so named 4. Ethiopians baptised rebaptise themselves yearly ibid. two Ethiopia's 11 Exactions 410 Examples are to teach 60 Expectation of the wicked disappointed 259 F FAce Hiding of Gods what 264 Family God may dispose of families where he pleases 497 Favour Gods not alike dispensed to all 376 Fâ—ast of Tabernacles 420 Fish their properties 568 569 Flock such as have need of shepherds 186. where faithful ones are what is a prey to all 191. it meets with scattering storms sometimes 199. God a good shepherd over it 200. in the flock are fat and lean goats and Rams 206. God will distinguish between the good and the bad 208. his flock is peculiar owned fed 245 consists of weak ones 246. its comfort lieth in manifestation 246. the holy flock 400 Forms of the house what they note 362 Foundation what 4 Funeral of what dead the priest might be at 397 Fury what 282 220 G GAtes of the Temple what they hint 294 of East gate 343. gate shut what 380 381. wherefore shut 381 382. when shut and when to be open 530 531. Heaven gate when open ibid. gate standing open till even what it imports 533 Gerash what driving out it notes 51 Glory there is glory in the Church 337. We must be acquainted with that glory before we see the glory of God 342. glory of God what 343. receptacle of it 345 346. when glory departs its but for a season 346 sight of glory an humbling thing 347. filled with glory 348 God he breaks the urms of the great ones 33. he wounds them incurably ibid. dreadful to have him an enemy 34. he hath instruments fit for his work 54. prophets to tell the worst of Princes their wickedness 66 God makes use of one King to punish another 78 79. he is faithful in performing his word 144. confirms truths by witness and signs ibid. Gods condescention vide Covenant He takes notice of all that is thought and spoken aganist his 268 269. rejoycing at the calamities of his people provokes much 286 when reconciled to his he multiplies blessings 224. he deals best with his at last ibid. turns evils into blessings 295. what God doth for his own sake 309 when he doth great things for them 315. its his mercy to retake a revolted peoyle 376. happy whom God owns 377. accepts according to mens abilities 535. God a free agent nothing moves him 449. when he begins to shew mercy he multiples it 467. he makes clean 469. takes pleasure in cleansed ones 470. at his pleasure can bring Armies
's God kindles fires in Nations and Kingdomes to consume Towns and Cities Men and their habitaons they are all his and he may do to them what he pleases having transgressed his lawes By fire and sword did the Lord plead with the Egyptians laying all wast and by so doing made himself known to be a powerful righteous and dreadfull God Observe Fourthly In the soarest judgements of God upon men usually some escape God threatned Egypt Chap. 29.8 that he would cut off man and beast and make it utterly wast from one end to another verse 10 yet here in the ninth verse he saith Messengers shall go forth some should escape to carry tydings of his severe judgements Observe Fifthly Those things which seem accidentall and casual unto us are ordered by the wise Counsel Power and Providence of God In that day shall messengers go forth from me in ships When all Egypt was in a confusion some running one way and some another to secure themselves and some hastening unto ships to tell others what the Chaldeans had done in the midst of these hurries and disorders God saw acted sent out messengers they went not however the appearance was to men without Gods ordering hand themselves thought of no such thing nor those they went unto they dreamed not that they were sent forth of God that they came from him it was lookt upon as a meer contingencie but Gods hand was in it Things may be contingent to us they are not so to God Observe Sixthly Such is the efficacy of Gods judgements made known that they do afflict those are at a distance from them and fill the most secure with fears and pains The Ethiopians were absent from the judgements executed upon the Egyptians they were secure carelesse people but when the messengers told them their Cities were burnt their men slain their foundations and helpers destroyed they were afraid and great pains came upon them they were in travail for their Lives Liberties and Estates There is a mighty power in the judgements of God to terrify sinners even at a distance When Tyrus understood such was the efficacy of that judgement upon those afarre off that it s said all the Princes of the Sea clothed themselves with trembling Ezek. 27.35 so that we may say of Gods judgements as David Psal 10.11 Who knoweth the power of thine anger who knows what efficacy it 's of and how far it extends Observe Seventhly Former judgements are not to be forgotten As in the Day of Egypt God had visited Egypt many hundreds of years before and now he minds them of that visitation So Isa 9.4 God mentions the dayes of the Midianites minds them of the great destruction of the Midianites by Gideon Judg. 7 and 8 chap. God mindes the dayes of mens sinning Hos 9.9 they have deeply corrupted themselves as in the dayes of Gibeah and therefore he would visit their sins and when he hath visited for sins he would have us remember those visitations Jer. 7.12 Go to Shiloh and see what I did to it for the wickednesse of my people Israel As we should remember ancient and former mercies to strengthen out faith so ancient and former judgements to quicken our fears Vers 10 11 12. Thus saith the Lord God I will also make the multitude of Egypt to cease by the hand of Nebuchadrezzar king of Babylon He and his people with him the terrible of the nations shall be brought to destroy the land and they shall draw their swords against Egypt and fill the Land with the slain And I will make the rivers dry and sell the land into the hands of the wicked and I will make the land waste and all that is therein by the hand of strangers I the Lord have spoken it THese words hold out unto us the efficient and instrumentall causes of the forementioned judgments which are in part repeated The efficient cause is God himself ver 10 11. The instrumental are Nebuchadrezzar and his people ver 10 11. The judgements repeated are the destruction of Egypt and the Egyptians putting the land into the hands of others with an addition of drying up the rivers Vers 10. I will also make the multitude of Egypt to cease The Hebrew word for multitude is hamon which signifies both multitude and noise for where there is a multitude there will be a noise Egypt was populous and God would diminish the people they should be slain and carried away captives so should both the multitude and noise cease Increase of people is a blessing the lessening of them a judgement By the hand of Nebuchadrezzar Hand here notes power as in 2 Chron. 2â— 10 and Job 1.12 all that he hath is in thy power the Hebrew is in thy hand Nebuchadrezzar by his mighty powerfull arm should come and lay all Egypt waste and make it like a wildernesse Armies are the hands of Princes by which they doe great and dreadfull things Vers 11 The terrible of the nations shall be brought to destroy the land The word for terrible is arizze from 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 araz to deal violently to terrifie which Piscator renders crudelissiâ—â— the most cruell the Septuagint 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 pestes the French les plus hideâ—â— the most hideous and Junius the most violent Vatablus cals them Tyranni Gentium the Tyrants of Nations those were most Tyrannical and terrible God brought and set on work to destroy the land The Chaldeans were a bitter nation terrible and dreadful Hab. 1.6 7. these words we had chap. 28.7 so terrible they were that they should fill the land with dead bodies When an Army of friends passe through a Countrey no hurt is done but when an army of Tyrants of strong and terrible enemies come to spoil what mischief will they not do Vers 12. And I will make the rivers dry Heb. drought Though the Chaldean Army was great yet not so great as to drink up all the waters of Nilus which is one of the chiefest rivers in the world Nilus had many rivulets cut out of it whereby the land was watered all those might they stop up with earth and other materials for their better passage and so the rivers were made dry Or by rivers we may understand that benefit came by them the Chaldeans should take away all the wealth of Egypt which came by the rivers and so the rivers were as dry things to the Egyptians So Maldonate and some others interpret the words but rather thus God would send great spoil and desolation into Egypt whereby the rivers might become uselesse unto them or should we take the words literally as some Expositors are of the minde viz. that for the great wickednesse of the Egyptians God dried up Nilus and punished them with sore famine as in the dayes of Joseph it was when there were seven years of famine This sense may be safe or we may take rivers for the people and their power And sell the land into the
your God saith the Lord God This ver is the key to open what was said before the Lord had spoken oft of his flock lest any should take the same litterally here he unfolds his mind and tells us plainly his flock are men not bruit creatures The Hebrew word for flock is twice and ye my flock the flock of my pasture Some read the words in the Future thus Ye my flock of my pasture shall be men hitherto ye have been brutish ye have favoured the things of the earth and followed after carnall things but henceforward ye shall be men cleaving to God and heavenly things We may take them as they are and find that sense in them which Sanctius hath I have told you of great things that my servant David shall be your Shepherd and a Prince among you that ye shall dwell safely in wildernesses sleep in woods and that none shall make you afraid yea I have told you that I will free you from bondage shame famine and that I will make you renowned blessing you with variety and plenty of temporal and spiritual good things but you see not how these things can be accomplished you are men full of infirmities shallow of understanding apt to doubt and make objections but I am God and your God I have promised and will perform saith Adonai Jehovah my word is truth and my power shall give being to whatsoever I have said There is yet another sence of these words ye the flock of my pasture are men that is men call'd out of the world men renewed by the transforming of your minds men walking in the Spirit not after the flesh men given up to me and my wayes men dealing justly and honestly men fearing God and pursuing holinesse men of choice spirits and practices this sence I should approve of but that the word for men is Adam which rather imports men with their frailties then men with their excellencies My flock of my pasture God calls them the flock of his pasture because he provided for them food for their bodyes and souls as a Shepherd doth provide pasture for his sheep he gave them Manna from Heaven in former dayes and now he gives them his Ordinances his Word the flesh and bloud of his Son Gods flock is different from other Flocks and hath different pastures they are of the world and feed upon the Acorns and Husks of the same but Gods Flock is picked out of the world separate from it and feeds on Heavenly dainties I am your God This is a great and gracious word what can the Lord say more then this to any I am your God what can any desire more then to have God theirs Psal 73.25 Whom have I in Heaven but thee and there is none upon earth that I desire besides thee saith Asaph Let others desire what they will in Heaven or earth I desire nothing but God himself Asaph knew that in having him for his God he should have all things When the Lord saith so he doth ingage himself all his attributes and whatsoever he hath unto the people or person he so saith First Observe God hath a peculiar people on earth which he owns and feeds Ye my flock the flock of my pasture God hath elect call'd justified and adopted Ones which make up his flock see 1 Pet 2.9 10. Titus 2.14 Zech. 13.9 I will say it is my people God hath a people refined and tryed in the furnace of affliction which he is not ashamed of but owns openly and this people he provides for Isa 65.13 Behold my servant shall eat but ye shall be hungry behold my servants shall drink but ye shall be thirsty behold my servants shall rejoyce but ye shall be ashamed Gods people shall have meat and drink and that with gladness Acts 2.46 They have hidden Manna Rev 2.17 They are fed by the Lamb and drink of living Fountains of waters Rev 7.17 They are a peculiar people and have peculiar meat and drink Secondly Observe That of whomsoever Gods Flock doth consist yet they are weak and frail creatures The Flock of my pasture are men Noah Lot Abraham Jacob Job David Jeremy Peter Paul John who were Worthies in Israel yet had their weaknesses and shew'd themselves to be men Can God prepare a Table in the Wildernesse said the house of Israel and Mary whom all generations call'd blessed we may call an Adamite the Daughter of Adam for she shew'd her weakness when she said How can this be seeing I know not a man Luke 1.34 Thirdly Observe The happinesse and comfort of Gods flock lyeth in having God to be their God and his manifestation of it Ye are men feeble helpless things but I am your God saith the Lord whatsoever is defective in your selves is redundant in me as there is nothing but impotency and misery in you so there is nothing but power grace and happiness in me I have loved you freely and taken you to be my flock I have given my self unto you and all I have with my self and this I make known unto you CHAP. XXXV Vers 1 2 3 4 5. Moreover the word of the Lord came unto me saying Son of man set thy face against Mount Seir and prophesie against it And say unto it Thus saith the Lord God Behold O Mount Seir I am against thee and I will stretch out mine hand against thee and I will make thee most desolate I will lay thy Cityes waste and thou shalt be desolate and thou shalt know that I am the Lord. Because thou hast had a perpetual hatred and hast shed the bloud of the children of Israel by the force of the sword in the time of their calamity in the time that their iniquity had an end THE Lord having in the former Chapter laid down many precious promises for the restauration freedom and comfort of his afflicted Flock here he comes to deal with the enemies of his Church and in the Chapter are 1. Threatnings of punishments vers 2 3 4 6 7 8 9 14 15. 2. The sins moving God thereunto vers 5 10 11 12 13. 3. The end of those threatnings and punishments vers 4 11 15. Verses 1 2. Moreover the word of the Lord came unto me saying Son of man set thy face against Mount Seir. The Prophet received the word from and was impowered by God to prophesie against Mount Seir. Of setting the face towards or against was spoken before Chap 20.46 Chap. 21.2 Chap 25.2 where there is a prophesie against Moab and Seir. He must turn himself another way and speak boldly against Mount Seir. that is against Idumea wherein Mount Seir was between the Lake Asphaltites and Egypt where Esau and his posterity dwelt Gen 32.3 who were called Edomites or Idumeans Vers 3. Behold O Mount Seir I am against thee Here is a sad message for Mount Seir or rather the inhabitants of Idumea who by a Metonymie are understood thereby they had God against them and this